environmental impact assessment report of rl fine...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

OF

RL Fine Chem Private Limited Plot. Nos. 165-182, APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M),

Ananthapur District

Andhra Pradesh

Proposal for expansion of production capacity For Grant of Environmental Clearance

(Category A project under 5(f) Sector)

Project Cost- Rs. 5.0 Cr

Baseline data period- October to December 2016

Submitted By Studies & Documentation By

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd.,

Plot.No. 165-182, APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Nabet Accreditation S.No.122,

Hindupur (M) Rev 71 dated 12th Nov, 2018,

Ananthapur District Plot No. 184/C, Lawn House,

Andhra Pradesh 4th

Floor, Vengal Rao Nagar, Hyderabad – 500 038.

Ph: 040 – 40179770.

Fax: 040 – 66730926

Email: [email protected]

[email protected]

SUBMITTED TO

MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT & FORESTS, GOI

PARYAVARAN BHAWAN, CGO COMPLEX,

LODHI ROAD, NEW DELHI-110003

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited EIA Report

Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited.

CONTENTS

Section Description Page No.

Copy of TOR and TOR compliance

Executive Summary 1-14

Chapter 1: Introduction

1.1 Purpose of the Report 1-1

1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponents 1-2

1.2.1 About Project 1-2

1.2.2 About the Group 1-2

1.2.3 Environment Health and Safety Policy: 1-3

1.2.4 About Proponents 1-5

1.3 Need of the Project: 1-5

1.4 Justification of the project 1-6

1.5 Brief Description of the Project 1-7

1.5.1 Nature of the Project 1-7

1.6 Location of Project 1-8

1.6.1 List of Other Industries in the surrounding Area 1-8

1.7 Project Cost 1-8

1.8 Scope of EIA Studies 1-9

1.9 Environmental sensitivities & significant impacts of the project

considered

1-11

1.10 Policy, legal and administrative framework 1-11

1.10.1 Institutional Setting for the Project 1-12

1.10.2 Institutional Setting in the Environmental Context 1-12

1.10.3 Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF &

CC)

1-12

1.10.4 MOEF & CC Regional Offices 1-12

1.10.5 State Pollution Control Boards (SPCB) 1-12

1.10.6 Departments of Environment and Forests (DOEF) 1-13

1.10.7 Environmental clearance requirements of the project 1-13

1.11 OTHER STATUTORY LICENSES/PERMISSION 1-13

1.11.1 Director of Factories & boilers 1-13

1.11.2 Industrial Area Local Authority 1-14

1.11.3 Chemical Accidents (Emergency planning, preparedness and

Response) rules 1996

1-14

1.11.4 The Andhra Pradesh Fire & Emergency Services 1-14

1.12 Required statutory licenses at a glance 1-14

1.13 Structure of the EIA report 1-16

Chapter 2: Project in detail, Resource requirements process & Technology

2.1 Type of the project 2-1

2.2 Proposed products and capacities 2-1

2.3 Details of Infrastructure proposed 2-3

2.4 Site Location and Surroundings 2-4

2.5 Road Connectivity 2-10

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 2-10

2.7 Resource requirements 2-10

2.7.1 Land Requirement 2-10



2.7.2 Water requirement 2-12

2.7.2.1 Source of Water 2-13

2.7.3 Power requirement 2-13

2.7.4 Fuel Requirement 2-13

2.7.5 Raw Material Requirement 2-14

2.7.6 Solvent requirement and recovery system 2-14

2.7.7 Man Power requirement 2-16

2.8 Manufacturing process 2-16

2.9 Environmental Impacts and control systems 2-16

2.9.1 Waste water generation 2-16

2.9.2 Water Pollution and Treatment Scheme 2-17

2.9.3 Effluent Treatment 2-21

2.9.4 ETP for High TDS Effluent Treatment System: 2-22

2.9.5 Low TDS Effluent Treatment System 2-26

2.10 Air Emission sources and control 2-32

2.11 Hazardous wastes and Solid wastes Generation and Handling 2-33

2.12 Noise Pollution 2-35

2.13 Bulk Storages of chemicals 2-35

2.14 Current Compliance levels of the industry 2-35

2.14.1 Previous Environment Clearance 2-35

2.15 Current Environmental control mechanisms & Gaps 2-36

Enclosure

I

Technical details of proposed products 1-182

Chapter 3.0: Baseline Environmental Status

3.1 Introduction 3-1

3.2 Methodology of Base line data collection 3-1

3.2.1 Scoping 3-1

3.2.2 Reconnaissance Surveys 3-1

3.2.3 Assembly and Analysis of Data 3-2

3.2.4 Land Environment 3-2

3.2.5 Physiography 3-2

3.2.6 Topography 3-2

3.2.7 Land use Pattern 3-2

3.3 Geology 3-2

3.3.1 Water Environment 3-3

3.3.2 Ground Water conditions 3-4

3.3.3 Ground Water Levels 3-5

3.4 Ground water Resources Estimation 3-7

3.5 Ground Water Quality 3-11

3.5.1 Surface Water Quality 3-11

3.5.2 Soil 3-12

3.5.3 Air Environment 3-13

3.6 Meteorology 3-14

3.6.1 Meteorological Station at Industry Site 3-14

3.6.2 Ambient Air Quality 3-17

3.6.3 Scope of Field Study 3-21

3.6.4 Description of Sampling Locations 3-21

3.6.5 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-26

3.7 Noise Environment 3-27

3.8 Socio Economic Environment 3-31



3.8.1 Geographical Coverage 3-31

3.8.2 Demography 3-34

3.9 Field Survey 3-37

3.9.1 Data Analysis 3-37

3.9.2 Demographics 3-39

3.10 Assets Owned 3-41

3.11 Sources of Live hood 3-43

3.11.1 Family incomes 3-43

3.11.2 Family Expenditures & Living Standards 3-43

3.11.3 Educational Facilities 3-44

3.11.4 Health Status 3-44

3.11.5 Aspirations and Apprehensions 3-45

3.11.6 Physical Infrastructure 3-46

3.11.7 Social infrastructure 3-48

3.11.8 Archaeological Monuments 3-49

3.11.9 Biotic Environment 3-51

3.11.10 Method of Study 3-51

3.11.11 Methodology 3-51

3.11.12 Flora study 3-52

3.11.13 Faunal study 3-52

3.11.14 Present Status of biotic environment 3-52

3.11.15 Ecology of the core zone 3-53

3.11.16 Ecology of the Buffer area 3-53

3.11.17 Aquatic Eco system 3-55

3.1118 Aspirations and Apprehensions 3-56

3.11.19 Physical Infrastructure 3-56

3.11.20 Social Infrastructure 3-57

3.11.21 Archaeological Monuments 3-57

3.12 Biotic Environment 3-57

3.12.1 Method of study 3-57


3.12.3 Floral study 3-59

3.12.4 Faunal study 3-59

3.12.5 Present Status of biotic environment 3-60

3.12.6 Ecology of Core zone 3-60

3.12.7 Ecology of Bufferzone: 3-62

3.12.7.1 Shannon Index and Species Diversity

3-63

3.12.7.2 Fauna and Wildlife 3-64

Chapter 4.0 Identification & Prediction of Impact

4.1 Identification of impacts 4-1

4.2 Impact Networks 4-1

4.2.1 Air Environment 4-2

4.2.2 Water Environment 4-2

4.2.3 Noise Environment 4-2

4.2.4 Land Environment 4-2

4.2.5 Biological Environment 4-2

4.2.6 Socio-economic Environment 4-3

4.3 Prediction of Impact on Air Quality 4-10

4.3.1 Details of Mathematical Modeling 4-10



4.3.1.1 Model Formulation 4-11

4.3.1.2 Meteorological Data 4-12

4.3.2 Plant Emission 4-13

4.3.2.1 Air Quality Predictions 4-15

4.4 Prediction of Impacts on the Noise Environment 4-22

4.5 Prediction of Impacts on Water Environment 4-23

4.6 Prediction of Impacts on Soil 4-24

4.7 Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment 4-25

4.8 Prediction of Impact on local flora and fauna 4-28

4.8.1 Impacts classification and grading: 4-28

4.8.2 Benefits in terms of enhanced biodiversity: 4-30

4.8.3 Impact –mitigation matrix 4-30

4.8.4 Mitigation measures 4-32

4.8.5 Effect on migratory corridors, nesting and breeding sites: 4-33

4.8.6 Effect on migratory corridors, nesting and breeding sites: 4-33

4.8.7 Effect on REET Species 4-33

4.9 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic 4-33

4.10 Environmental impacts and their Significance Levels 4-33

Chapter 5 : Analysis of site alternatives and technology

5.1 Project proposed 5-1

5.2 Alternative sites 5-1

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring


6.1.1 Objectives 6-1


6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality(AAQ) Monitoring 6-2

6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring 6-4

6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring 6-10

6.2 Environmental Monitoring plan 6-10

6.2.1 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System 6-14

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-14

Chapter 7.0: Occupational Health, Risk Assessment and Disaster Management

Plan


7.2 Site Locations and Surroundings 7-1

7.3 Objectives and Scope 7-1

7.4 Production Details 7-2

7.4.1 Process Description 7-5

7.5 Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment 7-5

7.5.1 Introduction 7-5

7.5.2 Common definitions 7-5

7.5.3 Hazard Identification 7-7

7.5.3.1 Identification of Major Hazards from the unit 7-7

7.5.3.1.1 Physical properties of Hazardous Chemicals 7-13

7.5.3.1.2 Bulk Storages 7-13

7.6 Fire & Explosion Index (F&EI) 7-14


7.6.2 Computation of F&EI 7-15

7.6.3 Hazard Ranking

7-16



7.6.3.1 Maximum Credible Accident Analysis and Its Mitigation

Measures

7-16

7.6.3.2 Heat Radiation & Vapour cloud Fire distances of Hazardous

Storages

7-18

7.6.3.3 Toxic chemicals storage and toxic impact distances 7-19

7.6.3.4 Analysis of quantitative risk assessment data 7-20

7.6.3.5 Health Hazards from exposure to hazardous substances

and control measures.

7-20

7.7 Specific recommendations based on site observations 7-25

7.7.1 Emergencies identified and Mitigation measures 7-38

7.8 Hazard and operability study ( HAZOP) 7-40

7.9 Occupational safety and Health 7-47

7.9.1 Health surveillance plan 7-47

7.9.2 First aid centre 7-48

7.9.3 Tie up with local hospitals 7-48

7.10 Disaster Management Plan 7-48

7.10.1 Disaster control Philosophy 7-49

7.10.2 Onsite Emergency plan 7-50

7.10.3 Elements of onsite emergency plan 7-51

7.10.4 Emergencies Identified 7-51

7.10.5 Emergency Organization 7-52

7.10.6 Emergency Facilities 7-52

7.10.7 Organization 7-54

7.11 Mock dill 7-57

7.12 Review of onsite emergency plan 7-57

7.13 Incident recording and revision of disaster management plan 7-57

7.14 Off site emergency plan 7-58

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

8.1 Employment Opportunity 8-1

8.2 Likely indirect employment opportunities 8-1

8.3 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & Socio-Economic

Development

8-1

8.4 Direct revenue to the national and state Exchequer 8-2

8.5 Other Tangible benefits 8-2

Chapter 9: Environment cost benefit analysis 9-1

Chapter10: Environment Management Plant

10.0 Environment Management Plan 10-1


10.2 The Project Location 10-2

10.2.1 Site sensitivity 10-2

10.3 Major Findings of the EIA 10-3

10.3.1 Impact on physical Resources 10-3

10.3.2 Impacts on Air Quality 10-3

10.3.2.1 Measures of Fugitive Emission Control 10-4

10.3.2.2 Measures for Achieving Maximum Solvent Recovery 10-4

10.3.2.3 Odour 10-4

10.3.2.4 Odour Control Measures 10-5

10.3.3 Impact on Water Resources 10-5

10.3.3.1 Water Conservation Measures at Plant Level 10-5

10.3.3.2 Impact on Surface Water Resources 10-6



10.3.3.3 Impact on Ground Water Resources 10-7

10.3.3.4 Water Conservation Measures 10-7

10.3.3.5 Rain Water Harvesting Plan 10-7

10.3.3.6 Ground Water Recharge Methods 10-7

10.3.4 Waste Water Handling 10-7

10.3.5 Impact on Soil 10-8

10.3.6 Impact on Land use 10-8

10.3.7 Impacts on Noise Quality 10-8

10.3.8 Impact on Flora 10-8

10.3.9 Impact on Fauna 10-9

10.3.10 Impact on Road Network 10-9

10.3.11 Impact on Power Distribution 10-9

10.4 Environment Management Measures Proposed 10-9

10.5 Implementation Arrangements 10-20

10.6 Institutional Strengthening 10-20

10.7 Training 10-20

10.8 Reporting System& Monitoring System 10-20

10.9 Green Belt Plan 10-21

10.10 Corporate Social Responsibility 10-22

10.11 Environmental Management Budget 10-23

Chapter 11: Project summary and conclusions 11-1

Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged 12-1

List of Tables

S.No Description Page No.

1.1 Salient Features of the project 1-7

2.1 List of products proposed With Quantity of production 2-1

2.2 Production facilities/Utilities/ETP – Proposed 2-3

2.3 Land statement 2-10

2.4 Water Balance- Current & proposed 2-12

2.5 Water Re-use and Fresh water requirement 2-13

2.6 Solvent usage recovery and loses 2-15

2.7 Solvent Balance 2-15

2.8 Waste water generation and mode of treatment 2-17

2.9 Effluent Generated from Process and Characteristics 2-18

2.10 Quantity of effluents 2-20

2.11 High TDS and COD Effluent-Characteristics 2-20

2.12 Low TDS and COD Effluent-Characteristics 2-21

2.13 Waste water treatment Facilities Proposed 2-22

2.14 Emission Details of Pollutant from Stack 2-32

2.15 Process Emission 2-33

2.16 Hazardous and Non-hazardous wastes & Disposal 2-34

2.17 Bulk Chemicals Storages 2-35

3.1 Land Use/Land Cover classes in Study area 3-10

3.2 Archaean Stratigraphic Succession of the area 3-11

3.3 Ground Water Samples analysis report 3-23

3.4 Soil Analysis Data 3-29

3.5 Soil Test Results-Reference Table 3-30



3.6 IMD data of meteorological station -Anathapur (1961-1990) 3-32

3.7 Frequency Distribution of Wind Speeds and Wind Directions 3-35

3.8 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 3-38

3.9 Ambient Air Quality Stations 3-40

3.10 Equivalent Noise levels in the Study Area 3-43

3.11 Sample Villages Selected for Socio-Economic Impact

Assessment

3-46

3.12 Salient Features of Demographics in Study Area 3-49

3.13 Ownership of Assets by Sample Households 3-51

3.14 Category of Educational Institutional Details in Mandal wise 3-53

3.15 Health Facilities Government Allopathic Medical Facilities in

Andhra Pradesh State and Ananthapur districts

3-54

3.16 Estimated Birth Rate, Death Rate and Infant Mortality Rate of

Andhra Pradesh State

3-54

3.17 Estimated Birth Rate, Death Rate and Infant Mortality Rate

in Karnataka State

3-55

3.18 Disease patterns observed in sampled villages 3-56

4.1 Salient Features of the ISCST3 Model 4-11

4.2 Atmospheric Stability Classification 4-12

4.3 Mixing Heights Considered for Computations 4-13

4.4 Emission Details of Pollutants from Stack 4-14

4.5 Maximum Predicted 24 hourly GLC’s 4-16

4.6 Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations 4-16

4.7 Cumulative Concentrations at Various Villages 4-17

4.8 Average typical Noise Levels from Existing Industrial Units 4-23

4.9 Table showing impacts of the proposed activity. 4-31

4.10 Environmental Impacts and their significance levels 4-34

6.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards 6-2

6.2 Indian Standard Drinking Water Specifications

IS: 10500:2012

6-4

6.3 Noise Level standards (CPCB) 6-10

6.4 Environmental Monitoring Plan 6-11

6.5 Estimated Environmental Monitoring Budget 6-15

7.1 Production capacity after expansion 7-2

7.2 List of Raw materials and Inventory 7-8

7.3 List of hazardous chemicals 7-11

7.4 Physical properties & Hazard characteristics of Key Raw

materials

7-13

7.5 Bulk Storages After Expansion 7-14

7.6 Degree of Hazards for F&EI 7-16

7.7 Heat Radiation Damage Distances for Storage Tanks 7-18

7.8 Toxic Threat Zones on release of chemicals 7-19

7.9 Safety precautions for handling of Toxic Chemicals 7-21

7.10 Hazardous processes and precautions suggested 7-41

10.1 Details of offensive odours compounds emitted from industry 10-5

10.2 Environmental Management plan and action plan 10-9

10.3 Proposed budget for green belt 10-21

10.4 Year wise budget for CSR activities 10-22

10.5 Environmental budgets for the projects 10-23



List of Figures

Section Description Page No.

1.1 Export value of Pharma Products from India 1-6

2.1 Location map of the site 2-5

2.2 Topo sheet of the study area 2-6

2.3 Base map of the study area 2-7

2.4 Google map of the study area 2-8

2.5 Plant Photographs 2-9

2.6 Plant Lay Out 2-11

2.7 Schematic diagram of the solvent recovery system 2-16

2.8 Effluent Treatment System- High TDS 2-30

2.9 Effluent Treatment System- Low TDS 2-31

2.10 Photographs of Existing Multiple Effect Evaporators

2-32

3.1 Google map of the site 3-4

3.2 The Base map of the study area

3-5

3.3 Drainage Distribution around the the Study Area.

Watershed boundary is shown with Blue Outline.

3-7

3.4 Satellite image of the study area 3-8

3.5 Land use and land cover map of the study area 3-9

3.6 Pie Diagram Showing Land use & Land cover area 3-10

3.7 Geological Distribution in Medak District 3-11

3.8 Conceptual Hydrogeological Model of Hard Rocks like

Granites

3-15

3.9 Depth to Water Levels in the Study Area 3-18

3.10 Ground Water Levels and Fluctuations at Thumukunta. 3-19

3.11 Ground Water Levels and Fluctuations at Chauluru 3-20

3.12 Ground Water Levels and Fluctuations at Hindupur 3-20

3.13 Location of Ground water samples in the study area 3-22

3.14 Soil Sampling Locations 3-28

3.15 Wind Rose Diagram at Site

3-36



3.16 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

3-39

3.17 Noise Sampling Locations 3-43

3.18 Google Map of SE Sample Villages/Wards 3-48

3.19 Sampling points of Flora and fauna of the study area

3-59

4.1 Impacts Network for Air Environment 4-4

4.2 Impacts Network for Noise Environment 4-5

4.3 Impacts Network for Land Environment 4-6

4.4 Impacts Network for Biological Flora & Fauna 4-7

4.5 Identification of Likely Impacts of waste water 4-8

4.6 Impacts Network for Socio Economic & Cultural

Environment

4-9

4.7 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of PM10 4-18

4.8 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of PM2.5 4-19

4.9 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of SO2 4-20

4.10 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of NOX 4-21

List of Annexures

S.No Description

Annexure I Copy of Current CFO

Annexure II Copy of Minutes of EAC meeting

Annexure III copy of notification of IDA Thumukunta as industrial Area dated

4.3.1995

Annexure IV Copies of existing MOU’s and in principle acceptance of wastes after

expansion

Annexure V Raw data of Ambient air quality for 12 weeks

Annexure VI The details of villages and their demographic features

Annexure VII List of flora and fauna in the study area

COPY OF TOR AND TOR

COMPLIANCE

No.J-11011/180/2016- I A II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

31 Jan 2018

To,

M/s RL FINE CHEM PRIVATE LIMITED

Plot No 165 to 182, APIIC, Thumukunta (V),Hindupur(M), Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh,

Anantapur-515211

Andhra Pradesh

Tel.No.080-32721975; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/AP/IND2/71919/2017

2. Name of the Proposal: RL Fine Chem Private Limited

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 30 Dec 2017

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/

ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETIC

ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE

INTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES

EXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;

BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC

CHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) AND

INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land

is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,

man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet

(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the

latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests

as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated

in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR

PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operation

of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not

taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and

Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and

CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance

report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification

for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale

on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout

of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show

photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/

private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not

required for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km

radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process

and expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.



5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating

the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest

status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location

and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State

Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-

meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction

and rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based

CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the

NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for

each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure

to the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)

and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if

yes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,

additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.



x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area

shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-

I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and

furnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on

site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the

AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources

of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of

the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality

contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation

nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment

hall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused

for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics

of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)

Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies

of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be

included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed

plan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than

1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall

be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening

of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest

rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to



use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures

shall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management

Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be

linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual

workers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being

evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far

& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed

data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department

wise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards

and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,

what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers

can be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and

Safety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring

into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the

environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at

large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report



10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise

Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time

bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice

under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETIC

ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;

BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUG

FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANIC

CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS AND

CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting

'Zero' liquid discharge.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly

that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF, if any.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.



12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling

& safety system to be incorporated.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

Standard Terms of reference for Conducting Environmental Impact

Assessment Study for Synthetic organic chemicals Industry

S.No TOR Point Compliance

1 Executive Summary Included in EIA report. 2 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation Included in chapter 12

3 Information about the project proponent Included in chapter 1 of EIA report -Section 1.2, Page No.1-2

4 Importance and benefits of the project Included in chapter 8 of EIA 5 Cost of project and time of completion. Included in chapter 1 of EIA

report - Page No.1-8 6 Products with capacities for the proposed

project. Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –Table 2.1, Page No.2-1

7 If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

CFO Copy is enclosed as Annexure I. Land statement is given in Chapter 2, Section-2.7.1 page no. 2-10

8 List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation

Included in technical details chapter 2 of EIA report

9 Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Included in chapter 7 of EIA report –Table 7.2, Page No.7-8

10 Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management

Presented in Chapter 2 of EIA report

11 Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)


12 Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

Given at the end of Chapter 2 as Enclosure I

13 Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.


14 Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided in addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing I existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

CFO Copy and compliance is enclosed as Annexure I.

15 In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be

As the unit is drug intermediates unit and not covered under 2006 EIA Notification, EC requirement was not there and

provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted

hence there is no EC. CFO is Enclosed as Annexure I.

16 Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report -Section 2.4, Page No.2-4

17 A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km

and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on

an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive

areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Included in chapter 2 of EIA report –Figure 2.2, Page No.2-6

18 Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site This is an existing unit going for expansion.

19 Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Included in chapter 1 of EIA report –Table 1.1, Page No.1-7

20 Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.


21 Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located

within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout

of Industrial Area indicating location of unit

within the Industrial area/Estate.


22 Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.


23 Landuse break-up of total land of the project

site (identified and acquired), government/

private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water

bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not

required for industrial area)

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –table 3.1, Page 3-11

24 A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

Included in chapter 1 of EIA report –section 1.6.1, Page 1-8

25 Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.5, Page 3-12

26 Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km

radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km

radius of any major river, peak and lean season

river discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data of the

past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood Level of the

river shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report, figure 3.3, page 3-7

27 Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Land is owned by the company

28 R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

Land is owned by the company

29 Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

There is no involvement of forest land.

30 Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Figure 3.5, Page 3-10

31 Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

There is no involvement of forest land

32 The projects to be located within 10 km of the

National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals,

the project proponent shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing

these features vis-à-vis the project location and

the recommendations or comments of the Chief

Wildlife Warden-thereon.

None

33 Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

Not applicable

34 Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

Not applicable

35 Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Presented in chapter 3 section 3.8 page no.3-32

36 AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and take into account

the pre-dominant wind direction, population

zone and sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

Presented in chapter 3 section 3.9.2, table no.3.9 page no.3-40

37 Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks

of all stations as per frequency given in the

NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with -

min., max., average and 98% values for each of

the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ

Enclosed as Annexure V

stations should be provided as an annexure to

the EIA Report.

38 Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.6.5, Page 3-27

39 Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

No

40 Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.6.4, Page 3-22

41 Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.10, 3-42

42 Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.7, Page 3-28

43 Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Included in chapter 4 of EIA report –Section 4.9, Page 4-33

44 Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study

area shall be given with special reference to

rare, endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule-I fauna are found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.

Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3.12, Page 3-57.

45 Socio-economic status of the study area. Included in chapter 3 of EIA report –Section 3-11, Page 3-43

46 Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on

site-specific meteorological features. In case the

project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP

Modelling shall be done using inputs of the

specific terrain characteristics for determining

the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ.

Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions

(including transportation) on the AAQ of the

area shall be assessed. Details of the model

used and the input data used for modelling shall

also be provided. The air quality contours shall

be plotted on a location map showing the

location of project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.

Included in Chapter 4 of EIA report

47 Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

The effluents are treated in ZLD

48 Impact of the transport of the raw materials and

end products on the surrounding environment

hall be assessed and provided. In this regard,

Included in chapter 2 of EIA

options for transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes (large quantities)

by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

cum-rail transport shall be examined.

49 A note on treatment of wastewater from

different plant operations, extent recycled and

reused for different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent

to meet the prescribed standards of discharge

under E(P) Rules.


50 Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards


51 Measures for fugitive emission control Included in Chapter 10, section 10.3.2.1 page 10-4

52 Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation

Included in Chapter 2, Table 2.16 page 2-34

53 Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Boiler Fly ash is sold to brick manufacturers

54 Action plan for the green belt development plan

in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500

trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be

included. The green belt shall be around the

project boundary and a scheme for greening of

the roads used for the project shall also be

incorporated.

Included in Chapter 10, Section 10.9 page 10-21

55 Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures

at plant site shall be submitted to harvest

rainwater from the roof tops and storm water

drains to recharge the ground water and also to

use for the various activities at the project site

to conserve fresh water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.

Included in Chapter 10, Section 10.3.3.5 page 10-7

56 Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Included in Chapter10, Section 10.11, table 10.6, page 10-23

57 Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Included in chapter 6 of EIA, table 6.4 page no 6-11

58 Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-

made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment

and damage control. Disaster management plan


should be linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

59 Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Included in Chapter 7, Section 7.9

60 Details of exposure specific health status

evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is

being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing

(Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other

ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month analyzed

data of above mentioned parameters as per

age, sex, duration of exposure and department

wise

Included in Chapter 7

61 Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of

hazards and whether they are within Permissible

Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within

PEL, what measures the company has adopted

to keep them within PEL so that health of the

workers can be preserved,


62 Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.


63 Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

Given in Chapter1, section-1.2.3 page no. 1-3

64 Does the Environment Policy prescribe for

standard operating process / procedures to

bring into focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes

65 What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Included in Chapter 7 of EIA Report

66 Does the company have system of reporting of

non compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in

the EIA report

Included in Chapter 2 of EIA Report

67 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as

sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to

the labour force during construction as well as


to the casual workers including truck drivers

during operation phase.

68 Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project

cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise

Social Commitment based on Public Hearing

issues and item-wise details along with time

bound action plan shall be included. Socio-

economic development activities need to be

elaborated upon

Included in Chapter 10, Section 10.4 page 10-22

69 Any litigation pending against the project and/or

any direction/order passed by any Court of Law

against the project, if so, details thereof shall

also be included. Has the unit received any

notice under the Section 5 of Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of

Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present

status of the case.

No

70 A tabular chart with index for point wise

compliance of above TOR

This check list provides the compliance with references of EIA report

SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE

1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and for emissions control.

Included in Chapter 2 of EIA report

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

Included in Chapter 2 of EIA report, Table 2.15, Page 2-33

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, etc Included in Chapter 3 of EIA report

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals

Work zone monitoring is done regularly

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge

Included in Chapter 2, figure 2.9 and 2.10 page no 2-30 to 2-31

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Included in Chapter 10, section 10.3.2.4, page no.10-6

7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated

We have MOU with cement industries. Copy is enclosed as Annexure IV

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Copy is enclosed as Annexure IV

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts MEE salts are sent to TSDF 10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals

are being used/will be used All hazardous chemicals based on MSDS were classified and addressed in the risk assessment in chapter 7

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF

Copy of TSDF Agreement is enclosed as Annexure IV

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. NA

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated


14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.


Additional TOR 1 Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised

and commitments made by the project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made.

The unit is located in IDA Thumukunta Industrial area hence public hearing is exempted.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY


1-1

Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Ltd. is located at Plot. No. 165 to 182 APIIC, IDA

Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh state. . RL

Fine Chem Private Ltd was established in the year 2002. Due to market

demand, it is proposed to expand the production capacity of the plant from

the current 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM using existing infrastructure. As adequate

infrastructure is in existence at the plant, it is proposed to augment utilities

and environmental infrastructure. Total Cost of the proposed expansion

Project is Rs. 3.0 Crores out of this an investment of Rs. 1.5 Crores is

proposed to invest on environmental infrastructure in addition to Rs. 1.0

crores already invested. The land area of the plant is 4.32 Acres

Location of the Plant

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Ltd. is located at Plot. No. 165 to 182 APIIC, IDA

Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh state. The

site is in between the following geological coordinates

N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’21.3’’ E

N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’19.2’’ E

N130 43’36.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E

N130 43’36.5’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E

N130 43’39.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E

N130 43’39.6’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E

The site is surrounded by other Industries of IDA Thumukunta. Varahi

Pharma is on the North side, Sadguru industries is on the south, Wipro and

APIIC Land is on the East and Aditya Green industries and PVM Construction

is located on the western side of the industry.

�There are No Reserve Forests within 10 KM radius from the site.

�Nearest village is Thumukunta is at about 0.73 KM in the west direction

from the site with a population of 2417 people.

�Rain fed water tank is at about 0.8 KM distance in the North Direction of

the site and penna river is at a distance of 2.2 Km.


1-2


� Karnataka State border is at a distance of 1.2 Km from the site.

�Nearly 36 large and 100 medium scale industries are working in the

Surrounding area.

�There are 87 villages/towns in the study area, covering – two states of

Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka with a total population of 2,53,471 as per

the 2011 census. Out of this 48 villages are in state of Karnataka with

population of 52,249 and 39 villages in the state of Andhra Pradesh with

total population of 2,01,222.

�There is Government High school in Thumukunta village at a distance of

1.72 Km from the site. The PHC center is located in Santhebidanur

village at distance of 2.8 km from the site.

�There is primary school in the village of Thumukunta

�Hindupur town is at a distance of 9.6 Km from the site with a population

of 1,51,677 with many government and private educational institutions

and hospitals.

Road Connectivity

The major access road for the project is a service road connected to State

highway SH-9.

Land Requirement for the project:

The total area of the plant is 4.32 Acres. Out of which 1.24 Acres of green

belt is developed and additional 0.18 Acres is proposed to be developed.

The land requirement for proposed expansion activities will be 1000 Square

meters which can be met from existing open area.

Product Profile

The proposed products & capacities are presented in the following table.


1-3


List of Products Proposed With Production Capacity

S.No Name of the Products Quantity in

Kgs/day

Quantity in

TPM

API’s

1 Nortrytyline HCl 37.33 1.12

2 Desipramine HCl 4.33 0.13

3 Cyproheptadine HCl 3.00 0.09

4 Pitofenone HCl 3.04 0.09

5 Pyrimethamine 2.22 0.07

6 Cyclobenzaprine HCl 3.96 0.12

7 Clomipramine HCl 2.67 0.08

8 Chloropromazine HCl 5.25 0.16

9 Doxlamine Succinate 4.79 0.14

10 Trimipramine Maleate 2.06 0.06

11 Flupentixol HCl 1.11 0.03

12 Melitracen HCl 1.64 0.05

13 Carbinoxamine Maleate 2.92 0.09

14 Opipramol HCL 1.50 0.05

15 Sulfadoxine 8.33 0.25

16 Doxiepin HCl 1.56 0.05

17 Dothiepin HCl 4.097 0.12

18 Flunarazine HCl 2.39 0.07

19 Duloxetine HCl 3.33 0.10

20 Dapoxetine HCl 1.67 0.05

21 Desvenlafaxine HCl 2.11 0.06

22 Trihexyphenaldyl HCl 3.33 0.10

23 Tramadol HCl 9.00 0.27

24 Sulfamethoxy Pyrazine HCl 2.08 0.06

25 Buclazine HCl 2.50 0.08

26 Meclazine HCl 2.28 0.07

Total (API's) 118.50 3.55


1-4


Drug Intermediates

1 Orphenadrine base 266.67 8.00

2 Carbamezapine 66.67 2.00

3 Hydroxy dimethyl dibenzyl Intermediate 20.00 0.60

4 Piperidine propiophenone 33.33 1.00

5 Cinnarizine crude 66.67 2.00

6 Doxiepinone 20.00 0.60

7 Ditheipinone 33.33 1.00

8 Methoxy Dichloro Pyrimidine 66.67 2.00

9 P- t- Butyl benzyl chloride 33.33 1.00

10 Chloro Acetyl benzo phenone 50.00 1.50

11

Chloro ethyl piperidino

Hydrochloride 33.33 1.00

12 Dibenzo suberone 266.67 8.00

13

Hydroxy dimethyl amino

thiophene 16.67 0.50

14 ChloroImino di benzyl 100.00 3.00

15 Benzophenone methyl ester 33.33 1.00

16 2-Amino Nitro Benzo Phenone 26.67 0.80

17 Dimethylamino cyclo hexanone 83.33 2.50

18 Bromo anisole 83.33 2.50

19 Chloro Pheno thiazine 66.67 2.00

20 Iso propyl propionate ( Ester) 33.33 1.00

21 Di Methyl amino propyl chloride 100.00 3.00

Total Intermediates 1500.00 45.00

Total API's + Intermediates 1618.50 48.6

By- Products

1 Sodium chloride 9.59 0.3

2 Ammonium chloride 22.9 0.7

3 Spent Acid 270.41 8.1

4 Ammonium Phosphate 67.65 2.0


1-5


5 Sodium Acetate 35.27 1.1

Water Requirement and Water Balance

The water requirement for various purposes is mentioned in the table below.

Water will be procured from APIIC Water supply

Water Balance–Current & Proposed

S.

No Stream

Water

requirement in KLD

Waste Water

discharge in KLD

Method of

Treatment and Disposal

Curre

nt

After

Expansion

Curre

nt

After

Expansion

1 Process 2.5 14.4 1.25 15.2 Stripper, MEE and

ATFD (condensate to RO)

2 Washings -High TDS

- 3.0 3.0

Washings-

Low TDS

- 3.5 - 3.5 ETP Followed by RO

(RO Reject to MEE)

3 Scrubbers - 1.0 - 1.0 Stripper, MEE and ATFD (condensate

to RO)

4 Boiler Feed 0.3 20.0 0.5 1.5 ETP Followed by RO (RO Reject to MEE)

5 Cooling tower

1.15 15.0 0.75 1.5

6 DM/Softener back washes

- 2.0 - 2.0

7 Domestic 0.85 4.0 0.65 3.2

8 Gardening - 5.0 - -

Total 4.8 67.9 3.15 30.9

*Actual water requirement for boiler for 2 X 2 TPH Boiler is 96.0 KLD. Out of

this 74.5 KLD of condensates would be recycled back & 1.5 KLD would be

blow down water. Hence fresh water requirements would be 20.0 KLD.

** It is make up water for losses. The total circulation water in the system

would be 75 M3/day


1-6


It is proposed to treat the effluents in ZLD (Zero Liquid Discharge) plant and

re-use to the maximum extent. It is proposed to recycle 28 KLD of water

from Effluent treatment facilities and fresh water requirement will be

reduced to 39.9 KLD.

Baseline Environmental Data

The baseline data for ambient quality, surface and ground water quality,

noise and soil quality collected and analyzed for various parameters during

October to December 2016. The analysis results show that the values are

within the prescribed limits for air quality. The water quality of the area is

found to be above limits for some parameters.

Identification and Quantification of Impacts

The sources of pollution in the proposed project are Air emissions from

utilities, liquid effluents from process, utilities and domestic sources, solid

waste from process and utilities and noise pollution from utilities and

process equipment. The impact assessment report identified various sources

of pollution and quantified the pollution loads and has identified the

technologies to be adopted for the mitigation and control of the same

Impacts of air Quality

The additional impacts of air quality due to the proposed project are from

the 1x 2 TPH Briquette fired boiler, 1 lakh K cal/hr Thermic fluid heater &

DG set of 1 X 250 KVA. The impacts are quantified using ISC- AERMOD

model based on ISCST3 Algorithm. The results indicate marginal increase in

the ambient air quality parameters and the predicted concentrations are

within the prescribed limits of CPCB for 24 hours concentrations


1-7


Cumulative Concentrations at Various locations in 10 KM radius

Location Direct

ion

Dista

nce

Base Line Predicted 24 Hr GLC Cumulative

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox

Project Site -- -- 88.20 41.2 16.3 22.6 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 88.20 41.20 16.30 22.60

Thumukunta W 0.8

Km 86.30 34.2 14.6 21.6 0.27 0.09 0.52 0.44 86.57 34.29 15.12 22.04

Appala kunta NW 3.0

Km 67.30 30.4 12.2 20.3 1.27 0.52 1.67 1.60 68.57 30.92 13.87 21.90

Gollapuram E 2.1

Km 77.40 30.4 12.4 20.1 0.25 0.09 0.49 0.41 77.65 30.49 12.89 20.51

Hunasenahalli NE 3.7

Km 68.4 30.1 13.5 21.7 0.13 0.05 0.23 0.20 68.53 30.15 13.73 21.90

Yekaralahalli W 5.8

Km 61.3 28.4 11.3 20.4 0.48 0.17 0.46 0.49 61.78 28.57 11.76 20.89

Huchodanahalli SE 4.1Km 68.4 28.4 12.1 19.3 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.03 68.43 28.41 12.13 19.33

Gowdasandra S 5.8

Km 69.2 32.6 10.2 20.3 0.06 0.02 0.05 0.05 69.26 32.62 10.25 20.35


1-8


Impacts on water resources

The required water is going to be procured from APIIC Water Supply. The

effluents generated from the process and washings contain high COD and TDS

values which may cause ground water pollution if they are untreated and

disposed. It is proposed to adopt “Zero Liquid discharge” to treat and re-use

all effluents. Also additional measures are suggested to check the quality of

storm water before discharge outside to avoid any plant level contamination.

All the storage tanks of effluents will be constructed above ground tanks

Impacts on Noise quality: The noise levels may increase due to the motors,

compressors, DG set and other activity. However the impact is limited to

boundary of the company. Additional green belt proposed reduce the noise

impact on out side environment

Impacts on Soil

The solid waste generated from the process, from utilities and from effluent

treatment plant may have significant negative impacts if disposed

indiscriminately. Adequate safeguards are proposed in the EMP for proper

handling and disposal of the waste.

Impacts on Ecology

There are no endangered flora and fauna in the core area. Further it is

proposed to develop green belt area in 0.18 acres. Thus there will be positive

impact on the environment

Impacts on socio Economy

Employment generated is the major benefit of this project. As a policy the

management proposed to give priority to local youth for the recruitment. The

area which has low industrial density and sloe agricultural activity will have

positive benefits due to this project.


1-9


Environmental Management Plan

Overall impact of the project on the surroundings, mitigation measures are outlined in below

Environmental

aspect

Proposed Sources Environmental Impacts Mitigation measures proposed

Air quality The additional impacts of

air quality are from the 2

TPH Briquette fired boiler,

1 Lakh Kcal/hr Thermic

fluid heater, DG set of

250 KVA capacities and

process emissions.

The results indicate

marginal increase in the

ambient air quality

parameters and the

predicted concentrations are

within the prescribed limits

of CPCB.

Cyclone separator is proposed for Boiler for

control of emissions. Adequate Stack height as

per CPCB norms is provided for Thermic fluid

heater and DG sets. Scrubbers are proposed

for process emissions.

Water

Environment

Total fresh water

requirement will be 39.9

KLD

Water is proposed to be

procured from APIIC water

supply.

The Effluents generated are treated using ZLD

techniques and reused to an extent of 28.0

KLD. Also it is proposed to acquire water from

APIIC water supply.

Water during rainy days will be tapped and

utilized.

Water conservation measures will be adopted

to optimize the water consumption.


1-10


Waste Water

Generation

Total effluents generated

from the project is 30.9

KLD

Improper handling of

effluents can cause severe

water pollution in the area

The effluent treatment system is based on zero

liquid discharge plan. Effluents are segregated

into Low TDS and high TDS streams. The High

TDS Effluents are treated in Stripper, MEE and

ATFD. The condensate is sent to Bio ETP

followed by RO and RO rejects are sent to

MEE. Low TDS effluents are Treated in

biological ETP Followed by RO. Thus proposal

avoids any contamination of ground or surface

water in the area

Further ETP units would be proposed overhead

as far as possible to avoid any seepage of

water.

Water traps are suggested in ETP and MEE

areas to trap any waste overflows

Storm water catch pits proposed to check the

quality of storm water goes out from the

premises during rainy season


1-11


Soil Environment Total effluents generated

from the project are 30.9

KLD. The Solid waste

generated from the

process and waste

treatment plant would be

40.7 TPM

Improper handling and

disposal of waste can cause

severe impact on soils

Segregation of wastes, proper collection and

storage of wastes and disposal of wastes to

land fill facility TSDF, Parawada. Incinerable

wastes proposed to be send to authorized

cement plants by state PCB for co-incineration.

Solvents are either re-used or disposed to

authorized recyclers after removal of solids

and color as per the state PCB guidelines

Proper Manifest system will be followed.

Noise

Environment

Motors, compressors, DG

sets are sources of noise

generation

Noise can impact outside

factory premises on

neighboring industries and

road users if not controlled

Acoustic enclosures are proposed for DG sets.

Motors/pumps/ Compressors are regularly

maintained

Ear Muffs and Ear plugs will be provided to

work force working in noise areas

Green belt development will have significant

impact on reduction of the noise

Flora & Fauna The study was carried out

in core area (project site)

and in buffer area i.e.

There are no significant

impacts. There are no Rare

or Endangered or Endemic

Out of total 4.32 Acres of land, green belt is

developed in an area of 1.24 Acres and

proposed to be developed in an area of 0.18


1-12


10.0 km periphery from

the project site.

or Threatened (REET)

species of flora or fauna in

the project site or core area

Acres.

Socio Economic

Environment

Additional employment of

100 people

There is scope of multiplier

effect on secondary and

tertiary employment.

The socio economic structure will have a

positive change and quality of life would

improve due to increase in urbanization and

cosmopolitanism.

Occupational

Health & Safety

Handling of hazardous

and toxic chemicals

Direct exposure to the

chemicals or its raw

materials may affect the

health of the employees. If

escaped to environment due

to accidents can cause

health problems to people

outside

Personal protective equipment are provided to

all the employees working in the plant. The

following safety systems are provided Earthing

& Bonding for electrostatic hazards; Closed

arrangement for chemical transfer; Safety

interlocks for equipment; Pressure Relief

system & Rupture Discs for reactors, Earth Rite

system for road tanker loading and unloading;

Nitrogen blanketing system with breather

valve arrangement for all the bulk storage

tanks, FLP fittings at Flammable materials

handling areas proposed to avoid any


1-13


accidents and direct exposure to work force

Annual health checkups are practiced to

employees working in chemical handling areas

to check any Impacts on health


1-14


The management plan is drawn in consultation with the project proponents,

technical consultants after evaluating a number of technologies available for

mitigation and control of pollution.

The environmental management plan is drawn to address the impact

identified during construction which is temporary and the impacts identified

during operation stages & remedial measures are in corporate

Prevention, maintenance and operation of environment control

system

The pollution control equipment, effluent treatment systems and effluents will

be monitored periodically and will be checked for its performance and pro-

active maintenance will be adopted. The environmental monitoring results will

be evaluated to identify the problems/ under performance of the equipment.

Necessary steps will be taken to rectify the identified problems/defects. The

management agrees that the evaluation of the performance of pollution

control measures and occupational safety measures to arrive at their

efficiency and purposes to adopt new measures for efficient pollution control,

which will be regular exercise.

Transport systems

All the raw materials and finished products are transported by road. Sufficient

parking facilities are provided for vehicles loading and unloading of goods. As

the plant is located near the road there will not be any unauthorized shop or

settlements along the road connecting the plant site. There will be 50.0 truck

trips per month to the factory. The vehicles are provided with parking space

near gate, and traffic signs are placed in the battery limit. The drivers of the

vehicles will be provided with TREM cards and will be explained the measure

to be adopted during various emergencies.

Reduce, Reuse and Recycle

The following measures are suggested for waste minimization; Reaction

optimization alternative use of non-toxic/less toxic solvents and catalysts that

would provide highest reaction yields, selection of reagents with lowest

toxicity. By products Sodium chloride, Ammonium chloride, spent acid,


1-15


Ammonium phosphate and sodium acetate are recovered during manufacture

of products. Additionally the treated effluents are reused for cooling tower

makeup, first batch mother liquors are reused, solvents are recycled and

reused wherever possible, condensers are provided for storage tanks, reactors

etc. to reduce emissions of volatile organic compounds.

Green Belt Development

Green belt is recommended as one of the major components of Environmental

Management Plan. The management emphasizes on development of green

belt to enhance environmental quality through; mitigation of fugitive

emissions, attenuation of noise levels, balancing eco-environment,

consumption of treated effluent, prevention of soil erosion, and creation of

aesthetic environment.

Post project monitoring in plant

Environmental monitoring for water, air, noise and solid waste quality shall be

conducted periodically either by the proponent or a third party, the frequency

of monitoring and the quality parameters shall be suggested by the Ministry of

Environment and Forests Government of India.

Environmental Management Cell

The Environmental Management Cell of the project shall be headed by the

plant manager, and shall be assisted by adequate supporting staff. Also

corporate environmental group will assist the plant in complying the

requirements and implementing Environmental Management Plan.

Budget for implementation of EMP:

A total of Rs. 1.5 Crores is proposed for implementation of EMP during

construction and operational phases of the project. A recurring expenditure of

Rs. 30.0 lakhs /annum is earmarked for implementation cost of EMP including

waste handling, disposal, environmental monitoring, green belt development,

storm water management, CSR activities etc.

CHAPTER-1


1-1 Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited

CHAPTER-1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the Report

M/s. RL Fine Chem private Limited is located at Plot. No. 165 to 182 APIIC,

IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh state. RL

Fine Chem Private Limited was established in the year 2002. As the unit is

Bulk drugs intermediates manufacturing unit, there is no EC requirement

under 1994 EIA Notification.

The unit was formerly in the names of M/s. Ray Pharma Located at Plot No.

174 and 175 APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M), Ananthapur (D) and

M/s. Ray International located at 172 and 173. Both the units are merged

together as RL Fine Chem private Limited in the year 2014.

The unit obtained CFE & CFO of the Andhra Pradesh State Pollution control

Board and its current CFO is issued vide Consent order No.

APPCB/KNL/KNL/16351/HO/CFO & HWA/2016 dated 30.07.2016 for

manufacturing drug intermediates with a total capacity of 240.0 Kgs/day. Copy

of Current CFO is enclosed as Annexure I.

The industry has applied for ToR to manufacture drug intermediates with a

capacity of 45.0 TPM and ToR is granted vide order no. J-11011/180/2016-IA

II (I) dated 23.9.2016 copy is enclosed as Annexure I.

As there are changes in product portfolio and unit proposed to manufacture

drugs and drug intermediates with a capacity of 48.6 TPM a fresh TOR was

applied & ToR was granted vide order no. J-11011/180/2016-IA II (I) dated

31.1.2018. As Standard ToR is issued with public consultation and as the unit

is located in Notified Industrial Area of IDA Thumukunta, public hearing is

exempted. Hence again an amendment for TOR for exemption of public

hearing was applied and our proposal was considered in the 36th EAC meeting

held during 24th to 26th April 2018 and public hearing is exempted for our unit.

Copy of Minutes of the meeting are enclosed as Annexure II



The copy of notification of IDA Thumukunta as industrial Area dated 4.3.1995

is given at Annexure III

As per the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification S.O.1533 on

14th Sept, 2006, issued by Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

(MoEF & CC), Govt. of India, the proposed Bulk drugs & Intermediates

manufacturing facility is categorized as Category-A project, due to applicability

of general condition ie., the interstate boundary is 1.2 Km distance from the

site and comes under Schedule Sl. No. Item 5(f) which mandates obtaining

prior Environmental Clearance from MOEF & CC, Govt. of India.

EIA is carried out based on Model TOR issued by MOEF & CC. The task of

carrying out EIA study for the project site and preparing EIA study report was

entrusted to Pridhvi Envirotech Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad.

The study is conducted during October to December 2016 and the EIA study

report is prepared based on the primary base line data generated during the

study and secondary data collected from various sources and project

proponents.

1.2 Identification of the Project and Project Proponents

1.2.1 About Project

The proposed project is a brown field project located in notified

industrial area. Total area of the site is 4.32 Acres. The total

investment for proposed expansion project is Rs. 4.5 crores, out

of which Rs. 2.5 crores will be on plant and machinery and Rs.

2.0 crores is on Environmental infrastructure. It is proposed to

expand its capacity from the current 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM using existing

infrastructure.

1.2.2 About the Group

Founded in 1983, the Bangalore based R L Fine Chem Pvt. Ltd., is one of the

fastest growing research based pharmaceutical company in India. We are

having four manufacturing plants, out of which one is approved by USFDA,



Japan Govt, AFMC, COFEPERIS and CEP. RLFC Has won the trust of more than

550 customers across 62 countries around the globe covering the US, Europe,

Latin America, Middle-East, Asia Pacific, Africa and CIS markets. The Group

with its associate companies R L Fine Chem, Ray Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Troy Life

Sciences has established a global reach. The Corporate Office, API

manufacturing plants and a modern R&D centre are situated in Bangalore,

India.

RL Fine Chem has served the industry with quality Active Pharmaceutical

Ingredients (APIs) and Organic Intermediates.

An USFDA, PMDA, COFEPRIS, WHO GMP, CEP, ISO 9001, ISO 14001, ISO

18001 approved plant exporting over 75% of its APIs across the Globe.

A dedicated team of scientists and technicians are at work relentlessly to

translate the in-house researches & innovations into globally acceptable bulk

drugs for numerous customers worldwide. While R&D is one of the core

competences of the company, the Group has grown from strength to

strength with excellent human resource, state of the art technologies and good

quality systems. Holding 8 Processes Patent & 1 Product Patent.

The Clientele of R L Fine Chem are in USA, Canada, Europe, Latin America,

Japan, South East Asia, Bangladesh and the Far East etc, speak for the its

Credential, Quality and Customer Services. In 2002 R L Fine Chem was

awarded the 'CHEMEXIL' award from the Export Council of India.

RL Fine Chem private limited will try to maintain safe and environment friendly

manufacturing facility by ensuring that all EHS requirements are integrated

with all business activities. With automated Fire Hydrant System and well-built

EHS team we are maintaining the safety attire. By sending all waste out puts

for recycling procedures and ZLD plant with dedicated supporting facility RLFC

is Building the hazard free ecosystem.

1.2.3 Environment Health and Safety Policy:

We, at R.L. Fine Chem Pvt. Ltd. are committed to conducting our business in

an ethically and socially responsible manner and in ways that respect the

environment



1. Compliance

We will comply with all applicable local, state, and central government laws &

regulations with other requirements to which we subscribe that are relevant to

the environmental impacts and health & safety risks of our activities and

products. We will implement and maintain programs and procedures to assure

our compliance with such laws, regulations, and other requirements in our

business and encourage such compliance from those organizations with whom

we do business

2. Pollution Prevention

We will actively seek to prevent pollution before it is produced and to minimize

the impact on the environment by establishing environmental objectives and

targets aimed at improving our overall environmental performance. We will

consider environmental factors when we plan, purchase, or make operating

decisions

3. Safety on working

Implement safe work practices for handling, processing, storage and

transportation of incoming, in-process and finished products. Improve

occupational health standards by regular monitoring of work place

environment and employee health

4. Awareness

We will provide appropriate training to all employees to ensure their continuing

awareness of environmental, health and safety responsibilities

We shall take every possible care to prevent incidents which may result in

personal injury, ill health, property damage and impact to the environment or

community

5. Continual Improvement

We will evaluate and continually improve the effectiveness of our

environmental, health and safety management system through periodic audits,

management reviews, and by achieving our EHS objectives



1.2.4 About Proponents

The front runner of Ray Group of Companies, a dynamic entrepreneur Mr.

Anjan K Roy started the operations in 1983 in Bangalore, South of India. Since

then the group has successfully transformed into a dominant player in the API

manufacturing sector and established itself as a reputed name in

Pharmaceutical Industry.

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited is incorporated to produce bulk drugs and

bulk drug intermediates with its Corporate Office at RLFC House, C-10, Ist

Cross, KSSIDC, Industrial Estate, Yelahanka New town, Bengaluru, Karnataka.

The proposed project site is located at APIIC, IDA Thumukunta Village,

Hindupur Mandal, Anantapur District, Andhra Pradesh State.

1.3 Need of the Project:

The Indian pharmaceutical industry is gearing itself to meet the challenges of

the post patent scenario. Between now and the year 2020, close to 150

blockbuster drugs will go off patent. At Present, the world market for the

generic drugs in US is $ 30 billion of this, the US accounts for US $ 12.3

billion, Western Europe for US $ 7.13 billion and Japan US $ 5.1 billion, the

remaining is accounted by large parts of Asia and Africa.

At current prices, the market value of total drugs going off patent by 2020

stands at US $ 100 billion (Rs. 4.5 lakh crores) The Indian pharmaceutical

industry is preparing itself to penetrate this segment. Hence the need for

expansion is felt by all the industries so that by the year 2020 they can be

ready to meet the challenges.

The Indian Pharmaceutical industry is growing at healthy growth of 12-15%.

Below graph shows the export growth of Drugs and pharmaceuticals in last 4

years



FIGURE 1.1 EXPORT VALUES OF PHARMA PRODUCTS FROM INDIA

Source: Pharmaceutical Exports promotion council

1.4 Justification of the project

There are many reasons for the growth of this sector in Andhra Pradesh like:

� Good infrastructure

� Availability of skilled manpower

� Government’s positive attitude towards the industrialization

� Presence of Entrepreneurs with Pharma background in the state

RL Fine chem private Limited is in forefront in the last 20 years with excellent

customer base and markets. The demand for API’s and intermediates is

increasing every year and many new molecules are introduced by RL Fine

Chem private Limited for different global market. As existing infrastructure

facilities are sufficient to increase the production levels, the project is justified

in techno commercial point of view.

Keeping in view of the opportunities, RL Fine chem private Limited proposed to

expand the capacity



1.5 Brief Description of the Project

1.5.1 Nature of the Project

Currently the unit is manufacturing Drug intermediates with a capacity of 7.2

TPM and now it is proposed to manufacture Bulk drugs and intermediates with

a capacity of 48.6 TPM. It is proposed to add additional manufacturing

facilities, utilities and effluents treatment infrastructure with an additional

investment of Rs. 4.5 Crores and out of this Rs. 2.0 Crores is allocated for

environmental infrastructure.

The project falls under category: 5(f) A, as per the Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) Notification 14th Sept, 2006, and hence requires prior

environmental clearance from MOEF, Government of India

Salient features of the project is given in Table 1.1 below

Table 1.1

Salient Features of the Project

Location Plot No: 165 to 182 APIIC, IDA

Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M), Anantapur (D) Andhra Pradesh

Longitude and latitude N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’21.3’’ E

N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’19.2’’ E N130 43’36.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E

N130 43’36.5’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E N130 43’39.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E

N130 43’39.6’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E

Year of establishment 2002

Product category 5(f), Drugs & Drug Intermediates

Project category as per EIA notification

Category A (As the interstate boundary is within 5 Km radius)

Proposed Activity Capacity expansion from 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM

Total investment on the plant Current - Rs.2.0 Crores & Proposed –Rs.3.0 Crores, Total 5.0 Crores

Total Investment on

Environmental Infrastructure

Current- Rs. 1.0 Crores & Proposed–Rs.1.5

Crores, Total 2.5 Crores

Total area of the plant 4.32 Acres

Total area of green belt Current 1.24 Acres additional green belt proposed 0.18 acres and total is 1.42

acres

Water requirement Total Water requirement-67.9 KLD

Fresh water requirement-39.9 KLD Recycled water-28.0 KLD



Source of water APIIC water supply

Nearest habitation and distance from the site

Thumukunta (V) at a distance of 0.73 Km from the site

Nearest surface water bodies Rain fed water body at distance of 0.8 Km

form the site Pennar river is at a distance of 2.20 Km

Nearest reserve forest There are no reserve forests in 10 Km radius from the site

Environmentally sensitive areas within 10 km radius

None

Any national parks, wild life

sanctuaries within 10 km radius

None

Nearest air port and distance Bangalore International Airport is 61.0 Kms from the plant site

Nearest railway station and distance

Devarapalli at distance of 0.7 Kms from the site

Distance from interstate Boundary

Karnataka state Border is at 1.2 KM from the site

1.6 Location of Project

The proposed Brown field project is located at Plot No. 165 to 182, APIIC, IDA

Thumukunta, Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh state.

1.6.1 List of Other Industries in the surrounding Area

S.No Name of the Industry

1 Wipro Ltd.

2 PVM Constructions

3 Varahi Pharma

4 Manasvi Pharma

5 Radha Krishna Steel Pvt. Ltd.

6 Aditya Green industries

7 Sadguru industries

1.7 Project Cost

The total cost of the proposed expansion project will be Rs. 3.0 Crores. Out of

which Rs.1.5 crores will be on plant and machinery and Rs. 1.5

crores is on Environmental infrastructure.



1.8 Scope of EIA Studies

The scope of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) as envisaged in the

terms of reference (TOR) for the RL Fine Chem Private Limited.

Terms of References

The project comes under category 5(f) of EIA Notification under

Synthetic Organic Chemicals. The unit is category A project and

comes under purview of Expert appraisal Committee, MOEF &CC,

New Delhi

As the project proponent was directed to prepare EIA report, as per

the standard terms of reference (TORS) through TOR No. J-

11011/180/2016-IA II (I) dated 31.1.2018 issued by the MOEF&CC, GoI,

available in the website, the EIA study was carried out during

October to December 2016, as per the standard TORs and previous

TOR issued in 2016

Methodology of studies

Reconnaissance survey of the region was carried out during the 2nd

week of September, 2016, and various sampling locations to

monitor environmental parameters have been identified.

Subsequently, monitoring has commenced for collection of data

based on standard TOR’s and specific TORs, on meteorology,

ambient air quality, surface and ground water quality, soil

characteristics, noise levels, flora and fauna at the specified

locations. The other studies such as socio-economic profile, land

use pattern etc. are based on Primary and secondary data collected

from various government agencies and validated through the

primary surveys. The ambient air quality monitoring locations have

been selected based on the meteorological data generated at India

Meteorological Department (IMD), Anantapur.



Field team of M/s Lawn Enviro Associates, the environmental

laboratory associated with M/s. Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited,

worked in the study area during the months of October to

December 2016 and base line data for various environmental

components i.e., air, water, soil, noise and flora and fauna and

socio economic status of the people was collected in 10 km radius

from industry, to assess the existing environmental status as per

the guidelines specified by Ministry of Environment and Forest and

Climate Change (MOEF & CC), Government of India. This report

presents the results of Environmental Impact Assessment study

along with the Environmental Management Plan, necessary to

contain the observed environmental impacts of the proposed

Pharmaceutical manufacturing unit

Environmental impact assessment study involves three basic

components, ie, identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts.

Accordingly the detailed scope of EIA study is as follows;

� An intensive reconnaissance and preliminary collection of

environmental information to plan field study.

� Field studies to collect preliminary information, particularly on

the quality of the physical environment. Experienced scientists

and engineers will collect the data.

� Base line data generation and characterization of air, water,

soil, noise and vegetation in the ten kilometer radius area

(impact zone) over a period of Three months.

� A thorough study of the process including provisions for

pollution control, and environmental management that includes

prediction of impacts and relevant mathematical modeling.

� Preparation of Environmental monitoring program.



� Preparation of Environmental Management plan suggesting

suitable methods for mitigating and controlling the pollution

levels.

1.9 Environmental sensitivities & significant impacts of the project

considered

� There are No Reserve Forests within 10 KM radius from the site.

� Nearest village is Thumukunta is at about 0.73 KM in the west direction


� Rain fed water tank is at about 0.8 KM distance in the North Direction of



� Nearly 36 large and 100 medium scale industries are working in the

Surrounding area.

� There are 87 villages/towns in the study area, covering – two states of





� There is Government High school in Thumukunta village at a distance of

1.72 Km from the site. The PHC center is located in Santhebidanur village

at distance of 2.8 km from the site.

� There is primary school in the village of Thumukunta

� Hindupur town is at a distance of 9.6 Km from the site with a population


and hospitals

1.10 Policy, legal and administrative framework

This Section presents a review of the existing institutions and legislations

relevant to this project, at the National and the State Levels. Regulations



concerning procedures and requirements that may directly concern the

project.

1.10.1 Institutional Setting for the Project

M/s. RL Fine Chem private Limited is located at Plot. No. 165 to 182 APIIC,

IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh state. It is

a Bulk drugs & intermediates Manufacturing unit and proposed to expand the

capacity from current 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM.

1.10.2 Institutional Setting in the Environmental Context

The environmental regulations, legislation policy guidelines and control that

may impact this project, are the responsibility of a variety of government

agencies. In all, as discussed in the subsequent sections, the following

agencies would play important roles in this project.

1.10.3 Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF & CC)

The primary responsibility for administration and implementation of the

Government of India’s policy with respect to environmental management,

conservation, ecologically sustainable development and pollution control rests

with the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF &CC). MoEF & CC is the

agency primarily responsible for the review and approval of EIAs pursuant to

G.o.I Notification in September, 2006 and subsequent amendments

1.10.4 MoEF & CC Regional Offices

The Ministry of Environment and Forests Regional office in Chennai is

responsible for collection and furnishing of information relating to compliance

to conditions of Environmental clearance of projects, pollution control

measures, methodology and status, legal and environment measures and

environmental protection in special conservation areas such as wetlands,

mangroves and biological reserves.

1.10.5 State Pollution Control Boards (SPCB)

The Andhra Pradesh State Pollution Control Board play the role of

environmental management at the state level, which emphasis on air and



water qualities. The project needs to obtain Consent for Establishment (CFE) &

Consent for Operation (CFO) before construction and during operational phase

of project. It enforces the waste water and air emission standards compliance

and other conditions of EC and CFE/CFO granted. It is also responsible for

granting of authorization under Hazardous Waste Management, Transboundary

movement Rules 1998

1.10.6 Departments of Environment and Forests (DOEF)

The department of Environment, Forests, Science and Technology performs

the functions in Andhra Pradesh.

1.10.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROJECT

The primary responsibility for administration and implementation of the GOI

policy with respect to conservation, ecologically sustainable development and

pollution control rests with the MoEF & CC. The MoEF & CC is responsible to

enforce the regulations established pursuant to the National Conservation

Strategy, National Forest Policy, the Policy for Abatement of Pollution (1992)

and the Indian Environmental Protection Act 1986, revised in 1994 and

amended subsequently in 1997

The SO 1533, dt. 14.9.2006 issued by the Ministry of Environment and

Forests, Government of India, identified Synthetic Organic Chemicals unit

including Bulk Drugs and Intermediate manufacturing unit as one of the

projects requiring clearance from the MoEF & CC. Therefore, the environmental

impact assessment (EIA) is a statutory requirement for RL Fine Chem Private

Limited to get Environmental clearance for their expansion activity

1.11 OTHER STATUTORY LICENSES/PERMISSION

1.11.1 Director of Factories & boilers

Under Factories Act 1948 as amended, the unit required to obtain clearance

for expansion activities and for construction of new production block and other

utilities. Also as the unit is handling & Storing hazardous chemicals like

solvents, they need to notify the storages under Manufacture, Storage, Import

and Handling of Hazardous chemicals rules 1989.



1.11.2 Industrial Area Local Authority:

IALA functions as local body for granting of building permissions and provide

water supply to the unit. For expansion activity, M/S RL fine chem Private

limited need to obtain permission for building construction and to get water

supply

1.11.3 Chemical Accidents (Emergency planning, preparedness and

Response) rules 1996

Under the rules notified by the Government of India, the unit need to update

the district authorities on type and quantities of storage and handling of

chemicals and update on potential hazards from the unit and mitigation

measures put into place.

1.11.4 The Andhra Pradesh Fire & Emergency Services

The Fire Services Act 1999 came into force from 1.2.2001 to ensure fire safety

in erstwhile Andhra Pradesh State and render efficient service in fire protection

and fire prevention.

All hazardous process industries need to obtain NOC from the state fire &

Emergency services and maintain the infrastructure for handling any

emergencies

1.12 REQUIRED STATUTORY LICENSES AT A GLANCE:

The table gives the requirement & status of various applicable clearances for

the project and its current status.

S.NO Nodal Agency

License/NOC

/Approval

requirements

Current Status

1 Ministry of

Environment,

Forests & Climate

change

State Level EIA

Authority

Environmental

Clearance

Obtained TOR and this EIA report is

submitted for the grant of EC



2 Industrial Area local

Authority

Lay out &

Building plan

approvals and

water supply

Will be applied once the EC is

cleared as EC is mandatory

requirement before issues of the

same

3 Director of

Factories

Permission of

expansion

activity and

approval of

building plans

Will apply once Environmental

clearance is issued

4 Andhra Pradesh

Fire Services and

Emergency Services

NOC for fire

safety

Will be applied once EC is cleared

by the MOEF & CC

5 Andhra Pradesh

State Pollution

Control Board

Water & Air Acts

Consent for

Establishment

Consent for

operation

Will be applied after getting

Environmental Clearance

Can be obtained once expansion

activity is ready for operation

6 Hazardous Waste

(Management &

transboundary

movement) Rules

1998

Authorization Will be obtained once expansion

activity is ready for operation.

Currently the unit is having valid

agreement from, Ramkey Coastal

Waste Management Project for

disposal of in organic waste and

MOU with Sri raghavendra

Corporation cement plants for

sending organic residues.

Industry applied for anticipated

higher quantity of in organic waste

to Land fill facility at

Visakhapatnam.

MOU from 1.6.2016 with Sri

raghavendra Corporation service

provider of Zuari cement plant for

use of organic waste

Copies of existing MOU’s and in



principle acceptance of wastes after

expansion letter are submitted at

Annexure IV

1.13 STRUCTURE OF THE EIA REPORT

The report is organized in 12 chapters as follows

Chapter 1 is introduction chapter which highlights briefly about the project,

introduction to project proponents, nature & size of the project and its

importance & Scope of study.

Chapter 2 Outlines project description provides the complete description of

the proposed project of RL Fine Chem Private Limited. The details are

presented from the environmental perspective along with the salient features

such as land use, process adopted, water consumption and waste water

discharges, Hazardous wastes generation, resource requirement for the project

and current compliance levels of the unit.

Chapter 3 Discuss the study area, period, components & Methodology

adopted, base line data established and environmental components

Chapter 4 Discuss the details of investigated environmental impacts due to

project at various stages of development and operations. Also the chapter

outlines the measures for minimizing or off-setting adverse impacts identified

and mitigation measures

Chapter 5 Discuss the details of alternative technologies

Chapter 6 Discuss the details of environmental monitoring program,

frequencies & costs during implementation and operation

Chapter 7 Discuss the potential hazards and risks associated with project &

risk mitigation measures proposed and out lines disaster management plan

Chapter 8 Discuss the benefits from the project to various stake holders

Chapter 9 Discuss the Environmental Cost Benefit analysis (Not specified in

TOR in this case



Chapter 10 Discuss detailed Environmental Management Plan which

addresses the measures to be adopted for effective environmental

conservation measures. It also gives estimated budget for implementation of

EMP, both capital investment and recurring costs

Chapter 11 gives the Summary & Conclusion and justification of

implementation of project

Chapter 12 Gives the Credentials of Pridhvi Envirotech, their accreditation

details and team which conducted the EIA studies.

CHAPTER-2



CHAPTER -2

PROJECT IN DETIAL, RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS PROCESS &

TECHNOLOGY

2.1 Type of the project

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited is an existing Bulk Drug Intermediates

manufacturing unit located at Plot. No. 165 to 182, APIIC, IDA Thumukunta

(V), Hindupur (M), Ananthapur (D) Andhra pradesh state. As the existing

sanctioned production capacity is low and the plant is having enough spare

capacity to manufacture higher quantity of products and intends to

manufacture API’s, it is proposed to enhance the production capacity from

current level of 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM. It is proposed to add production

facilities, few utilities and environmental infrastructure facilities to enhance

the capacity of the plant.

2.2 Proposed products and capacities

It is proposed to manufacture 26 API’s & 21 intermediates after expansion

with total production level of 48.6 TPM. Table 2.1 gives list of products

proposed with quantity of production per month.

TABLE 2.1

List of Products Proposed With Quantity of Production

S.No Name of the Products Quantity in

Kgs/day Quantity in

TPM

API’s

1 Nortrytyline HCl 37.33 1.12

2 Desipramine HCl 4.33 0.13

3 Cyproheptadine HCl 3.00 0.09

4 Pitofenone HCl 3.04 0.09

5 Pyrimethamine 2.22 0.07

6 Cyclobenzaprine HCl 3.96 0.12

7 Clomipramine HCl 2.67 0.08

8 Chloropromazine HCl 5.25 0.16

9 Doxlamine Succinate 4.79 0.14

10 Trimipramine Maleate 2.06 0.06



11 Flupentixol HCl 1.11 0.03

12 Melitracen HCl 1.64 0.05

13 Carbinoxamine Maleate 2.92 0.09

14 Opipramol HCL 1.50 0.05

15 Sulfadoxine 8.33 0.25

16 Doxiepin HCl 1.56 0.05

17 Dothiepin HCl 4.097 0.12

18 Flunarazine HCl 2.39 0.07

19 Duloxetine HCl 3.33 0.10

20 Dapoxetine HCl 1.67 0.05

21 Desvenlafaxine HCl 2.11 0.06

22 Trihexyphenaldyl HCl 3.33 0.10

23 Tramadol HCl 9.00 0.27

24 Sulfamethoxy Pyrazine HCl 2.08 0.06

25 Buclazine HCl 2.50 0.08

26 Meclazine HCl 2.28 0.07

Total (API's) 118.50 3.55

Drug Intermediates

1 Orphenadrine base 266.67 8.00

2 Carbamezapine 66.67 2.00

3 Hydroxy dimethyl dibenzyl Intermediate 20.00 0.60

4 Piperidine propiophenone 33.33 1.00

5 Cinnarizine crude 66.67 2.00

6 Doxiepinone 20.00 0.60

7 Ditheipinone 33.33 1.00

8 Methoxy Dichloro Pyrimidine 66.67 2.00

9 P- t- Butyl benzyl chloride 33.33 1.00

10 Chloro Acetyl benzo phenone 50.00 1.50

11 Chloro ethyl piperidino Hydrochloride 33.33 1.00

12 Dibenzo suberone 266.67 8.00



13


thiophene 16.67 0.50

14 ChloroImino di benzyl 100.00 3.00

15 Benzophenone methyl ester 33.33 1.00

16 2-Amino Nitro Benzo Phenone 26.67 0.80

17 Dimethylamino cyclo hexanone 83.33 2.50

18 Bromo anisole 83.33 2.50

19 Chloro Pheno thiazine 66.67 2.00

20 Iso propyl propionate ( Ester) 33.33 1.00

21 Di Methyl amino propyl chloride 100.00 3.00

Total Intermediates 1500.00 45.00

Total API's + Intermediates 1618.50 48.6

By- Products

1 Sodium chloride 9.59 0.3

2 Ammonium chloride 22.9 0.7

3 Spent Acid 270.41 8.1

4 Ammonium Phosphate 67.65 2.0

5 Sodium Acetate 35.27 1.1

2.3 Details of Infrastructure proposed

Apart from the existing facilities it is proposed to add additional production

facilities, utilities and effluents treatment infrastructure with an additional

investment of Rs.2.5 Cores. The details are outlined in the below table.

Table 2.2

Production facilities/Utilities/ETP – Existing & Proposed

S.NO Details Capacity/

No Current Additions After

expansion

Production facilities

1 Production Blocks- - 4 1 5

Utilities

2 Boiler (briquette Fired) TPH 1 x 2 1x 2 4

3 Thermic fluid heater K cal/ hr 1.0

Lakh

1.0 Lakh 2.0

4 DG sets KVA 1 x 200 1 X 250 450



5 Cooling tower TR 1X 100

2 x 120

1X100 440

( 4 Nos)

6 Softner/DM plant M3/day 1.0 2.0 3.0

7 Chilling plant TR 1 X

17.5

1 x 30 47.5

Effluent handling & treatment facilities

7 collection tanks-Storage

KL 2 X10 3 X 10 50

8 Neutralisation tanks KL 1 X 10, 1 x 20

1 X 5, 1 X 10

45

9 Stripper ,MEE,ATFD KLD 30 - 30

10 RO & Biological treatment

KLD - 50 50

2.4 Site Location and Surroundings

M/s RL Fine Chem private Limited is located at at Plot. No. 165 to 182

APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh

state. The site is located at the following geological coordinates

Latitude & Longitude

N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’21.3’’ E

N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’19.2’’ E

N130 43’36.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E N130 43’36.5’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E

N130 43’39.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E N130 43’39.6’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E The Total area of the plant is 4.32 Acres. The site is surrounded by Other

Industries of IDA Thumukunta. Varahi Pharma is on the North side, Sadguru

industries is on the south, Wipro and APIIC Land is on the East and Aditya

Green industries and PVM Construction is located on the western side of the

industry.

The nearest human settlement from the site is Thumukunta (v) located at

distance of 0.73 KM from the site. The nearest railway station Devarapalli is

located at a distance of 0.7 KM from the site. The nearest airport is located

at a distance of 61.0 KM at Bangalore. There are no Reserve Forests,

Ecologically Sensitive area like national parks, sanctuaries within 10 KM

radius.

Figure 2.1 shows the location map of the project site.



Figure 2.2 shows the topographical features of 10 km radius

Figure 2.3 Shows the Base map of the study area

Figure 2.4 Shows the google map of the project site

Figure 2.5 Shows the photographs of the project site.

Fig 2.1 Location map of the site

India Ananthapur

Hindupur



Fig 2.2 TOPO SHEET OF THE STUDY AREA



Fig 2.3 Base map of the study area



Fig 2.4 Google Map of the Project site



Figure 2.5 Plant Photographs



2.5 Road Connectivity

The project is located at Plot. No. 165 to 182, APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V),

Hindupur (M), Ananthapur (D) which is connected by a service road to State

highway SH-9. This road is 2 lane roads with a capacity to carry traffic of

1500 PCU/Hour.

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

The project is envisaged to be completed within one year after required

approvals are obtained and the production shall be initiated thereon.

2.7 Resource requirements

2.7.1 Land Requirement:

The unit currently has a total area of 4.32 Acres. Out of which 1.24 Acres of

green belt is developed and proposed to develop 0.18 Acres as green belt.

The land requirement for proposed expansion activities will be 0.24 Acres

which can be met from existing open area. Below table provides the land

statement.

Table 2.3 Land statement

S.NO Purpose Units Extent

1 Built up area Sq.M 11000

2 Green belt Sq.M 5000

3 Open area Sq.M 1500

Total Sq.M 17500

4 Area required for Proposed expansion Sq M 1000

Fig 2.6 gives the overall plant lay out after expansion.



FIG 2.6 PLANT LAY OUT



2.7.2 Water requirement:

The water requirement is met from APIIC. The requirement for water in this

unit is for process and domestic purposes. The water balance for daily

consumption is presented below. Table 2.4

Water Balance– Current & Proposed

S.

No Stream

Water requirement in

KLD

Waste Water discharge in KLD

Method of Treatment and

Disposal

Current

After Expansion

Current

After Expansion

1 Process 2.5 14.4 1.25 15.2 Stripper, MEE and ATFD (condensate

to RO)

2 Washings -High TDS

- 3.0 3.0

Washings- Low TDS

- 3.5 - 3.5 ETP Followed by RO (RO Reject to MEE)

3 Scrubbers - 1.0 - 1.0 Stripper, MEE and ATFD (condensate

to RO)

4 Boiler Feed 0.3 20.0 0.5 1.5 ETP Followed by RO (RO Reject to MEE)

5 Cooling

tower

1.15 15.0 0.75 1.5

6 DM/Softener

back washes

- 2.0 - 2.0

7 Domestic 0.85 4.0 0.65 3.2

8 Gardening - 5.0 - -

Total 4.8 67.9 3.15 30.9

*Actual water requirement for boiler for 2 X 2 TPH Boiler is 96.0 KLD. Out of

this 74.5 KLD of condensates would be recycled back & 1.5 KLD would be

blow down water. Hence fresh water requirements would be 20.0 KLD.

** It is make up water for losses. The total circulation water in the system

would be 75 M3/day

It is proposed to treat the effluents in ZLD (Zero Liquid Discharge) plant and

re-use to the maximum extent. It is proposed to recycle 28 KLD of water



from Effluent treatment facilities and fresh water requirement will be

reduced to 39.9 KLD.

Table 2.5

Water Re-use and Fresh water requirement

Streams

Total

Quantity of

Effluents

KLD

Treatment Re-used/

Recycling

Process,

Washings &

Scrubbed

water

19.2 Stripper, MEE

and ATFD

(Condensate to

RO)

Condensate generated is

sent back to bio ETP & RO

System

Washings,

Utilities – Back

washes and

blow downs

and Domestic

11.7 ETP followed by

RO treatment

Along with condensate from

MEE and ATFD system, total

water treated would be 33.0

KLD in bio ETP and RO. Out

of this 28.0 KLD of permeate

is re-used for utilities and

rejects 5.0 KLD would be

send back to MEE system

2.7.2.1 Source of Water

Source of water is APIIC & recycled water

2.7.3 Power requirement

The total power requirement is about 500 KVA. It shall be sourced from

APCPDCL and D.G sets as alternative to Power failure.

2.7.4 Fuel Requirement:

Currently the unit established and operating 2.0 TPH Briquette fired boiler.

It is now proposed to install 2.0 TPH Briquette fired Boiler. Total fuel

requirement will be around 4.0 TPD.



For back DG sets and Thermic fluid heaters, the fuel requirements would be

about 100 Liters/hour. As it is considered only for back up during power

shut down

2.7.5 Raw Material Requirement

Raw materials used in products are various chemicals, chemical

intermediates, solvents, purification agents like activated carbon and

catalysts. Raw materials are procured from indigenous source and

transported through trucks. Product wise raw material requirement is given

in process chemistry at the end of this chapter.

2.7.6 Solvent requirements and Recovery system

The industry proposes to manufacture synthetic organic chemicals (Bulk

Drugs & Drugs Intermediates), which require solvents during various unit

processes. The unit intends to use various solvents. The spent solvents

generated during the manufacturing process will be recovered by way of

distillation and reused in the process. The process of the solvent recovery

system is described hereunder;

After the completion of the reaction, the spent solvent/mother liquor will be

separated by centrifuge and pumped to distillation reactor. It will be

subjected to distillation to separate and recover solvent.

� Firstly, the mass will be distilled at required temperature where pure

solvents will be distilled out depending on their boiler points and it will

be collected in the recovered solvent storage tank and reused in the

process and then residue will be sent to TSDF site for the disposal by

incineration.

� Vaccum will also be applied during distillation.

� The overall requirements for the solvents based on Material balance of

each product have been worked out which is given in Table 2.6. The

schematic diagram of the solvent recovery system is shown in the

Figure 2.8.



Table 2.6

Solvents usage recovery and loses.

S.No Solvent Name Usage

Kgs/day

Recovery

Kgs per day

Total Loss Kgs per day

1 Acetone 1037.2 974.9 62.3

2 Chlorobenzene 317.0 291.6 25.4

3 DMF 38.6 35.6 3.0

4 DMSO 6.6 6.1 0.6

5 Ethyl acetate 51.0 46.9 4.1

6 IPA 16.5 15.7 0.8

7 Methanol* 4563.2 4284.0 277.0

8 Mono ethylene glycol 833.5 771.8 61.7

9 n- Butanol 158.0 151.5 6.5

10 THF 27.1 25.7 1.4

11 Toluene 4740.9 4432.3 308.0

12 Xylene 588.0 558.6 29.4

Total 12377.6 11594.6 780.1

*Consumed in reaction

Table 2.7

Solvent Balance

S.NO Details Quantity in (TPD)

1 Total solvent requirement 12377.6

2 Solvents Loss in Effluent 36.76

Fugitive Loss 731.35

Loss in residue 11.96

Solvents consumed in reaction 2.93

3 Recovered solvents 11594.6

Solvent re-use

1 Re-usable solvents in process 8116.2

2 Solvents sent to Downstream

Industries

3478.4



Figure 2.7 Schematic diagram of the solvent recovery system

2.7.7 Man power requirement

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited is providing employment currently to 80

people (60 on rolls and 20 as contract workers). An additional employment

of 100 (70 on rolls and 30 as contract workers) people is expected to be

added for the proposed expansion. Thus the total work force after expansion

would be 180 people.

2.8 Manufacturing process

The process with chemical reaction and flow chart with material balance for

each of the product is given below product wise. Also consolidated pollution

load generated from each product is given for each product is given at the

end of this chapter.

2.9 Environmental Impacts and control systems

2.9.1 Waste water generation

The waste water generation is from process utilities and domestic purposes.

Below table summarizes section wise generation of waste and mode of

treatment



TABLE 2.8

Waste water generation and mode of treatment

S.

No Stream

Discharge in

KLD

Mode of treatment

proposed

1 Process 15.2

Stripper, MEE and ATFD

(condensate to RO)

2 Washings High TDS 3.0 Stripper, MEE and ATFD

(condensate to RO)

Washings Low TDS 3.5 ETP Followed by RO ( RO

Reject to MEE)

3 Scrubbers 1.0 Stripper, MEE and ATFD (condensate to RO)

4 Boiler 1.5 ETP Followed by RO ( RO

Reject to MEE)

5 Cooling tower 1.5 ETP Followed by RO ( RO Reject to MEE)

6 DM softner 2.0 ETP Followed by RO ( RO Reject to MEE)

8 Domestic 3.2 ETP Followed by RO ( RO

Reject to MEE)

9 Gardening --

Total 30.9

2.9.2 Water Pollution and Treatment Scheme

The effluents generated in the process, separation techniques and during

purification contain organic residues of raw materials, solvents, and

products. Some of the raw materials used in the process are also inorganic

in nature. Hence the effluents contain both organic and in-organics in

various quantities leading to high COD and TDS levels respectively. The

quantity of effluents generated from process is presented in table 2.8 and

Total quantity of Effluent generated from all other sources is presented in

Table 2.10.



Table 2.9

Effluent Generated from Process and Characteristics

S.

No Product

Effluent

quantity

in

Liter/day

COD-

Kg/day

TDS

Kg/day

COD

mg/l TDS mg/l

1 Nortrytyline HCl 560.85 0.00 8.31 0.0 14820.4

2 Desipramine HCl 38.43 0.71 1.48 18430.2 38595.0

3 Cyproheptadine

HCl 24.06 0.47 0.64 19630.5 26789.8

4 Pitofenone HCl 5.78 0.00 0.78 0.0 135446.7

5 Pyrimethamine 17.53 1.67 0.00 95057.0 0.0

6 Cyclobenzaprine

HCl 17.36 0.00 2.08 0.0 120000.0

7 Clomipramine

HCl 9.65 0.00 0.48 0.0 50086.4

8 Chloropromazine

HCl 19.87 0.00 1.53 0.0 77181.2

9 Doxlamine Succinate 25.57 0.17 1.89 6789.8 73872.9

10 Trimipramine

Maleate 6.44 0.03 0.32 4310.3 50000.0

11 Flupentixol HCl 20.12 0.21 0.60 10352.0 29675.6

12 Melitracen HCl 6.90 0.04 0.78 6033.8 112630.7

13 Carbinoxamine

Maleate 9.80 0.00 0.63 0.0 64625.9

14 Opipramol HCL 17.69 0.04 0.75 2173.9 42608.7

15 Sulfadoxine 99.47 0.35 2.11 3490.6 21223.1

16 Doxiepin HCl 6.94 1.25 0.33 180000.0 48000.0

17 Dothiepin HCl 17.39 0.07 2.08 3993.6 119808.3

18 Flunarazine HCl 17.32 0.03 1.06 1604.1 60956.0

19 Duloxetine HCl 38.51 0.06 1.82 1442.6 47316.8

20 Dapoxetine HCl 54.03 0.35 0.56 6426.7 10282.8



21 Desvenlafaxine

HCl 8.86 0.07 0.50 7837.0 56426.3

22 Trihexyphenaldyl

HCl 19.86 0.06 0.94 2798.0 47565.8

23 Tramadol HCl 77.60 1.08 0.50 13960.5 6443.3

24 Sulfamethoxy

Pyrazine HCl 16.83 0.04 0.15 2475.2 8910.9

25 Buclazine HCl 6.54 0.03 0.42 4244.5 64516.1

26 Meclazine HCl 6.55 0.04 0.42 6361.3 64461.4

27 ORPHENADRINE

BASE 1217.67 83.33 0.00 68436.9 0.0

28 CARBAMEZAPINE 300.00 9.26 0.00 30864.2 0.0

29

Hydroxy dimethyl

dibenzyl

Intermediate 104.71 2.22 13.33 21222.4 127334.5

30 Piperidine

propiophenone 83.33 2.78 0.00 33333.3 0.0

31 Cinnarizine crude 426.67 0.00 11.72 0.0 27462.1

32 Doxiepinone 208.51 3.85 0.00 18445.6 0.0

33 Ditheipinone 331.54 8.54 0.00 25747.9 0.0

34 Methoxy Dichloro

Pyrimidine 487.74 105.38 0.00 216049.4 0.0

35 P- t- Butyl benzyl

chloride 109.07 5.09 0.00 46689.3 0.0

36 Chloro Acetyl

benzo phenone 166.89 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0

37

Chloro ethyl piperidino

Hydrochloride 196.08 0.00 0.00 0.0 0.0

38 Dibenzo

suberone 6885.00 0.00 126.67 0.0 18397.5

39


thiophene 108.38 13.89 0.00 128145.4 0.0

40 ChloroImino di

benzyl 1953.53 95.59 100.00 48931.0 51189.4

41 Benzophenone methyl ester 170.72 0.00 20.58 0.0 120543.3

42 2-Amino Nitro Benzo Phenone 284.27 0.00 17.60 0.0 61913.7



43 Dimethylamino cyclo hexanone 200.00 0.95 0.00 4734.8 0.0

44 Bromo anisole 347.47 33.48 43.75 96359.7 125910.1

45 Chloro Pheno

thiazine 343.17 3.97 18.41 11563.4 53654.0

46

Iso propyl

propionate ( Ester) 55.43 21.20 0.00 382352.9 0.0

47 Di methyl amine propyl chloride 107.45 9.31 27.39 86633.7 254950.5

Total 15237.6 405.58 410.65

Table 2.10

Quantity of Effluents

S.

No Description

Effluent in

KLD

1 Process 15.2

2 Washings High TDS 3.0

Washings Low TDS 3.5

3 Scrubber 1.0

4 Boiler 1.5

5 Cooling Towers 1.5

6 DM/Softner 2.0

8 Domestic 3.2

Total 30.9

Table 2.11

High TDS and COD Effluent – Characteristics

Description Quantity (KLD) Characteristics

(in mg/lit)

Process 15.2

COD: 26617

TDS: 26950

Washings High TDS & 4.0 COD: 5000



Scrubber TDS:10000

Total 19.2 COD: 22166

TDS:23471

Table 2.12

Low TDS and low COD Effluent – Characteristics

Description Quantity

(KLD)

Characteristics in

mg/lit

Washings 3.5

COD : 1500

TDS : 2000

Boiler 1.5

COD : 450

TDS :3000

Cooling Towers 1.5

COD : 350

TDS :2500

DM/Softner Back Wash 2.0

COD : 100

TDS : 2500

Domestic 3.2 COD : 450

TDS :1500

Condensate from MEE & ATFD

(15.9 KLD from MEE + 4.6 KLD

steam condensates mixed)

20.5

COD : 2500

TDS : 800

Total 32.2 COD: 1842

TDS: 1279

2.9.3 Effluent Treatment

The main sources of effluent from the plant are process, washings,

Scrubbers, blow downs from utilities like cooling tower, boiler &domestic

effluents. The process effluents are segregated on the basis on TDS and

COD loads into high TDS, COD stream and low TDS and COD stream and

low TDS and COD Stream. It is proposed to establish MEE, Stripper and

ATFD with a capacity of 100 KLD. The effluent treatment system is based on



zero liquid discharge plan. The details of current & proposed treatment

system are as follows;

Table 2.13

Waste water treatment Facilities Existing & Proposed

Description Existing Proposed After

expansion

Stripper 1 x 25 KLD - 25 KLD

MEE 1 x 30 KLD - 30 KLD

ATFD 1 X 10 TPD - 10 TPD

RO & Biological

ETP

- 1 X 50 KLD 50 KLD

2.9.4 ETP for High TDS Effluent Treatment System:

Effluent Process and washings are equalized in equalization tank followed by

neutralization. The neutralized effluents are sent to stripper to remove the

(volatile organic solvents present in the wastewater) organics. The distillate

from the stripper upon further fractionation or enrichment of solvent is sent

to cement industries/ TSDF for Co- processing or incineration or sold as

mixed recovered solvent to down-stream industries. The stripped effluents

are passed through MEE followed by ATFD. The salts from the ATFD are

disposed to TSDF. The condensate from MEE and ATFD will be sent to ETP

(Biological) for further treatment.

The design details for the proposed ETP are given below

Data for Design : Stripper

Designed Capacity : 25 m3/day

Average Flow : 20 m3/day

COD : 22166 mg/l

TDS : 23471 mg/l

COD load : 425.6 Kg/day

TDS : 450.7 Kg/day

Equalization & Used for process & washes,



Neutralization Tank and scrubber

Average flow : 0.833 m3/hr

Hydraulic retention

time

: 12 Hrs.at peak flow

Volume : 10 m3

Tank : Above the ground RCC tank 2.5 x 2.0 x

2.0 M size with two compartments

One compartment receives water and

other compartment will be used to

neutralize the effluents

Stripper

The effluents contain wastes, which contribute to both the organic

and inorganic loads, hence stripping technology has been identified

to segregate the organic component of the wastes to reduce the

COD. The condensate from the stripper shall be sent to incinerator,

while the residue collected from the incinerator shall be sent to

TSDF. The concentrate from the stripper fed to Multiple effect

Evaporator (MEE)

Feed designed : 25 m3 /day

Feed actual : 20 M3/day

Average flow : 0.833 M3/hr

COD : 22166 mg/l

Feed Temperature : 350 C

LP Steam : 1.0 Kg/hr

Height of Stripper

column (packed

section)

: 10.0 m estimated

Stripped product from

bottom( 86%)

: 17.2 M3/day

Top distillate (14%) : 2.8 M3/day



Top Distillate in

Weight ( Specific

gravity of 1.2

considered)

3.36 TPD

Steam addition 1.0 TPD

Total distillate waste

generated

4.36 TPD

Method of disposal of

Distillate

Disposed as mixed solvent

COD removal

efficiency

: 95%

Multiple effect Evaporator

The proposed Multiple effect evaporators(MEE) system will be a

quadruplicate effect evaporator. Effluent from the stripper column

will be fed to MEE calendrias. The system operates under vacuum.

The effluent is separated into condensate and concentrate.

Condensate is further treated in biological treatment plant .The

system consists of aeration tanks, clarifiers, RO and biological

oxidation tank. Rejects from RO fed back to MEE, whereas

concentrate from MEE fed to ATFD. The salts generated would be

sent to TSDF. RO Reject is estimated at 5.0 KLD. Thus the total feed

to MEE system would be 20-2.8+5 = 22.2 KLD

Design capacity (@ 18

hours of working

basis)

: 30 m3/day

Average flow ( on 18

hours working basis)

: 1.66 M3/hour

TDS Load from high

TDS stream

: 450.7 Kg/day



TDS Load from Ro

Rejects

20.2 Kgs/day

Total load 470.9 Kg/day

TDS in Feed : 16939 mg/l (Overall TDS

concentration after RO rejects are

added to stream)

Feed Temperature to

calendrias

: 80oC

Utilities Required Cooling Towers

Specific Steam

Consumption

: 1.0

T/Hr

Typical (0.8 KGs of

steam/Kg of effluents)

LP Steam : 1.0 Kg/cm 2

Typical height of

Calendrias

: 14 M

Approximate rejects

from MEE ( 30%

concentration basis)

: 6.6 KLD send to ATFD for

further concentration

Approximate

condensate quantity

from MEE (70%)

: 15.9 KLD send to Bio treatment

Agitated Thin Film Dryer (ATFD)

ATFD is to convert the concentrated effluents from MEE to sludge

Design capacity : 10 TPD

Operating Capacity : 6.6 TPD

ATFD : 1 Nos.

Feed rate : 0.275 Tons/hr

Feed concentration : 30 % Solids

Solids generation with

4% moisture

: 82.5 Kg/hr (Sent to TSDF)

Solids M.C% : 4%



Condensate

generation

4.6 T/day

2.9.5 Low TDS Effluent Treatment System

The low TDS and COD effluents from boiler and cooling towers, back

washers from RO and DM Plant along with the condensate from MEE and

ATFD and domestic effluents are Proposed to be treated in biological

treatment plant (Extended aeration principle) followed by reverse osmosis.

The Biological system consists of screens, equalization, neutralization,

aeration tank and clarifier. The sludge from ETP, after dewatering in the

filter press will be disposed to TSDF. The filtrate is recycled to ETP for

further treatment. It is seen from the above arrangements that the

industry proposed for “zero liquid discharge”. Low TDS Effluent

Treatment System is presented in Fig 1.2.

Design Details:

Design inputs Data

Flow from MEE : 15.9 KLD

Flow from ATFD : 4.6 KLD

Washings Low TDS : 3.5

Boiler Blow down : 1.5 KLD

Cooling Tower Blow down : 1.5 KLD

DM/Softner/RO : 2.0 KLD

Domestic : 3.2 KLD

Total Flow : 32.2 Say 33 KLD

Design Capacity : 50 m3/day

COD : 1842 mg/l

Total Dissolved Solids : 1279 mg/l

COD load 59.3 Kg/day

Total dissolved Solids 41.2 Kg/day

1.Equalization Tank

Peak Flow ( Designed) : 2.08 m3/hr



Hydraulic retention time : 12 Hrs. at peak flow

Volume of the tank : 25 m3

Assuming depth : 2.5 M

Area : 10 m2

Length of the tank : 5.0 M

Width of the tank : 2.0 M

Air required for agitation : 0.01 m3/m2 min

Total air required : 6 m3/hr

Air blower required : 3 HP m3/[email protected]

2.Neutralization Tank

Designed flow : 50 M3/day

Average flow : 2.08 m3/hr

Hydraulic retention time : 12 Hrs.

Volume : 25 m3

Depth of tank : 2.5 M

Area : 10 M2

Tank : 2 no. Proposed

so that 1 can be

stand by

2x (5 x2x2.5 ) Meters

3. Primary clarifier

Design quantity : 50 KLD

Surface over flow rate : 12 m3/m2-day

Surface area Provided : 4.16 m2

Diameter of the tank : 1.32 M

Depth of the tank : 1.3 M

4. Aeration Tank

Actual Flow : 33 KLD

Designed flow : 50 KLD

COD Load : 59.3 Kg/day

Outlet COD Load (80%

removal efficiency)

: 11.9 Kg/day



MLSS(MBBR Reactor) : 10000 mg/l

F/M ratio : 0.23

Flow Designed : 50 m3/day

Hydraulic retention time : 8 Hours

Volume of the tank : 20 m3

Assuming depth : 2.0 m(2.0+0.3 F.B)

Length of the tank : 5 M

Width of the Tank : 2 M

Oxygen required : 2.5 Kg/kg COD

Oxygen transfer efficiency : 20%

Air required : 592.5 Kg/day

Air Blower required : 5.0 HP Two blowers proposed

with one as stand by

5. Clarifier- 2

Design quantity : 50 KLD

Surface over flow rate : 12 m3/m2-day

Surface area required : 4.16 m2

Diameter of the tank : 1.3 Meter

Depth of the clarifier : 2.0 M

6. Holding tank

The flow from the each individual settling tank i,e the supernatant liquid is

let into the respective Pre-Filtration Tank, which has a minimum 8 hours

holding capacity. This tank is provided to hold the treated effluent and

give an even flow to the pressure sand filter.

Designed Flow : 50 m3/Day

Provide min 8.0 hours holding capacity

Hence required volume of

the tank

: 20 m3

7. Reverse Osmosis : Ro system consists of Sand filter, Carbon

filter, Ultra filtration and 3 pass RO

Design Capacity : 50 KLD



Operating capacity : 33 KLD

Recovery : 28 KLD for re-use (85 %

recovery)

Reject & back washes 5.0 KLD To MEE



Fig 2.8: Effluent Treatment System Schematic diagram

Effluent from

Process and Aq. Distillate to cement plant/

Authorized recyclers

washings ,

Scrubber

RO Reject

To TSDF

Condensate to

Biological

Treatment

Condensate to Biological Treatment

Sludge to TSDF

Stripper Setting

Tank

Neutralization

Tank

Equalization

Tank

MEE

ATFD



Fig 2.9 Low TDS Effluent Treatment System

Domestic effluent

Effluents from utilities & MEE condensate

Sludge to TSDF

Permeate for re-use

Rejects to MEE

Screen

Chamber

Sludge Holding

Tank

Aeration

Tank2

Equalization

Tank

Neutralization

Tank

Clarifier

2

Holding

Tank

Filter Press

Sludge Cake

Aeration

Tank1 Clarifier

1

Sand

filter

Carbon

Filter

Ultra

filtration RO

Screen

Chamber


2-32


Figure 2.10 Photographs of Existing Multiple Effect Evaporators

2.10 Air Emission sources and control

The point sources of emissions from the project are boilers, DG sets Process

reactors and Fugitive emission sources are from material handling systems.

Table 2.14 below quantifies emissions different sources and Table 2.15

below quantifies emissions from process.

Table 2.14

Emission Details of Pollutants from Stack

S.

No

Stack

Connected

to

Stack

Ht

(m)

Fuel

Dia of

stack

at

top(m)

Temp.

of

exhaust

gases

(0C)

Exit

Velocity

(m/sec)

Emission Rate (g/sec)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

Existing

1

Boiler

1X 2.0

TPH

21 Briquettes 0.5 120 6.15 0.15 0.04 0.25 0.13

2 DG Set

1X200 KVA 3.0 Diesel 0.1 109 15.8 0.03 0.01 0.31 0.65

3

Thermic

fluid heater

-1 lakh

K.cal/hr.

10 Diesel 0.35 120 5.64 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02

Proposed


2-33


1 Boiler

1X 2.0 TPH 30 Briquettes 1.0 120 6 .17 0.16 0.05 0.23 0.12

2 1X250 KVA

4.0 Diesel 0.2 150 14.18 0.04 0.02 0.33 0.68

3

Thermic

fluid heater

-1 lakh

K.cal/hr.

10 Diesel 0.35 120 5.64 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02

1) DG sets are being used as standby power source only. (Average running

hours per day is about 2 Hours)

TABLE 2.15

PROCESS EMISSIONS

S.No Emissions Qty

Kgs/day Control system

1 H2 2.96 Safely let into the

atmosphere 2 CO2 95.25

3 SO2 21.08 Two Stage

Scrubber

Total 119.3

The process emissions contain SO2 emissions which are scrubbed. H2 and

CO2 are safely let into the atmosphere. All process reactors are connected

to vent condensers and scrubber. The scrubbed waste would go to MEE and

ATFD for evaporation along with other high TDS streams.

2.11 Hazardous wastes and Solid wastes Generation and Handling

Hazardous and non-hazardous wastes generated from the proposed

expansion project are detailed below. Mode of disposal are also identified

and listed. Adequate storage of hazardous waste is ensured at the site


2-34


Table 2.16

Hazardous and Non-hazardous wastes & Disposal

S.No

Description

HW

Category No. as

per rules

Current

TPM After Expansion

TPM Disposal option

1 ETP Sludge 35.3 0.05 15.0

Sent to TSDF, Parawada

2 Inorganic salts 28.1 - 6.9

3 MEE Salts* 35.3 0.05 13.5

4 Distillation

bottom Residue

36.1

0.08

1.0

Authorized cement plants for co-

processing/ TSDF, Parawada

5 organic residue 28.1 2.8

6 Spent carbon 28.3 - 0.5

7 Off specification

products

28.4 - 1.0

Total 0.18 40.7

Hazardous wastes with Recycling option

8 Waste oil 5.1

35 LPA 100 LPA Authorized recyclers/ re-processors

9

Detoxified Container and container liners Of hazardous waste chemicals

33.1

- 100 Nos/ month

After complete detoxification it shall be disposed to the outside agencies

10 Used lead acid batteries

- -

4 Nos/ Annum

Authorized recyclers on buy back basis

11 Distillate from stripper

28.5

- 130.8 TPM

Authorized

recyclers after distillation

12 Spent solvents

28.6

- 1.5 TPM

To authorized recyclers/cement industries for co-Processing

13 Boiler Ash -

5.7 20.0 TPM Sold to brick manufacturers

*includes salt from MEE and neutralization salts


2-35


2.12 Noise Pollution

Noise is anticipated from DG Sets. DG sets will be kept in separate rooms

with acoustic enclosures. Employees working in noise generating areas will

be provided with ear muffs.

The employees will be trained in the mitigation measures and personnel

protection measures to be taken to avoid noise related health impacts.

2.13 Bulk Storages of chemicals:

Storage of various chemicals for process requirement is required. Tank

forms are currently established in the plant. Adequate storage facilities are

in place for storage of raw materials, solvents, intermediates. Details are

presented in the following table.

Table 2.17

Bulk Chemicals Storages After expansion

Sr No

Name of the solvent

MOC

Above

/below

ground

No. of

tanks

Diame

ter (m)

Height

(m)

Total

Capacit

y

(KL)

Existing

1 Methanol MS Below ground

3 1.8 2.25 5

Methanol MS Below

ground

1 1.8 4.72 10

2 Toluene MS Above

ground 2 1.95 5.09

15

3 Sulphuric acid

MS Above ground

1 1.63 3.0 5

4 HCl PP Above

ground

2 1.63 2.65 12

Proposed

5 Acetone MS Below

ground 2 1.95 5.09 30

2.14 Current Compliance levels of the industry:

2.14.1 Previous Environmental Clearance

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited was established in the year 2002. As

the unit is drug intermediates manufacturing unit, there is no EC


2-36


requirement under 1994 EIA Notification. The unit is operating under valid

consents of the State pollution Control Board.

2.15 Current Environmental control mechanisms & Gaps

As this is brown field project and going for expansion activity. It

is essential to assess the current scenario of environmental

impacts from the current operations and controls and to assess

the adequacy of current Environmental Management practices.

Below table summarizes the current scenario and suggested

improvements.

S.NO

Source Current control system

Current scenario

Suggested improvements

I Air Pollution

1 Boiler Cyclone

Separator

Currently 2

TPH boiler is installed and it is proposed to install a

new 2 TPH

Briquette fired Boiler.

Current system

is sufficient. Cyclone Separator is in place.

Briquette

Storage area housekeeping

needs improvement.

It is suggested to provide

water sprinklers near Ash Handling areas

2 DG sets – 1 X

200, 1 x 40, 1 X 250 KVA

Adequate

stack and Acoustic

enclosures

All the DG

sets are placed in

separate rooms and

adequate stack height is provided

None. Adequate

stack height is provided as per

the norms

3 Process

Emissions.

Two stage

scrubbers

3 two stage

scrubbers are

provided at the process

area.

It is suggested

to provide

scrubbers to all process

reactors.


2-37


4 Fugitive

emissions

Chillers and

vent condensers

are provided for solvent

tanks

Fugitive

emissions of solvents are

observed in the plant

premises. Current

system is not adequate.

It is suggested

that all the vent lines are to be

connected with condensers and

receivers to condense and

collect the solvent vapors.

II Water Pollution

1 Process High TDS Effluents

Stripper, MEE and ATFD

Some leakages are

observed in the Pipelines. Corroded

structures are observed

in the MEE Area

It is suggested to prevent any

leakages in the pipelines. All corroded

structures are to be replaced.

ATFD salts collection and

storage area needs

improvement. It is suggested

to that effluent transfer lines from block level to ETP

shall be overhead.

2 Low TDS

Effluents

Stripper, MEE

and ATFD

Currently

Low TDs effluents are

not treated in ETP followed by RO

50 KLD ETP is

in proposed to handle Low

TDS Effluents.

2 Domestic waste water

Septic tank followed by

soak pit

Septic tank followed by

soak pit

50 KLD ETP is in proposed to

handle Low TDS Effluents

and domestic effluents.

Treated water is reused for gardening.

III Solid waste Management

1 Hazardous

wastes & Solid

Organic

wastes are

Currently the

unit does not

Suggested to

provide


2-38


waste sent to

Authorized cement

plants for co-

processing/ TSDF.

Inorganic wastes are sent to

TSDF

have MOU

with cement Industries.

Solid waste storage shed

is provided.

dedicated place

for drums cleaning and

detoxification.

It is suggested to provide

drain for Leach ate collection from Solid

waste storage shed.

Solid waste storage shed

need to be expanded.

Suggested to take MOU from

Cement industries for disposal of co-processing

wastes. The took MOU from

Cement

Industries

IV Storm Water Management & Rain water harvesting

1 Storm water Currently few cement

drains

established for proper

flow of storm water

Not adequate It is suggested to upgrade

storm water

management in the company

wherever water logging is

reported in heavy rain period

2 Rain water

harvesting

2 rainwater

re-charge pits are

observed at

the site.

Rain water is

not adequately

re-charged

currently

Total storm

water anticipated is

estimated in

EIA report. It is proposed to

establish 7 re-charge structure in the company


2-39


V Green Belt Development

1 Greenery Out of total 4.32 acres

green belt is developed

in about 1.24 acres

Current green belt is

not adequate and accounts

to 28.7 % of the total area.

It is suggested to develop

additional green belt in

an area of 0.18 Acres

VI Occupational Health and Safety

1. Personal

Protective equipment

Aprons,

Helmets, Shoes, nose masks are

provided to employees

working in Production

and raw material

handling areas

Enforcement

needs improvement

It is suggested

to conduct frequent training classes

to employees on wearing the

PPEs. MSDS Shall be

displayed in places of

handling of hazardous

chemicals.

2 Fire fighting equipment

Fire hydrant system and

Portable fire extinguisher

s are provided at

all vulnerable

points.

As per the Inspection

report of the fire

department, current

facilities are adequate

It is suggested to conduct

mock drill once in six months

3 Emergency siren

Siren for emergency

evacuation

Siren is provided in

production Block

It is suggested to conduct

mock drill once in six months

4 Ambulance 24 hour vehicle availability is there in

the plant to

meet any emergency

Adequate Adequate

5 Fire Tenders Nearest fire tender is

available at Ananthapur

Adequate. Water

storage sump at the plant is currently

Emergency numbers shall

be maintained by emergency controller.


2-40


can hold 100

KL capacity

6 Health

Monitoring

Currently

Health monitoring

is done Annually

Adequate None

7 Occupational

Health center and first aid

facilities

First aid

facility is established

in the plant with

adequate trained staff

Adequate Periodic

training is required for in

house personal

8 Tie up with

Local Hospitals

Local

Government and private

nursing homes are

identified.

Tied up with

Private Hospital in

Ananthapur

None

VII – Environmental Monitoring program

1 Regular

monitoring of emissions

Monitoring

is done through

Third party

Adequate It is suggested

to establish the environmental

monitoring program as

prescribed in EIA report

VIII – Staffing for EMP Implementation

Environmental Management

cells

EHS Cell is Established

with 20 Members

Adequate It is suggested implementation

and Regular monitoring of

EMP Plan.

Current in adequacies are addressed in Environmental

Management plan and budget provisions are proposed for

effective implementation.

TECHNICAL DETAILS OF

PROPOSED PRODUCTS

CHAPTER-3


3-1


CHAPTER - 3

BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 Introduction

Collection of base line data is an integral aspect of the preparation of

Environmental Impact Assessment Report. Baseline data reflects the present

status of environment before initiation of any activity of proposed project. The

possible effects due to proposed project expansion activity of M/s. RL Fine

Chem Private Limited are estimated and superimposed on the compiled

baseline data subsequently to assess environmental impacts.

The study was conducted in the impact area; 10 km radius area surrounding

the project site, during Otober 2016 - December 2016. Studies were

undertaken to generate baseline data of Micrometeorology, air quality, water

quality, noise levels, flora and fauna, land use, soil quality, and socio-economic

status of the community.

3.2 Methodology of Base line data collection

3.2.1 Scoping

The scope of the assessment for this study was determined by the Terms of

Reference, the statutory requirements for the area of influence required by the

Ministry of Environment, Forests & climate change and consultation with

experts. An initial discussion with the project authorities and other

stakeholders was conducted in the study area to that the focus would be on

valued ecosystem components (VECs) they considered important.

3.2.2 Reconnaissance Surveys

The study team visited the project area and data was collected information on

various aspects like availability of infrastructure, physiological condtion of the

project site, sorroundings of the site such as road connectivity, near by

population, nearby water bodies & neighbouring industrial activity etc. The

information collated has been used for identifying the valued eco components

to be chosen for specific consideration in the study.


3-2


3.2.3 Analysis of Data

The data from field surveys is Supplemented by information collected from

Survey of India topo sheets, census handbooks, published flora and fauna data

etc. Standard statistical techniques were used for analysis of the socio-

economic data, etc. Qualitative analysis was done for more descriptive data.

3.2.4 Documentation of Baseline Conditions

The documentation of the baseline conditions was completed for a 10km

radius circle from the site Project influence Area (PIA) as per the MoEF

guidelines. Primary surveys were carried out for determination of ambient air

quality, water quality, noise quality socio economic conditions of nearby

residents etc. A detailed ecology survey was also conducted.

3.2.5 Assessment of Alternatives

Alternatives of the project site are not assessed in this case as this projet is

expansion of existing unit.

3.2.6 Assessment of Potential Impacts

Potential significant impacts were identified on the basis of: analytical review

of baseline data; review of land uses and environmental factors; analytical

review of the socio-economic conditions within the PIA; and review of

assessment of potential impacts as identified by similar projects.

3.2.7 Integration of Environmental Impacts in the Design Process:

Environmental Component

The design and decision – making process integrated environmental and social

issues and prompted the early identification of appropriate actions. Such

actions included, for example, optimizing the layout and FAR, measures for

water conservation, measures for solid waste management etc.

3.3 Land Environment

Land and soil constitute the basic components of the physical environment.

The location of an industrial project may cause changes in land, land use, soil


3-3


and denudational processes in different intensities contingent on sptial

proximity of the activity and receptors. Land and soil may get altered within

the vicinity of 5 km radius and to a lesser extent upto 10 km radial distance

due to the development of present industrial project.

3.3.1 Physiography

M/S RL Fine Chem Private Ltd, is located at Plot. No.165-182, APIIC, IDA

Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M), Anantapur (D) in Andhra Pradesh. The site is

in between 770 30’19.0’’ East Longitude & 770 30’21.6’’ East longitude and

130 43’32.9’’ North Latitude and 130 43’39.6’’ North Latitude

130 43’32.9’’ N 770 30’21.3’’ E

130 43’32.9’’ N 770 30’19.2’’ E

130 43’36.4’’ N 770 30’19.0’’ E

130 43’36.5’’ N 770 30’21.6’’ E

130 43’39.4’’ N 770 30’19.0’’ E

130 43’39.6’’ N 770 30’21.6’’ E

The land area of the plant is 4.32 Acres. The site is surrounded by Varahi

Pharma on the Northern direction, Sadguru industries on southern direction,

Wipro and APIIC Land on the Eastern Side, Aditya green industries and PVM

construction on the Western Side of the Site.

The nearest human settlement from the site is Thumukunta Village located at

distance of 0.78 Km from the site. The nearest railway station Devarapalli is

located at a distance of 0.7 Km from the site. The nearest airport is located at

a distance of 61.3 Km at Bangalore. There are no Reserve Forests within 10

KM radius. No ecologically sensitive areas like national parks, sanctuaries

within 10 km radius of the site. The surface water bodies within 10 KM radius

are Rainfed water tank at a distance of 0.8 Km from the site and Pennar River

is at a distance of 2.2 KM

There are no reserve forests, National Parks, Wildlife sanctuaries or any other

ecosensitive zones within 10 KM Radius of the study area


3-4


3.3.2 Topography:

The RL Fine Chem Private Limited site is located near Thumukunta village of

Anantapur district in Andhra Pradesh. It is located 11 km south of Hindupur

town, 30 km southwest of Lepakshi temple, and is just one kilometer east of

the interstate boundary with Karnataka the area is as well shown in the

Toposheet No. 57G/10 of the Survey of India.

Figure 3.1 Google map of the site


3-5


The Base map of the study area is given at figure 3.2

Geomorphically the major part of the area forms pediplain with pediment

topography, with gentle slope towards the Pennar River. Major part of the

pediplain constitute low relief area having matured dissected undulating and

rolling topography with erosional land slope covered by a layer of red brown

loamy soil of varied thickness. The area is underlain by weathered granite

gneisses with general elevation in the range of 640 to 670 m above mean sea

level (amsl). The premises of the plant area has become plain and flattened

topography because of construction activity.

3.3.3 Drainage

The area forms part of the Pennar River Basin, and the Pennar River located

2.2 km west of the project site (Figures 3.1 and 3.2). Major part of the

pediplain is dissected by ephemeral streams and streamlets flowing in east

and westerly directions, all of which forms part of the catchment area of the

Pennar River. Some small and medium size lakes are situated along the


3-6


topographic gradients, and most of which are connected by small ephemeral

nallahs (streamlets). Other than these many small ponds and lakes are

situated around the study area. These lakes receive seasonal flows, otherwise

mostly remain dry.

The Pennar and its tributaries are an inter-state river system, flowing through

the states of Karnataka and Andhra Pradesh. The Pennar river takes its origin

from the in the Chenna Kasava hill of the Nandidurg range, in Chikkaballapura

district of Karnataka, which is about 35 km south east of the project site. The

Pennar River receives several tributaries on both the banks, out of which one

of the main tributary Kumudavati (also called Kundair) River is located about

15 km west of the project site.

The entire Pennar basin lies largely in a semi-arid region with low rainfall, with

more runoff and less ground water infiltration.

There are more than 20 watersheds within the perimeter of the 10 km radius

of the project site, and the details of which are given in Figure 3.3, along with

the areas of each watershed.

The project site area is bounded by a small local catchment of about 6.0 sq.

km. The drainage of this catchment is flowing towards west and culminating

in to small percolation tank

The area is regionally characterised by dendritic pattern of drainage, with a

general slope towards Pennar and Kumudavati (Kundair) rivers. Pennar and

Kundair rivers are situated west of the project site at a distance of 1.8 km and

15. 0 km respectively The percolation tanks and water bodies in the area are

either dry or gradually getting reduced over the years with the slowing down

of inflows, erratic rain fall, and even due to construction activity.


3-7


Figure 3.3 Drainage Distribution around the the Study Area.

Watershed boundary is shown with Blue Outline.

3.4 Land use Pattern

Land use / Land cover Classification of the Study area

Based on the scale and the satellite resolution the Land Use/Land Cover

classification can be made. The satellite data of IRS LISS IV was used while

carrying out the analysis. Since digital image processing was carried out to

delineate various land use / land cover categories viz. build up area, crop

areas and forests, waste lands such as land with or without scrub, water

bodies and Transportation. Necessary training sets were identified based on

tone, texture, size, and shape pattern and location information. The

interpreted map was verified on ground at limited points and final land use /

land cover map was prepared.


3-8


The Satellite image of the study area is given at Figure 3.4 and land use and

land cover map of the study area is given at Figure 3.5


3-9


Figure 3.4 Satellite image of the study area


3-10


Figure 3.5 Land Use and Land Cover map of the study area


3-11


Below table provides and land use for various requirements in the study area

TABLE 3.1

Land Use/Land Cover classes in Study area

Land use Area(sq.km)

Area

in %

Agricultural land 237.94 75.5

Waterbodies 34.16 10.8

Builtup area 11.70 3.7

Plantation 2.29 0.7

Open Scrub 28.89 9.2

314.98 100.0

The Pie diagram of the is given in Figure 4.6. Based on the study it can be

noted that 75.5 % is Agricultural land, 10.8 % of total land area is covered

with water bodies, 3.7 % is built up area, 0.7 % is Plantation and 9.2 % is

open scrub.

Pie Diagram Showing Land use & Land cover area

Figure 3.6 Pie Diagram Showing Land use & Land cover area


3-12


3.5 Geology

The area is underlain by various geological formations ranging in Age from

Archaean to Recent, and underlain by the granites, gneisses and schists of

Archaean and Dharwar Supergroup. Alluvium is restricted along the Pennar

and Kumudavati (Kundair) river courses. The geology of the area is shown in

the Anantapur District map (Figure 3.7 ).

3.5.1 Stratigraphy

The broad geological classification of the study area is given below:

Table 3.2. Archaean Stratigraphic Succession of the area

Geological

Age

Formation Lithology

Archaean Younger Intrusive Rocks

Quartz reefs, basic dykes of dolerites, pegmatites, and quartz veins, pink granite and other ultra-basics.


3-13


Dharwar Super Group Sericite, chlorite, and hornblende schists and granulites.

Peninsular Gneissic Complex

Grey granite, gneisses, and migmatite.

Older Metamorphic Rocks

Biotite schist, pyroxenite, and Amphibolite.

3.5.2 Lithology

The major lithological units in the area are:

1). Grey series: coarse porphyritic grey granites, biotite granites and pyroxene

granite.

2). Pink series: coarse porphyritic pink granite, fine to medium grained pink

granite, coarse porphyritic pink alaskite, fine grained pink alaskite, white

alaskite.

3). Dykes and veins: Dolerite dykes (both fine and coarse grained), Quartz

veins and epidote veins

4). Enclaves: Fine grained

5). Migmatite zones: Inter mingling zones of pink and grey granites.

Granitic rocks of the area form part of the Peninsular Gneissic Complex. Pink

and Grey granites are the major rock types occurring in the area. Basic

enclaves, aplite, pegmatite, epidote and quartz veins and dolerite dykes

frequently traverse the area. Biotite granite covers a major part of

Maheswaram with porphyritic feldspars.

Granites are intruded by quartz and dolerite dykes of several generations and

are well exposed. These dykes form important structural feature controlling

the movement of groundwater in the region. Joints are most commonly

observed in the study area. Vertical joints act as conduits for transfer of water

whereas as horizontal joints help to maintain the lateral continuity of the

aquifer.


3-14


Peninsular rocks, a major part of the area are covered by Pink and Grey

granites. The variations in pink and grey granites are mainly due to

mineralogical composition textural difference, coarse to medium grained,

fabric, and enclosures.

Dolerite is coarse grained variety of basalt, if present in the form of a dyke

(discordant igneous body), it is called a dolerite dyke. Dolerite is the medium

grained, intrusive, and equivalent of basalt. It usually occurs as dykes. Being

intruded into country rocks at shallow levels, the magma has more time to

cool than if extruded. Dolerites may be porphyritic, containing phenocrysts of

plagioclase, olivine vein quartz (an olivine analcite dolerite is known as a

crinanite).

The size of dolerite dykes both in width and length is variable. Some of the

dykes traverse this granite for kilometers together with definite trends.

Sometimes these dykes show enclave pattern indicating that they are followed

the joints plains. Branching, pinching, and swelling nature, which are

characteristic features of some of these dykes.

All these variations exert considerable influence on weathering and consequent

evolution of land forms and evolution of soils (brownish red and black

coloured).

3.5.3 Structural features

The investigated area is mainly occupied with hard rock formations. These are

devoid of any primary porosity, and secondary porosity occurs through

structures like faults, joints, cleavage fractures, lineation, and foliation, all of

which serve as channel ways for the circulation of palaeomagnetism and dykes

in the geological times, and presently at times some act as ground water

conduits.

The most important directions of the lineaments in the area are as follows:

a) NNE to SSW

b) E to W, and S to N


3-15


c) WNW to ESE

d) ENE to WSW

e) NW to SE and

f) NE to SW

The two trends NNW-SSE and E-W are best displayed in the study area.

3.6 Water Environment

The industrial development of any region is contingent on the availability of

sufficient water resources, as most of the process industries would require

water for process or cooling purposes. The potential for exploitation of ground

water resources increases as development of new projects increases in

industrial and agricultural areas. With the increasing industrialization and

urbanization the possibilities of contamination of surface water and ground

water sources are rapidly increasing. The water resources in the area broadly

fall into following categories:

1. Surface Water resources : Streams and ponds, etc.

2. Ground Water resources : Accumulation in deeper strata of

ground.

3.6.1 Ground Water Conditions

Ground water occurrence, movement and recharge to aquifers are controlled

by degree of weathering, fracture pattern, geomorphological setup and rainfall.

Granites and Gneisses of peninsular gneissic group constitute major aquifers in

the area. Ground water occurs in phreatic conditions in the weathered zone

and under semi confined to confined conditions in fractured and jointed rock

formations. The ground water yields generally range from < 1.0 lps to 3.0 lps

(liters per second), with some instances of up to 5.0 lps.

The conceptual form of the structural and hydrogeological properties of the

hard rock granitic aquifers in the area is depicted in Figure 3.8. Recharge to

the system will be through the shallow weathered zone and from there some

water will infilter into the deeper fractured rock aquifer. Studies indicate that


3-16


30 – 60 m is the most common depth range to locate potential water bearing

weathered and fracture zones. From 40 – 90 m, there is very little difference

in frequency of fracture occurrence, but beyond 90m the likelihood of

intersecting a water-bearing zone decreases rapidly.

Figure 3.8 Conceptual Hydrogeological Model of Hard Rocks like

Granites

The aquifers occurring in and around the study area can be divided into three

zones. viz, shallow zone, moderately deep zone and deep zone.

Shallow zone: Aquifers occurring within depth of 30 m below ground level

comprises of weathered and shallow fractured granites and gneisses, and

ground water occur in phreatic condition. Ground water development is mainly

through dug wells, dug cum bore wells and shallow bore wells. Weathered

zone thickness generally ranges from 5 to10m, and at places even down to 25

m.

A decade back 90% of ground water structures tapping shallow aquifers in the

area used to yield up to 2 lps. Because of rapid urbanization and

indiscriminate extraction of groundwater through deeper bore wells, most of

the dug wells have become dry, and ground water potential were limited to

few perched aquifers occurring in this shallow zone.


3-17


Moderately Deep Zone: This zone ranges from 30 to 60 m bgl. Aquifers of

this category consist of weathered and fractured granites and gneisses.

Ground water extraction is mostly through dug-cum-bore and bore wells, and

yields of the wells ranged from 2 to 6 lps. Transmissivity ranged from 10 to

65m2/day.

Deeper Aquifer Zone: This zone occurs below 60 mbgl, and ground water is

extracted through deeper bore wells tapping the deeper fracture zones. Yields

range from 2 to 8. Transmissivity ranges from 15 to 280m2/day and storativity

varies from 2.8*10-3 to 8.4*10-4.

Central Ground Water Board has carried out ground water exploration to a

depth ranging from 38 to 305 m bgl. The drilling data reveals that fracture

zones were encountered at various depths. Deep fractures were also

encountered down to 200 m. However, the potential fractures were

encountered between 40 and 100 m depths. The cumulative yield of fracture

zones vary from 0.4 to 15.7 lps. However, the yield of bore wells was found to

be between 1 to 3 lps. The E-W, N-S and NNW-SSE fractures are tensile

fractures and the bore wells drilled close to these fractures yielded 1 to 5 lps.

The NE-SW, NNE-SSW fractures are shallow in nature and yield between 0.2 to

6.0 lps (CGWB, 2013).

However, in recent years, due to haphazard urbanization, exponential growth

in population and industrial units, demand for water has resulted in

indiscriminate drilling of bore wells by individual households, business

establishments and industries. This has resulted in depletion of ground water

levels, drying up of age old dug wells due to over exploitation of the ground

water resources. Similarly major ground water problems in the study area

pertains to the over exploitation of ground water resources, deterioration of

ground water quality due to industrial and sewage pollution, and high nitrate

content in ground water, which is more than the permissible limit of 45 mg/l.


3-18


3.6.2 Ground Water Levels

Behaviour of ground water level is essentially controlled by physiography,

lithology and rainfall. There is general decline and rise of water during pre-

and post-monsoon season. The rises are due to the general buildup of water

levels in response to rains, and declines are due to erratic monsoon, less

recharge (due to urbanization), and exploitation of groundwater resources.

The depth to water levels in the area generally varies from 20 to >80 m bgl.

The dug wells usually show phreatic, and the borewells indicate semi-confined

conditions. During the field visit on 4th and 5th August 2016, the wells in the

study area have the depth to water level of 24 to 130 m below ground level

(bgl).

Based on the water level data a depth to water level map of the study area

was prepared, and shown in Figure 3.8. As observed in the well inventory

the depth to water levels around the chemical plant area is less than 40 m bgl.

The ground water levels are low to moderate towards the Pennar River, and

much deeper (of over 100 m bgl) in other directions. The general ground

water flow direction is towards the Pennar River. With the prevalence of dug-

cum-bore and borewells, most of the open dug wells in the area are getting

dry and even becoming obsolete.


3-19


Figure 3.9 Depth to Water Levels in the Study Area (Dot marks indicate sample points)


3-20


The study of long term water level fluctuations in the district (years 2000-

2014) indicate an overall rise in water levels from pre-monsoon to post-

monsoon in the range of 0.014 to 0.65 m/yr, and pre-monsoon decline in the

range of 0.15 to 0.65 m/year (CGWB, 2013).

The long term fluctuation data of three representative Central Ground Water

Board (CGWB) monitoring stations situated near to the project site were

analysed. These are located at Thumukunta, Chauluru and Hindupur areas,

and the analysed plots are shown in

Figure 3.10 Ground Water Levels and Fluctuations at Thumukunta.

The depths of the water levels of these three monitoring stations, along with

seasonal water level fluctuations, vary from 4 to > 35 m bgl. Based on the

monitoring analysis, the stations at Chauluru and Hindupur indicate long term

declines ranging from 0.22 to 0.38 m per annum, and the one at Thumukunta

records a rise (3.9 to 3.10). Further analysis and calculation of water level

fluctuation data indicate sharp response of the water levels to the seasonal

changes.


3-21


Figure 3.11 Ground Water Levels and Fluctuations at Chauluru.

Figure 3.12 Ground Water Levels and Fluctuations at Hindupur.


3-22


3.6.3 GROUND WATER RESOURCES ESTIMATION

In collaboration with the state departments, Central Ground Water Board

(CGWB) carried out ground water resource estimation and categorization

studies for the Hindupur Mandal of Anantapur District for the year 2008-09.

The CGWB has categorized the area as ‘over exploited’ with the stage of

ground water utilization of 106%, indicating little scope for ground water

development. These details are applicable to the study area also, as it is part

of this Mandal.

The plant at RL Fine Chem Pvt Ltd is not using any ground water source for its

plant utilization. The plant’s water requirements are met by the water supplies

provided by the Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC),

which is in turn is drawing water from the Pennar River Balancing Reservoir

(PRBR) scheme. As there are no boreholes and ground water provision in the

area, APIIC is supplying water to all the industrial units situated in the

Thumukunta Industrial Area.

3.6.4 GROUND WATER QUALITY

The ground water in the study area occurs under moderate and deep water

level conditions, and quality-wise is generally suitable for domestic, irrigation,

and industrial purposes. The quality of ground water in and around the project

site is potable, but for the slightly higher hardness of water at certain places.

Ground water samples were collected from the dug and boreholes located in

the area. The samples were analysed in the Chemical Laboratory at the

Pridhvi Envirotech Pvt Ltd, Hyderabad. The results are summarised in Table

3.3 along with the water sample collected at the Plant Site, which is getting

water supply from by the Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation

(APIIC), which is in turn is drawing water from the Pennar River Balancing

Reservoir (PRBR) scheme.


3-23


Figure 3.13 Location of ground water samples in the study area


3-24


Table 3.3 Ground Water Samples analysis report

S.No. PARAMETER

Method

APHA

22nd

Edition

Unit

RESULTS As per IS:10500 - 2012

Plant

Site Thumukunta Appalakunta Gopllapuram

Vuchcheda-

mahalli Hunasenahalli Ekralahalli Gauasandla

Requirement

Acceptable

limit

Permissible

limit in the

absence of

alternative

source

1 pH 4500 H+B −− 7.40 7.15 7.52 7.70 7.94 7.12 7.59 7.78 6.50 - 8.50 NS

2 Color (Hazen units) 2120 B Hazen 03 01 02 <01 <01 01 02 <01 5 max 15 max

3 Total dissolved solids 2540 C mg/l 1,648 1,520 692 583 661 1,489 698 647 500 max 2000 max

4 Total alkalinity as CaCo3 2320 B mg/l 324.35 470.95 265.10 195.45 324.20 461.53 267 317.71 200 max 600 max

5 Carbonates as HCo3 2321 B mg/l 324.35 470.95 265.10 195.45 324.20 461.54 268 317.72 200 max 600 max

6 Total hardness as CaCo3 2340 C mg/l 950.36 690.50 326.40 260.31 392.54 676.69 329 384.68 200 max 600 max

7 Calcium as Ca 3500 Ca B mg/l 168.84 161.96 69.40 57.84 84.28 158.72 70.09 82.59 75 max 200 max

8 Magnesium as Mg 3500-Mg B mg/l 128.38 69.46 37.16 28.11 44.18 68.07 37.53 43.29 30 max 100 max

9 Sulphates as SO4 4500 SO4D mg/l 132.28 104.36 71.52 164.98 39.74 102.27 72.23 38.94 200 max 400 max

10 Chlorides as Cl 4500 Cl-C mg/l 524.72 410.16 122.09 59.14 93.46 401.95 123.31 91.59 250 max 1000 max

11 Lead as Pb 3111B mg/l 0.06 0.09 0.075 0.036 0.052 0.08 0.075 0.050 0.01 max No relaxation

12 Cadmium as Cd 3111B mg/l <0.001 0.004 0.02 0.015 0.038 0.004 0.02 0.037 1 max No relaxation

13 Total Chromium as Cr 3111B mg/l ND 0.02 ND ND ND 0.02 ND ND 0.05 max No relaxation


3-25


S.No. PARAMETER

Method

APHA

22nd

Edition

Unit

RESULTS As per IS:10500 - 2012

Plant

Site Thumukunta Appalakunta Gopllapuram

Vuchcheda-

mahalli Hunasenahalli Ekralahalli Gauasandla

Requirement

Acceptable

limit

Permissible

limit in the

absence of

alternative

source

14 Copper as Cu 3111B mg/l 0.023 0.015 0.018 0.026 0.031 0.014 0.018 0.030 0.05 max 1.5 max

15 Zinc as Zn 3111B mg/l 0.063 0.087 0.229 0.28 0.16 0.085 0.231 0.15 5.0 max 15 max

16 Nickel as Ni 3111B mg/l 0.051 0.064 0.043 0.037 0.028 0.062 0.043 0.027 0.02 max No relaxation

17 Flourides as F 4500 F-D mg/l 0.81 0.69 0.58 0.51 0.63 0.67 0.58 0.61 1.0 max 1.5 max

18 Aluminium as A1 3500 Al B mg/l <0.001 <0.001 0.0021 0.0016 0.019 <0.001 0.0021 0.018 0.03 max 0.2 max

19 Boron as B 4500 B B mg/l 0.74 0.62 0.80 0.68 0.54 0.60 0.80 0.52 0.5 max 1 max

20 Manganese as Mn 3111 B mg/l <0.001 <0.001 0.0014 0.0011 0.02 <0.001 0.0014 0.02 0.1 max 0.3 max

21 Iron as Fe 3500 Fe B mg/l 0.29 0.25 0.22 0.28 0.16 0.24 0.22 0.15 0.3 max No relaxination

22 Nitrates as NO3 4500 NO3B mg/l 22.14 21.01 26.35 14.03 18.73 20.58 26.61 18.35 45 max No relaxination

23 Sodium as Na 3500 Na B mg/l 122.13 218.11 91.56 91.18 52.59 213.74 92.47 51.53 NS NS

24 Potassium as K 3500 K B mg/l 3.52 8.10 5.91 2.74 4.4 7.93 5.96 4.3 NS NS

25 Odour 2150 C −− Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

26 E.C (micromhos/cm) 2510 B µmho/cm 2,440 2,350 1,066 924 1,025 2,303 1,076 1,004 NS NS

27 Phosphorus as P 4500 P B 0.30 0.42 0.58 0.36 0.62 0.41 0.58 0.60 NS NS

* NS - Not Sepcified


3-26

Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd

The results of the hydrochemical sampling indicate that the quality of ground

water is good, potable, alkaline with a pH of over 7, total dissolved solids

(TDS) generally below 1700 mg/l, and chloride concentrations less than 500

mg/l. The salient features found in the ground water samples of the project

site are as follows:

• The pH concentration of the water samples collected from the study area

varies from 7.12 to 7.94, and is within acceptable limits.

• The totals dissolved solids (TDS) ranges from 583 to 1648 mg/l, and are

within permissible limits of 2000 mg/l indicating its suitability for drinking,

domestic, and industrial use. High concentrations of TDS is reported in

bore well at plant site, Thumukunta Village and Hulasanahelli villages

• Chloride concentrations are within the permissible limits (1000 mg/l) of

59.4 to 524.72 mg/l. Highest is reported at bore well near plant site

• The dominant cation is Na, and the dominant anions are HCO3 and SO4.

• The sodium concentrations range from 51 to 218.11 mg/l.

• Sulphates concentrations vary from 38.94 mg/l- 164.98 mg/lit which is

within the acceptable limits of 200 mg/l.

• Health hazards of high hardness are insignificant. But high hardness (Ca

+ Mg) can cause scaling of pipes and hot water appliances. The hardness

of samples collected in the area varies 260.31 to 950.36 mg/l. Three

samples collected at the plant site and in the villages of Thumukunta and

Hunasenahalli have higher than the acceptable limits of 600 mg/l.

• There is wide variation in the Fluoride concentrations of the Anantapur

district. But the Fluorides in the study area is within the acceptable limit

of 1.00 mg/l, indicating its healthy concentration 0.51 -0.69 mg/lit, and

thus leaving no scope for the spread of water-borne diseases like

fluorosis, osteosclerosis, etc.

• Nitrate concentrations are in the range of 14.03 to 26.61 mg/l indicating

the area is not affected with the activities of anthropogenic sources


3-27


• Metallic ionic concentrations like iron and manganese are within the

acceptable limits of less than 0.30 mg/l.

3.6.5 Surface Water Quality

During the field visit carried out in November it is observed that all the surface

water bodies with in 10 km radius are found to be dry. Hence no surface water

samples could be taken

Pennar river is completely dry. Other water bodies in 10 kms radius are also

dry. Photographs of dry pennar river and other water bodies are shown below.

Photographs of Dry Pennar River


3-28


3.7 Soil

The area is mostly covered by red soils, which are either calcareous or non-

calcareous and fairly deep. Along the river stream courses the alluvial soils are

found. The black clayey soils are not common, but are seen at certain places.

The soils are largely originated by the granitic parental rock. The thickness of

soils usually varies from 0.50 to 0.80 m.

Leaving the industrial pockets, the study area is regionally covered with farms

and agricultural lands. In the total pharma plant area of 4.32 acres, 1.24

acres of land outside the pharma plant premises is covered with teak, mango,

and other tree plantations.

The Soil characteristics include both physical and chemical parameters. M/s.

Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited field team carried out soil survey to assess the

soil characteristics of the study area. Representative soil sampling was done at

several important locations and these locations are shown in Figure 3.14.

Analytical data of soil samples is presented in Table 3.7.


3-29


Fig 3.14 Soil Sampling Locations


3-30


Table 3.4 Soil Analysis Data

S.N

o. Parameters Unit

Project

site

Vuchod

anahalli

Appal

a Kunta

Hunase

nahalli

1 pH (1:5 Soil water extract) 7.01 7.26 7.43 7.69

2 E.C (1:5 Soil water extract)

µmhos/cm 568 374 605 612

3 Bulk Density g/cc 1.42 1.61 1.39 1.59

4 Moisture % 7.2 7.90 6.8 6.9

5 Nitrates s N Kg/ha 226.5 185.20 197.20 220.20

6 Phosphorous (as P) Kg/ha 69.30 52.15 58.40 57.30

7 Potassium (As K+) Kg/ha 318 237 260 248

8 Sodium (as Na) Kg/ha 126 108 114 130

9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 194 172 135 145

10 Magnesium (as Mg2+) mg/kg 102 81 97 96

11 Sulphates mg/kg 73 96 81 89

12 Organic Carbon % 0.52 0.62 0.64 0.61

13 Texture

a) Sand % % 42.5 30.90 41.60 42.10

b) Silt % % 20.8 43.50 23.40 33.20

c) Clay % % 36.7 25.60 35.00 31.20

Type of Soil Sandy Clay

Silty Sand

Sandy Clay

Sandy Clay

14 Copper(as Cu) mg/Kg 0.58 0.69 0.72 0.62

15 Zinc ( as Zn) mg/Kg 2.4 3.10 1.86 1.66

16 Lead (as pb) mg/Kg 0.76 0.88 0.92 0.82

17 Cadmium(as Cd)

mg/Kg 0.26 0.37 0.41 0.35

18 Chromium(as Cr)

mg/Kg 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.15

19 Nickel ( as Ni) mg/Kg 0.41 0.92 0.68 0.58

20 Ca/mg Ratio 1.90 2.12 1.39 1.61

21

Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)

Meq/kg

182 134 165 145

22 Base Saturation % 4.10 6.21 5.35 5.04

23 Total Nitrogen % 0.0045 0.0058 0.0062 0.0051


3-31


The test results of soil samples collected in the impact area are interpreted

referring to the book; “Interpreting soil test results”. The reference tables are

presented in Table 3.5. The pH of soil samples ranges from Neutral to mildly

alkaline. The cation exchange capacity of the soils is very high. The level of

nitrogen of the samples is very high while the potassium levels are high.The

base saturation of the samples is predominantly very strongly Leached (Three

samples). The calcium magnesium ratios of the samples indicates low calcium

levels . Bulk density of soil of impact varies from 1.39 – 1.61 g/cc. The Soil

texture is predominantly silty sand,Sandy clay and Silty sand.

Table 3.5 Soil Test Results – Reference Tables

General interpretation of pH

measured

Rating for Cation exchange

Capacity

pH Range Classification CEC (Cmol)+)/kg

<4.5 Extremely Acidic Very low <6 *

4.51 -5.0 Very Strong Acidic Low 6-12

5.1-5.5 Strong Acid Moderate 12-25

5.6- 6.0 Moderately Acid High 25-40

6.1-6.5 Slightly acid Very High >40

6.6-7.3 Neutral Source: Metson (1961)

* Soils with CEC less than three

are often low in fertility and

susceptible to soil acidification.

7.4-7.8 Mildily Alkaline

7.9 -8.4 Moderately Alkaline

8.5-9.0 Strongly Alkaline

>9.0 Very Strongly Alkaline

Source:Bruce and Rayment (1982).

Ca/mg Ratio Base Saturation as a criterion

of leaching

Description

Range

(%BS)

Rating

<1 Ca Deficient 70-100 Very Weakly

Leached

1-4 Ca (Low) 50-70 Weakly Leached

4-6 Balanced 30-50 Moderately Leached

6-10 Mg (Low) 15-30 Strongly Leached

>10 Mg deficient 0-15 Very Strongly

Leached

Source: Eckert (1987) Source: Metson (1961)


3-32 Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd

3.8 Air Environment

3.8.1 Meterology

Micro meterological studies are simultaneously conducted with the air quality

monitoring. Methodology plays a vital role in effecting the dispersion of

pollutants, once discharged into the atmosphere, their transport, dispersion

and diffusion into the environment. The meteorological data is very useful for

interpretation of the baseline information and for model study of air quality

impacts also. Since meteorological data show wide fluctuations with time,

meaningful interpretation can only be drawn from long term and reliable data.

Such source of data is the India Meteorological Department (IMD) that

maintains a network of meteorological stations at several important locations.

The data recorded for IMD station at Anathapur which is geographically similar

to the site is 92 KM from the site is summarized for the period 1979 to 2000

and the same is presented in Table 3.6



Table 3.6 IMD data of meteorological station Ananthapur



3.8.2 Meteorological Station at Industry Site.

The micro meteorological data in the industrial cluster is collected

simultaneously with the ambient air quality monitoring. The station was

installed in such a way that there are no obstructions facilitating free flow of

wind. Wind speed, wind direction, humidity and temperature are recorded

on hourly basis in the study period. Salient features of micro meteorological

data collected are as follows:

1. Wind Direction and Speed:

The hourly wind speed and wind direction observations are computed

during the seasons of study period using micro meteorological station at

the site , and the same are presented in Table 3.11 and the wind rose

diagrams are presented in Figure 3.18. The following observations can be

made from the collected data;

• Calm period is observed to be 41.72% during the time of

monitoring.

• The predominant wind direction is East.

• Mostly the wind speeds are observed to be in the range of 0.5 –

11.0 m/s. The maximum and minimum temperature and relative

humidity and total seasonal rainfall are summarized in below. The

salient features are discussed in brief as follows.

2. Temperature:

(a) Maximum:39.30C (b) Minimum: 12.3 0C (c) Average: 24.6 0C

3. Humidity:

The daily relative humidity values are observed to range between 7.7 –

99.2%.

4. Rain Fall:

(a) Maximum: 5.5 mm



Table 3.7

Frequency Distribution of Wind Speeds and Wind Directions

S.No

Directions / Wind Classes

(m/s)

0.5 -

2.1

2.1 -

3.6

3.6 -

5.7

5.7 -

8.8

8.8 -

11.1

>=

11.1

Total

(%)

1 N 0.21 0.16 0.11 0.05 0.16 0.16 0.86 2 NNE 0.05 0.11 0.38 0.27 0.27 0.21 1.29 3 NE 0.27 0.32 0.38 0.80 0.43 1.13 3.32 4 ENE 0.11 0.00 0.16 0.11 0.32 0.38 1.07 5 E 0.86 0.75 0.75 1.23 1.23 3.11 7.94 6 ESE 0.43 0.32 0.21 0.38 0.64 3.54 5.52 7 SE 0.75 0.38 0.59 1.23 0.80 2.74 6.49 8 SSE 0.27 0.16 0.75 0.97 0.91 3.22 6.27 9 S 0.27 0.38 0.54 0.86 1.02 2.04 5.09

10 SSW 0.38 0.64 0.43 0.75 0.43 0.91 3.54 11 SW 0.43 0.38 0.48 0.80 0.70 1.18 3.97 12 WSW 0.38 0.43 0.43 0.91 0.80 1.82 4.77 13 W 0.43 0.38 0.80 0.75 1.07 2.25 5.68 14 WNW 0.05 0.11 0.00 0.27 0.38 0.86 1.66 15 NW 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.11 0.21 0.05 0.54 16 NNW 0.00 0.00 0.05 0.05 0.00 0.11 0.21

Sub-Total 4.93 4.56 6.11 9.54 9.38 23.70 58.23 Calms 41.72 Missing/Incomplete 0.05 Total 100.00



Figure 3.15 Wind Rose Diagram at Site



3.9 Ambient Air Quality

Air pollution means the presence in the outdoor atmosphere of one or more

contaminants or combinations thereof in such quantities and of such

duration as are or may tend to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or

property. Air pollutants include smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, gases, mist,

odors, particulate matter, radioactive material or noxious chemicals. With

upcoming industrial activity a range of different pollutants are released into

the atmosphere that are dispersed and have a significant impact on

neighborhood air environment. Thus collection of base line data of air

environment occupies a predominant role in the impact assessment

statement. The ambient air quality status across the study zone forms

basis for prediction of the impacts due to the project.

The project is located at Plot No: 165 to 182 APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V),

Hindupur (M), Anantapur (D) in Andhra Pradesh.

Based on the TOR conditions, the likely gaseous emissions from processes

are assessed and found to be SO2, CO2 and H2. SO2 is taken for base line

studies. Apart from these the emissions from existing boiler and proposed

coal fired boilers & DG sets are considered for base line studies. Being an

industrial area NH3, VOC and CO are also selected for base line studies of

the area.

The data required for assessing air quality impacts in and around

neighborhood is achieved by selecting monitoring stations reflecting Down

wind, up wind and cross wind directions.

3.9.1 Ambient air quality monitoring station network

An intensive ambient air quality monitoring of the study area was done

consisting of 10 km radius of the plant site. The ambient air quality was

monitored at eight locations spread over entire study area including plant

site. Figure 3.16 presents the locations of ambient air quality-monitoring

stations.



The location of ambient air quality stations is contingent on the

meteorological status of the area. Table 3.8 presents the ambient air

quality locations and their distances and directions from the plant site.

Table 3.8 Locations of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

S.N

O

Locat

ion

Code

Location State Directi

on

Distanc

e-Km

Freque

ncy

Latitude Longitude

1. AAQ1 Project Site Andra pradesh

- - - N13⁰43’39.3’’ E77⁰30’21.2’’

2. AAQ2 Thumukunta Andra pradesh

W 0.8 Down wind

N13⁰43’41.9’’ E77⁰31’16.8’’

3. AAQ3 Appalakunta Andra pradesh

NW 3.0 Down wind

N13⁰44’46.88’’ E77⁰29’20.99’

4. AAQ4 Gollapuram Andra pradesh

E 2.1 Up Wind

N13⁰43’41.9’’ E77⁰31’16.8’’

5. AAQ5 Hunasena halli

Karnataka NE 3.7 Cross wind

N13⁰44’52.4’’ E77⁰31’49.5’’

6. AAQ6 Ekralahalli Karnataka W 5.8 Down wind

N13⁰42’53.4’’ E77⁰26’59.7’’

7. AAQ7 Uchodana halli

Karnataka SE 4.1 Cross wind

N13⁰42’05.2’’ E77⁰32’01.5’’

8. AAQ8 Gowdasandra Karnataka S 5.8 Cross wind

N13⁰40’29.4’’ E77⁰31’03.2’’

Fig. 3.16 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations



3.9.2 Ambient Air Quality Status

At each sampling station monitoring was carried out for 24 hours in a day

for 2 days a week, and for three months. The major air pollutants

monitored on 24 hourly basis are, Particulate Matter (Size Less than 10µm)

or PM10 µg/m3, Sulfur dioxide, Oxides of Nitrogen. NH3, VOC and CO are

measured at a frequency once in 15 days in the 3 months period. Raw

data is enclosed as Annexure V. Sampling and analysis of the above

variables is according to the guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board.

Ambient air quality status are presented in Table 3.9

Table 3.9 Ambient Air Quality Status

Sampling Time: 24 Hrs Unit: µg/m3

Pollutant Maximum Minimum Mean

98 Percentile

AAQ-1) Location: Project Site

PM10 88.20 68.60 76.49 87.28 PM2.5 41.20 28.40 34.24 40.89 SO2 16.30 10.50 13.53 16.30 NOx 22.60 15.90 19.41 22.60 NH3 55.60 40.30 47.82 54.59 CO 3.20 1.20 2.00 3.06 VOC 4.30 2.20 3.08 4.25 AAQ-2) Location: Thumukunta

PM10 86.30 73.20 80.21 86.30 PM2.5 34.20 22.40 28.37 33.33 SO2 14.60 10.30 12.19 14.55 NOx 21.60 16.40 18.60 21.19 NH3 47.30 35.70 40.47 46.11 CO 3.10 1.20 1.91 2.96 VOC 4.00 1.60 2.50 3.82 AAQ-3) Location: Appalakunta

PM10 67.30 53.20 60.47 66.89 PM2.5 30.40 19.20 22.98 28.97 SO2 12.20 8.60 10.52 12.15 NOx 20.30 14.50 16.63 19.52 NH3 43.20 28.30 37.00 42.51 CO 2.80 1.20 1.90 2.66 VOC 3.10 1.80 2.21 2.87 AAQ-4) Location: Gollapuram

PM10 77.40 54.20 67.96 76.39 PM2.5 30.40 20.60 26.18 30.40



SO2 12.40 8.60 10.16 12.26 NOx 20.10 15.30 17.65 20.10 NH3 40.50 25.70 34.02 40.41 CO 2.20 1.20 1.66 2.20 VOC 2.80 1.20 2.05 2.71 AAQ-5) Location: Hunasena halli

PM10 68.40 54.10 61.82 67.43 PM2.5 30.10 18.60 24.20 29.36 SO2 13.50 9.10 11.02 13.36 NOx 21.70 15.70 17.49 21.06 NH3 33.50 25.60 29.50 33.04 CO 2.50 1.40 1.85 2.50 VOC 2.20 1.20 1.55 2.15 AAQ-6) Location: Ekralahalli

PM10 61.30 55.30 58.63 61.12 PM2.5 28.40 18.50 22.82 27.89 SO2 11.30 8.30 9.78 11.25 NOx 20.40 14.80 16.55 19.85 NH3 30.70 20.40 26.58 30.56 CO 2.00 1.10 1.48 1.95 VOC 2.20 1.10 1.43 2.15 AAQ-7) Location: Uchodana halli

PM10 68.40 54.50 61.68 67.89 PM2.5 28.40 18.80 23.17 27.62 SO2 12.10 7.30 9.85 11.79 NOx 19.30 14.90 16.57 18.66 NH3 32.60 20.40 27.10 31.59 CO 2.10 1.10 1.57 2.10 VOC 2.10 1.20 1.65 2.05 AAQ-8) Location: Gowdasandra

PM10 69.20 50.60 61.45 68.79 PM2.5 32.60 20.50 26.55 32.42 SO2 10.20 7.50 9.35 10.20 NOx 20.30 14.70 16.84 19.79 NH3 32.60 24.20 27.52 31.59 CO 2.30 1.00 1.53 2.21 VOC 2.00 1.10 1.51 1.95

The project site ambient air quality depicts typical industrial activity and

highest readings are recorded for all parameters. The influence of existing

industrial activity is there on Thumukunta village as can be seen from the

data. Remianing stations reflect typical rural back ground with anthropogenic

activities.



The ambient air quality standards however are within the notified ambient air

quality standards for 24 hours values. There are no standards prescribed for

VOC so far in India

3.10 Noise Environment

Noise is an unwanted sound without musical quality. Artificial noise and its

impact on environment, grown apace with advancing human civilization.

Noise pollution is equally hazardous to environment as air, water and other

forms of pollution. Various noise measurement units have been introduced

to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a

complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels.

The most common scale is, weighted decibel dB (A), and measured as the

relative intensity level of one sound with respect to another sound

(reference sound).

The impact of noise depends on its characteristics (instantaneous,

intermittent or continuous in nature), time of day (day or night) and

location of noise source.

• The assessment of noise pollution on neighborhood environment due to

the industry, traffic and other human activities was carried out at 8

locations in the study area. Figure 3.17 shows noise level measured

locations. The measured noise values are shown in Table 3.10. Noise

levels are high at the traffic junctions compared to the industrial and

village areas



Fig. 3.17 Noise Sampling Locations

Table 3.10

Equivalent Noise levels in the Study Area

S.No. Location Equivalent Noise Levels dB(A)

Leq day Leq night

1. Project site 62.0 58.5

2. Thumukunta 61.2 58.5

3. Appalakunta 49.6 42.7

4. Gollapuram 49.0 42.6

5. Hunasena halli 49.4 42.0

6. Ekralahalli 47.4 41.8

7. Uchodanahalli 47.7 40.7

8 Gowda Sandra 45.2 40.8

3.11 Socio Economic Environment

Industrial development reflects in social development, i.e., growth in

infrastructure facilities, growth in employment rates, increased demands for



housing, and other amenities etc., which will have a bearing on the socio

economic status.

3.11.1 Geographical Coverage

The geographical coverage for SEIA of the project extends over 10 km radius

from the project site comprising 87 villages and urban agglomerations covering

Two states ( Andhra Pradesh and Karnataka) 3 Districts (Andhra Pradesh-1,

Karnataka-2) and 4 mandals (Andhra Pradesh-2, Karnataka-2). The details of

villages and their demographic features are given at Annexure VI of the report.

3.11.2 Impact Zones

It is evident from the data contained in Table 2.1 that of the total 87

villages/towns comprising the overall project impact zone, only 3 villages falling

in the core impact zone(up to 2 km in aerial distance from the project site)

belongs to Andhra Pradesh state and among 16 villages falling in the buffer

zone(2-5 km), 10 villages belongs to Andhra Pradesh state and 6 villages

belongs to Karnataka state and among 68 villages falling in the transitionzone

(beyond 5 km and up to 10 km), 26 villages belongs to Andhra Pradesh state

and 42 villages belongs to Karnataka state.

Thus 3.4% of the impact area villages accounting for 2.2% of the total inhabiting

population fall in the core impact zone. 8.4% of villages with 13.0% of the study

area population fall in the buffer zone. 78.2% of the villages with 84.8% of the

study area population fall in the transition zone.

The SEIA study lays more emphasis on covering more villages in the core and

buffer zones vis-à-vis the transition zone.

Below table shows important statistics of the impact zones

3.11.3 Objectives:

The primary objectives of the socio-economic impact assessment are:

� Understanding the baseline socio-economic environment obtaining in

the impact zone.

� Identifying the key stakeholders who are likely to be impacted by the

establishment of the proposed project.



� Predicting the positive and negative impacts of the project on the

socio-economic environment in the area.

� Suggesting mitigation measures to minimize the negative impacts.

3.11.4 Scope:

The scope of socio-economic impact assessment extends to:

The scope of socio-economic impact assessment extends to:

a) Assessing the baseline socio-economic environment prevailing in the

impact area focusing the core and buffer zones.

b) Identifying key economic sectors and major sources of livelihood in

the study area.

c) Understanding social structures and lifestyles of people in the area

who are likely to be affected the most.

d) Assessing physical and social infrastructure facilities accessible to the

project affected people.

e) Identifying heritage precincts and archaeological monuments, if any

in the area which may be affected by the proposed project.

f) Predicting the likely socio-economic impacts as a consequence of

establishing the project.

g) Suggesting adverse impact mitigation measures in line with the felt

needs, aspirations and expectations of the project affected people.

h) Preparing an appropriate Socio-economic Environment Management

Plan.

3.11.5 Desk Research

A fairly comprehensive desk research to understand the socio-economic setting

in and around the project site was the first initiative towards carrying out the

SEIA of the project. Accordingly, published and unpublished information

available on the subject was referred, reviewed and critical information gaps

identified by the SEIA team. The major documents and information sources

extensively referred to are:



Sl.No. Publication/Document Source

1 Handbook of Statistics – Anantapuram, Chikkballapura and Tumkur Districts, 2015

District Chief Planning Officer

2 Census – 2011 Provisional Population Tables for Anantapur District and Andhra Pradesh

Registrar General of India

3 Census 2011 provisional population tables for chikkballapura and Tumkur Districts of Karnataka

Registrar General of India

4 Anantapur District Industrial Profile District Industries Centre, Anantapuram

5 Brief Industrial Profile of Anantapur District MSME Development Institute, Hyderabad

6 Socio-economic information about Chikkaballapura and Tumkur Districts.

Web surfing

Besides, unpublished information of the Departments of Industries, Education,

Health, Irrigation, Agriculture and Social Welfare was also referred to gain

deeper insights into the socio-economic setting of Anantapuram district in

general and the project area in particular.

3.11.6 Sample Surveyes:

The desk research has enabled the study team to effectively leverage the macro

level socio-economic information available and identify information gaps at the

village and household levels.

It was during this stage, the key stakeholders were identified and study

instruments are prepared. Similarly, the sampling frame and sample size were

also designed and finalized. The sampling frame for the study consisted of

villages/wards, households and District and Mandal level officials as also local

opinion leaders.

A stratified random sampling technique was followed to select the sample

villages/wards and households. Accordingly 20 villages and urban areas as

detailed below are selected, among these 20 villages, 14 villages belongs to

Andhra Pradesh state and 6 villages belongs to Karnataka state. The sample

villages/wards were picked up at random from the three impact zones

considered – core, buffer and transition.



In the absence of household level information, the respondent households were

selected randomly during the course of visit to the respective village/ward.

However, while selecting the respondent households, emphasis was on

contacting households, who are economically poor, susceptible to shifts in

livelihood patterns and belonged to vulnerable social communities. Accordingly,

the sample villages/wards selected for the survey together with the number of

households across each village are presented in Table – 3.11

Table – 3.11

Sample Villages Selected for Socio-Economic Impact Assessment

Sl. No

Sample Village Mandal

State Name Location from Project Site Populatio

n 2011

Census

House Holds (No.)

Directi

on

Distance

(km)

Total Sampl

es

Andhra Pradesh State Sample Villages

1 Thumukunta Hindupur Andhra Pradesh SW 0.75 Km 2417 549 17

2 Devarapalle Hindupur Andhra Pradesh NW 1.80 Km 552 141 13

3 Gollapuram Hindupur Andhra Pradesh E 1.90 Km 2625 621 12

4 AppalaKunta

Hindupur Andhra Pradesh

NW 2.70 Km

Under Kirikera Revenue Population Data is Same 11

5 Santhebidanur Hindupur Andhra Pradesh W 2.80 Km 3588 839 13

6 Thungepalle Hindupur Andhra Pradesh SW 3.0 Km 468 104 12

7 Yapamanu Gate

Hindupur

Andhra Pradesh NW 3.30 Km

Under Kirikera Revenue Population Data is Same 12

8 Kanchana Palli Hindupur

Andhra Pradesh NE 3.90 Km

Under Kotipi Revenue Population Data is Same 12

9 Ramachandrapuram Hindupur

Andhra Pradesh SW 3.90 Km

Under Chowlur Revenue Population Data is Same 11

10 Chowlur Hindupur Andhra Pradesh SW 4.0 Km 6038 1429 11

11 Kotipi Hindupur Andhra Pradesh NE 4.20 Km 4157 971 11

12 Kirikera Hindupur Andhra Pradesh NW 4.40 Km 11184 2695 12

13 BevinaHalli Hindupur Andhra Pradesh NW 6.80 Km 2188 537 15

14 Hindupur Hindupur Andhra Pradesh N 9.60 Km 151677 34507 13

Total 184894 42393 175

Karnataka State Sample Villages

15 Kudumalakunta Gauribidanur Karnataka SW 2.50 Km 1999 489 11

16 Hunasenahalli Gauribidanur Karnataka NE 3.40 Km 1266 327 9

17 Myalya Gauribidanur Karnataka SE 4.0 Km 2810 671 12

18 Huchodanahalli Gauribidanur Karnataka SE 4.10 Km 877 185 12

19 Babenahalli Gauribidanur Karnataka SW 4.50 Km 27 7 5

20 Konapura Gauribidanur Karnataka SE 5.0 Km 558 142 12

Total 7537 1821 61

Grrand Total 192431 44214 236

The sample villages/towns represent 75.1% of the population and 75.9% of the

number of households of the universe comprising 87 villages/towns.



It needs to be mentioned in this context that an element of purposiveness was

induced into selection of sample villages/towns with a view to focusing more on

villages/towns in the core and buffer zones of impact. Such a selection of the

sample villages was well justified as the entire area beyond the core and buffer

impact zones is likely to have only minimal impact of the project and the same

cannot be distinguished.

Figure – 3.18 Google Map of SE SampleVillages/Wards

3.11.7 Demography

The sociological aspects of the study include human settlements, demography,

and social strata such as Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and literacy

levels besides infrastructure facilities available in the study area. The economic

aspects include occupational structure, income levels, spending patterns,

savingsetc., of households.

The key demographics of the study area comprising 87 villages is presented in

the table. The total population of the study area is 2,53,471. Out of this



2,01,222 population comes under Andhra Pradesh and 52,249 population

comes under Karnataka state.

The details are presented in Table 3.12 below.

Table – 3.12 Salient Features of Demographics in Study Area

Table – 4.1

Salient Features of Demographics Study Area in Andhrapradesh State

Sl. No. Demographic Parameter Data as per Census 2011

Salient Features

1 Total Population (AP (No.)) - Males - Females

2.01 lakhs 1.01 lakh 1.0 lakh

• Forms 4.9% of the district population

• Sex Ratio in the area is 989 compared to 977 for the district

• 59.8% of the population in the study area is urban population.

2 SCs (No.) 0.22 lakh • Forms 3.8% of the SCs in the district

3 STs (No.) 0.03 lakh • Forms 1.7% of the STs in the district

4 Average Literacy (%) 64.8% • Almost the same as the district average of 63.6%

5 Households (No.) 0.46 lakh • Accounts for 4.8% of the total households in the district.

• Average 4.3 persons per household – 2.2 males and 2.1 females

Salient Features of Demographics Study Area in Karnataka State

1 Total Population (AP (No.)) - Males - Females

0.52 lakhs 0.26 lakh 0.26 lakh

• Forms 4.2% of the district population

• Sex Ratio in the area is 993 compared to 972 for the district

• 100% of the population in the study area is Rural population compared to 5.4% at the district level

2 SCs (No.) 0.14 lakh • Forms 4.4% of the SCs in the district

3 STs (No.) 0.10 lakh • Forms 6.5% of the STs in the district

4 Average Literacy (%) 58.5% • Almost the same as the district average of 62.4%

5 Households (No.) 0.12 lakh • Accounts for 4.4% of the total households in the district

• Average 4.1 persons per household – 2.1 males and 2.0 females



3.11.8 Field survey

On the conclusion of the desk research, a two member study team was

constituted to plan and carry out SEIA. The team members have had

considerable exposure and experience in conducting large size socio-economic

research studies especially in Andhra Pradesh and Telangana. They are well

versed with the socio-economic setting in the project area and understood the

local dialect.

Planned and in-depth field surveys, spread across nine days between 16th and

26th December, 2016 constituted the most important element of the

methodology. Field surveys helped collect fairly reliable primary data with

respect to the major livelihood sources, family incomes and expenditure,

education and health status, basic amenities available, lifestyles, standard of

living etc., of sample households in the project impact zone. They also helped in

eliciting information from the natives about the negative environmental impacts

of industrial units already existing in the area and the measures initiated by the

units and authorities to mitigate the impacts.

Field surveys were carried out in all the 20 sample villages/towns contacting a

total of 236 households. The potential respondents in the sample households

were approached personally by the Field Investigators who explained the

purpose of the visit and solicited their participation by sharing the intended

information unabashedly. The Field Investigators also clarified the doubts and

apprehensions expressed by the respondents. Once the respondents were willing

and ready to participate, household level socio-economic information was

collected with the help of a structured questionnaire. A number of questions

were open ended to facilitate capturing perceptions of the respondents

objectively.

In addition to household surveys, Participatory Rapid Assessment (PRA) tools

comprising Transect Walks, Focus Group Discussions, and Opinion Leader

Interviews were used for collecting ward/village level qualitative information.

Accordingly, the study team carried out:

- Transect walks around all the sample villages/towns along with a few

natives.



- Carried out 2 Focus Group Discussions, comprising 10 members per

group representing women, youth, household heads and opinion

leaders to elicit information pertaining to their awareness, expectations

and apprehensions about the proposed project.

3.11.9 Data Analysis

The data collected during the field survey and desk research phases was

processed, tabulated and analyzed with the help of basic quantitative and

qualitative analytical tools. The emerging results were validated through in-

house brainstorming and discussions with district level officials.

The socio-economic impact of the proposed project expansion was assessed in

terms of its effects on:

- Livelihoods and incomes

- Lifestyles and quality of life

- Community infrastructure – physical and social – facilities available.

3.11.10 Demographics

The 236 sample households have a total population of 1095 persons implying

an average 4.6 members per household.53.4% of the household population

are males and 46.6% females. 63.2% are adults; 19.3% children and 17.5%

aged. On an average, 46.7% of the household population is formally educated

– 64.4% of males and 35.6% of females.

The education profile points to that 50.5% have completed secondary

education followed by primary education (36.6%), Graduation (9.2%), Post-

graduation (2.0%), Vocational Courses (1.5%) and Professional Courses

(0.2%).

3.11.11 Assets Owned

The various assets owned and the percentage of household population owning

these assets is presented in Table 3.13.



Table – 3.13

Ownership of Assets by Sample Households Ownership of Assets by Sample Households

Sl.No Assets Ownership Level (%) 1 Land 50.8 2 House 93.6 3 TV 95.8 4 Fridge 12.3 5 Mobilephone 90.2 6 Cooking Gas 79.2 7 Sewing machine 3.4 8 PC/Laptop 1.3 9 2-wheeler 42.4 10 Bicycle 16.5 11 Tractor/Truck/Mini-truck 4.3

3.11.12 Sources of Livelihood

Nonfarm sector livelihoods are quite predominant among the households

surveyed – Daily Wage Labour in construction and industry (37.8%); Self-

employment (15.4%), Private Sector Employment (12.0%) and Government

employment (8.1%). Nonetheless, Primary sector employment is also

significant with 26.7% of the workforce depending on activities such as

cultivation, poultry farming etc., for livelihood.

3.11.13 Family Incomes

55.1% of the households reported family incomes ranging between Rs.

5,001and10,000 p.m; 39.4% over Rs. 10,000/- p.m, while 43.6% had

incomes ranging between Rs 5001/- and Rs. 10000/- p.m.and 5.5% incomes

between Rs. 2001 and Rs. 5000/- p.m.

3.11.14 Family Expenditures

69.1% of the households reported family expenditure between Rs. 5,001 and

Rs. 10,000/- p.m; 15.7% between Rs.2,000/- and Rs. 5,000p.m; and 15.2%

>Rs. 10,000 p.m.

The pattern of average family expenditure points out that 59.5% of the

expenditure went for food and clothing; 26.0% for recreation and other needs;

9.6% for education; 3.6 % for healthcare and 1.3% for housing.

Living Standards



� 67.8%of the households have pucca house; 28.8% have semi-

pucca house, and3.4% have kutcha houses

� 93.6% have own house while hardly 6.4% live in rented

accommodation

� 61.4% households have toilet on the premises

� 44.9% households have access to safe drinking water

� 95.8% have access to cable/DTH TV connection

� 79.2% have cooking gas connection

� 90.2% have mobile phones

3.11.15 Educational Facilities

The Project 10km Radios area more than members people studying in Govt &

Private educational Institutes and collecting only 20 sample villages

educational Intuitional information in DEO & MEO office in AP, Taluka office in

Karnataka States these are detailed table 3.14 in below:

Table-3.14

Category of Educational Intuitional Details in Mandal wise

Category Hindupur,

Andhrapradesh State

Gauribidanur,

Karnataka State

Govt Private Govt Private

Anganiwadi 52 0 8 0

Primary and Upper Primary Schools

25 10 6 2

Minority Schools 2 0 1 0

Z.P.H.Schools 6 12 2 2

Jr. Collges 2 10 1 0 Senior Colleges 1 1 0 0

Engg. Colleges 0 3 0 1

DIET/Bed/Pharma Colleges 0 4 0 0

Model Schools, KGBV Schools, Vocational Colleges & Residential Schools

2 0 1 0

Total 90 40 19 5

Source : DEO MEO Hindupur, Andhrapradesh, Gauribidanur, Karnataka Districts



3.11.16 Health Status

The health and family welfare status and Government Allopathic medical

facilities information was collected from the Statistical Abstract of Andhra

Pradesh. We have observed the area health status information, child health

care and family welfare services to the people of the Andhra Pradesh State as

detailed in Table 3.15 below.

Table 3.15

Health Facilities Government Allopathic Medical Facilities in

Andhra Pradesh State and Ananthapur districts

Sl.No Item AP, State Ananthapur

1 General Hospitals 246 19 2 Hospitals for

Special Treatment 20 0

3 Allied Hospitals 14 3 4 Primary Health

Centers 1075 80

5 Diagnostic Centers 3 0 6 Beds Available 28753 1930 7 Dispensaries 78 5 8 Doctors working 5767 450 Source : Statistical Abstract of Andhra Pradesh-2015

The information was collected from Vital Statistics and Public Health. The right

to health is the economic, social and cultural right to the highest attainable

standard of health. The Estimated Birth, Death, and mortality rate of

Andhrapradesh State and Karrnataka State detailed in Table 3.16 below:

Table 3.16

Estimated Birth Rate, Death Rate and Infant Mortality Rate of Andhra Pradesh State

Sl. No

Particulars

2012 2013

Rural Urban Total Rural Urban Total

1 2 6 7 8 9 10 11

Crude Birth Rate (per 1,000 Population)

17.9 16.6 17.5 17.7 16.7 17.4

2 Crude Death Rate (per 1,000 Population)

8.4 5.1 7.4 8.3 5.0 7.3



Male 9.7 5.4 8.4 9.2 5.6 8.1 Female 7.2 4.8 6.4 7.4 4.5 6.6

3 Infant Mortality Rate (per 1,000 Live Births)

46 30 41 44 29 39

Male 45 27 40 43 28 39 Female 47 33 43 45 30 40

Note: These rates pertain to combined state. Andhra Pradesh state specific rates are not available. Source: Statistical Abstract of Andhra Pradesh-2015 and Vital

Statistics and Public Health.

Table 3.17:

Estimated Birth Rate, Death Rate and Infant Mortality Rate

in Karnataka State

3.11.17 Health Status of Surveyed Villages

There are 4 PHC, 3 Sub Center 6 Private clinics, 4 Private hospitals,

and 23 RMP’s in the sampled villages

8.5% of the household population reported incidence of lifestyle

and other diseases. The decease incidents reported 51.6% of aged

46.2% of active adults, and 2.2% of child. The following diseases



are prevalent among the sampled population in the area below in

table 3.18

Table 3.18

Disease patterns observed in sampled villages

S.No Diseases % percentage

1 Hypertension 10.7 2 Asthma 6.4 3 T.B 1.2 4 Diabetes 11.8 5 Others (Skin allergies,

backaches, arthritis etc.) 69.9

3.11.18 Aspirations and Apprehensions

As revealed during focus group discussions, nearly70% of the respondents are

aware of the industrial growth in the area and about the project.While they are

convinced with the positive impacts of the project, they are also wary of the

negative impacts on the surrounding environment particularly water and air

pollution. The perceptions of the respondents as regards the development of

industry in the area could be summarized as follows:

o Industrial growth in the region has supported the sustainable livelihoods

in the area especially for skilled and semi-skilled persons.

o Development of the secondary sector in the area has positively

contributed to induced development leading to creation of multiplier self

and wage employment opportunities.

o It has helped strengtheningphysical and social infrastructure in the area.

o Ithas aggravated air pollution through release of obnoxious gases and

odors.

o It has contributed inward migration of people from diverse regions and

cultures.

o It also exerts severe pressure on the existing infrastructure, both

physical and social.

o It has also led to generation of hazardous industrial wastes.



3.11.19 Physical Infrastructure

The entire study area has access to well-developed and reliable physical

infrastructure - road, rail, power and telecommunication network.Both public

and private modes of road transport are quite popular.

3.11.20 Social Infrastructure

Fairly well developed and reliable infrastructure exists in the area for basic

andprofessional education, healthcare, housing, banking, recreation and

marketing of goods and services.

3.11.21 Archaeological Monuments

No archaeological monuments and heritage precincts are observed to be

present in the project impact area.

3.12 Biotic Environment

Scope of work for this study is in line with the ToR assigned to the company

which include identification of ecologically sensitive receptors based on

literature survey and field investigations, prediction of impacts and their

mitigation with conservation action plan. The study was carried out in core

area (project site) and in buffer area i.e. 10.0 km periphery from the project

site. The study was carried out scientifically using primary and secondary data

in order to bring out factual information on the ecological conditions of the

project site and its surroundings. Biological assessment of the site was done to

identify the presence of any Rare or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened

(REET) species of flora or fauna in the project site or core area as well its

buffer zone and to identify whether there are any ecologically sensitive area

within the area that is likely to be impacted (buffer zone). The study also

designed to suggest suitable mitigation measures if necessary for protection of

wildlife habitats conservation of REET species if any.

3.12.1 Method of study

1. Baseline data of Terrestrial and Aquatic biological environment by

studying distribution pattern, community structure, population dynamics



and species composition of Flora and Fauna. Secondary data is collected

from various sources.

2. Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of Flora or Fauna

for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration shall

be as ascertained.

3. Photo documentation of the flora and fauna including local habitats

showing the ecological status of the project site.

4. Discussing the predicted impacts by the proposed activity with local

villagers and EIA functional area experts on air, water, noise and other

pollutants.

5. Impacts quantification through vegetation analysis.

6. Preparation of the mitigation measures if applicable.

Survey Types used

1. Reconnaissance survey (Near Agricultural, Human habitations and Road

side)

2. Quadrate and Line transact method for trees, shrubs and herbs.

3. Belt transects method for road side trees and butterflies.

4. Point count method for birds.

5. Direct and Indirect evidences for Mammals and other faunal species.

3.12.2 Methodology

A reconnasnce survey has been made randomly to observe the critical habitats

to study in detail. General interviews were made with local people on native

animals and medicinal plants used frequently. A thorough review was made at

each sampling point and spent about 20-30 minutes at each point. The present

environmental condition is observed at core and buffer areas.

A detailed survey of flora and fauna was carried out during the study period.

The total area was analysed in detail and with GIS tools and marked around

20 sampling points by covering the various ecosystems of core and buffer

zones in all the directions. Only photographs were taken during the field



survey and no damage is created to flora and fauna during the sampling.

Specimens were not collected and preserved.

Figure 3.19 Sampling points of Flora and fauna of the study area

3.12.3 Floral study

Quadrate method has been used for carryout the study of trees, shrubs, herbs

and grasses. 10 m X 10 m Quadrates for tree species, 5 m X 5 m quadrates

for shrubs and 1 m X 1 m quadrates for herbs. statistical analysis is made for

32 sampling points. Species were compared with standard floras and

identifying the plants need for conservation. The status of the each species

was represented by common, sporadic or rare. The data was compared with

the list mentioned in red data book to check REET species.

Ecological parameters viz., abundance, density, frequency, Relative

abundance(RA), Relative density(RD), Relative frequency(RF), Important value

index(IVI), Shannon-Wiener diversity index were derived from the quantitative

primary data collected during field survey.



3.12.4 Faunal study

A detailed study has been carried out for faunal species by direct and indirect

methods. Direct sightings were made for aves, reptiles and insects and

secondary data on mammals was collected from local villagers. Bird surveys

were carried out through point count method at dawn and desk near water

bodies. These techniques are accepted in EIA studies as per the EIA

Notification of 2006. The species sighted were photographed and identified

with standard pictorial guides. Scheduling of species were done according to

Indian Wildlife Protection act (1972) and IUCN is done for each species and

checked the REET species. No quantitative data was calculated as some

species are listed through secondary source. As the animals were migratory,

habitats used by protected, important or sensitive species for breeding,

nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration were ascertained.

3.12.5 Present Status of biotic environment

Within the project site the area is totally covered with small herbs and grass

varieties. The proposed project falls in

� 6D – Deccan Peninsula Deccan Plateau as per the Biogeography

Classification of India.

� Hot Semi arid type as per the India's Köppen climate classification.

The vegetation of the study area falls under

� 5A: Southern tropical dry deciduous forests C3: Southern dry mixed

deciduous forest;

� 6A: Southern tropical thorn forests DS1: Southern thorn scrub, 2S1:

Secondary dry deciduous forest

by revised classification of Indian forest types (Champion and Seth, 1968).

These types of forests are seen throughout the Eastern Ghats and few

parts of Western Ghats of the country.

3.12.6 Ecology of Core zone:

The core zone habitat is from project site boundary to 5 sq. km. urban and

natural vegetation is found towards other directions. It is very clear that

manmade ecosystem is predominant. The dominant species are Phoenix



sylvestris, Borassus flabellifer, Prosopis juliflora, Ficus microcape, Acacia

nilotica, Azadirachta indica, Ficus benghalensis, Tectona grandis, Leucaena

leucocephala, Acacia auriculiformis, Tecoma stans, Alstonia scholaris,

Dalbergia sisoo, Peltophorum pterocarpum, Thespesia populnea, Polyalthia

longifolia, and Pongamia pinnata under natural vegetation Anacardium

occidentale and Coconut plantations are observed in few sampling points. A

detailed list of trees, shrubs, herbs and ornamental plants present in the Core

zone is mentioned in Annexure VII. The faunal composition generally with

arboreal and semi arboreal based animals. Within the core zone common

mongoose, Squirrels are sighted apart from few reptilian species. Common

bird species such as Herons, Paddy egrets, Green bee eaters, Indian rollers,

Parakeets, White headed babblers, Weaver birds, Mynas, Black drangos,

Crows, Sparrows are sighted here. Butterflies and dragonflies are fairly

common near herbs and flowering shrubs.



3.12.7 Ecology of Bufferzone:

The buffer zone habitat from 5 km radius of the project site to 10 km radius

for the project site. Buffer zone is mostly with human habitations. There no

forests or surface water bodies found in this region. The penna river is also

very dry and dominant with weed species. Agricultural activities include

mulbary, Ground nut, chillies. This area is having few shrubs having xerophytic

adaptation. Most of the region is barren and rocky. Hence vegetative survey

mainly conducted on herbs and shrubs. The water scarcity observed in the

entire region and hence the entire buffer zone of the study area can be treated

as discontinuous distribution of natural vegetation and dominant by weeds

such as Prosopis and Borassus species. As there are no RFs within this zone,

faunal composition was also limited. The floral quantification has been done in

the buffer zone areas where quadrate method is adopted. There are no

endangered and endemic plants present in the buffer and core zones. There

are no medicinal, timber / fuel wood, fodder and other socio-economic



purposes. The vegetation is analyzed statistically at various points and

recorded the diversity and density of individuals. The faunal composition was

also estimated based on the direct and indirect evidences. Tectona grandis,

Cocos nucifera. Phoenix aculis, Borassus flabellifer, Azadirachta indica,

Prosopis spicegera, Ficus sp, Acacia sp, Tribulus terrstris, Achyranthes aspera,

Balanites aegyptiaca, Caesalpinia bonduc, Euphorbia cardifolia, E. tirucelli.

Opuntia, Sarcostemma viminale are mainly restricted to waste and cultivable

waste lands ands. Albizia procera, Albizia lebbeck, Delonix regia, Azadirachta

indica, Peltoforum sp., Terminalia catappa, Psidium guava, Dalbergia sissoo

and Tamarindus indica are predominant near villages. A detailed list of

plantations, floral and faunal species present in the buffer zone is mentioned in

Annexure VII.

Buffer zone Non Forest Vegetation

In the non-forest area, different types of vegetation were recorded. Tree

species in these sites were mostly planted and few were natural. Trees

available in the non-forest area are classified into four categories in the study

area. These categories are:

• Roadside: Trees planted along the road side. The dominant plant species

are Acacia, Neem, Ficus, Peltoforum, Sisoo, Rain Tree, etc.

• Village woodlot: Naturally growing or planted trees on community /private

land. The dominant plant species are Neem, Ficus, Banana, Mango,

Bamboo, etc.

• Pond side vegetation: Mostly planted trees along the pond side of the

villages. The dominant plant species are Ficus, Typha, and Lantana etc.

Identification of Flora

The species of flora found during the species identification survey within

and in the buffer zone are given at Annexure-VII.

3.12.7.1 Shannon Index and Species Diversity

The Shannon indices value of core zone is 3.18 indicates good diversity as well

as population size and Dominance of the species is 46% and Evenness is

around 93%. Distribution pattern of species was identified as

discontinuous/random distribution as the value of A/F ratio is 0.040 which is



more than 0.050 as per Curtis and Cottam (1956). This might be due to

contiguous patches of Eucalyptus species and natural species such Azadirachta

indica, Borassus flabellifer, Prosopis juliflora (near the villages), Alstonia

scholaris, Peltophorum pterocarpum (near road side) and Casuarina

equisetifolia, Bamboo, Sissoo, coconut, mango.

3.12.7.2 Fauna and Wildlife

The present study reveals that 9 mammalian species, 71 avian species and 15

reptilian species were recorded from this area

Threatened and Endangered Animal Species (terrestrial)

Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake Sch- II LC

Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keel back Sch- II LC

Varanus bengalensis Indian Monitoring Lizard Sch- II LC

Vipera ruselli Russell’s viper Sch- II LC

Naja naja Indian Cobra Sch- II LC

Ophiophagus hannah King cobra Sch- II LC

CHAPTER-4


4-1 Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Ltd.

CHAPTER - 4

IDENTIFICATION & PREDICTION OF IMPACTS

4.1 Identification of impacts

Identification of impacts is one of the basic analytical steps of EIA for

subsequent prediction and evaluation of impacts. A number of

methodologies are available for the identification of impacts. “Net Work

Method”, which follows the cause – condition- Effect relationship is adopted

for identifying impacts due to the activities of proposed expansion of M/S RL

Fine Chem Private Limited

The generation of cause –condition –effect networks (chain of events)

should follow the above mentioned activities and actions. This type of

method is advantageous in recognizing the series of impacts triggered by

the plant activities. Thus this method had provided a “Road map” type of

approach to the identification of second and third order effects.

The idea was to account for the project activity and identify the different

types of impacts that would initially occur. The next was to select each

impact and identify the impacts. The main advantage of this approach is

that it allowed identifying the impacts by selecting and tracing out the

events as they may occur.

4.2 Impact Networks

The purpose of identifying the impacts is that if it aids in making appropriate

decision to mitigate the adverse consequences if any. It may be pointed out

that the distinction between magnitude and importance of the impact should

be appreciated. Thus the degree of extensiveness and scale of impacts and

consequence based on value judgments are generalized while identifying

impacts. As it is imperative that the impact will normally lead to a chain of

reactions, The construction of network charts brings out to certain extent

the appropriate levels of the risks that may occur due to the interventions

while interacting with hydrogeological, biological and social systems. Fig 4.1

to 4.6 represents the identified impacts for various components of



environment viz. air, noise, and water land and socio economic aspects. In

the above mentioned figure the lines means –“had an effect on”

4.2.1 Air Environment

The Primary impact of air pollutants will be on the air quality. The chemical

composition of air may change drastically if dispersion is slow. This will lead

to if pollution is for shorter period, immediate health problems. If it

continues for a long period, it may also have an impact on climatic changes,

ecological equilibrium and economic production of crops. The odor and

visibility aspects of air pollutant can have impacts on aesthetics of region

4.2.2 Water Environment

Waste water will affect the environment both directly and indirectly primarily

it may affect the land and water quality. This leads to deterioration of

production levels of both terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna

4.2.3 Noise Environment

The noise will primarily effect the ambient noise levels. Excessive noise will

trigger health risks such as headaches, depression, deafness and retardation

of sensory mechanisms

4.2.4 Land Environment

The change in the land use during and after the construction phase is un

avoidable. However as long as it is not affecting the soil quality chemistry

and sedimentation, the impact is not an undesirable one At the Secondary

level the impact will lead to change of agricultural production and livestock

4.2.5 Biological Environment

The particulate matter and chemical compounds tend to alter soil matrix and

water quality. The impact will be on the native biota leading to density

reduction and extinction of sensitive species. There may be change in the

species diversity and food chain



4.2.6 Socio-economic Environment

Primarily, the impact is expected on the economic environment. The

generation of jobs will occur during operation and construction phases.

There is scope of multiplier effect on secondary and tertiary employment.

The socio economic structure will have a positive change and quality of life

would improve due to increase in urbanization and cosmopolitanism.



PROJECT

RELEASE OF AIR POLLUTANTS RELEASE OF HEAT

CHANGE IN

AIR QUALITY

IMPACTS ON

VISIBILITY

PARTICULATES

DEPOSITION ON

SOIL, WATER,

LAND

PRIMARY

IMPACTS

SECONDARY

IMPACTS

TERTIARY

IMPACTS

IMPACT ON

HUMAN HEALTH

IMAPCTS ON

ECONOMIC

OUTPUT

AESTHETIC

IMPACTS

IMPACTS ON

AGRICULTURAL

CLIMATIC CHANGES

IMPACTS ON FLORA &

FAUNA

IMPACTS ON SOCIO CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

Fig 4.1 Impacts Network for Air Environment



PROJECT

NOISE EMISSION

PRIMARY

IMPACTS

SECONDARY

IMPACTS

TERTIARY

IMPACTS

CHANGE IN AMBIENT

NOISE LEVEL

HEALTH RISKS

Fig 4.2 Impacts Network for Noise Environment

MIGRATION OF BIRDS,

REPTILES POPILATION

IMPACTS ON WORK

OUTPUT & EFFICIENCY

IMPACTS ON

ECONOMIC OUTPUT

IMPACTS ON SOCIO

CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT



PROJECT

PRIMARY

IMPACTS

SECONDARY

IMPACTS

TERTIARY

IMPACTS

Fig 4.3 Impacts Network for Land Environment

IMPACTS ON

ECONOMIC OUTPUT

IMPACTS ON SOCIO

CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT

DISTRUBANCE OF

LAND

ABSTRACTION OF

WATER

DISPOSAL OF WASTE

WATER SLUDGE ON LAND

CHANGE IN SOIL

TEXTURE &

PERMEABILITY

CHANGE IN GROUND

WATER REGIME

SALTWATER

INTRUSION

SUBSTANCES ON LAND

PARTICULATE DEPOSITION

ON LAND

IMPACTS ON

LANDSCAPE

SOIL SALINITY IMPACTS ON FLORA &

FAUNA

IMPACTS ON AGRICULTURAL

PRODUCE

IMPACTS ON LIVE

STOCK



PROJECT

Fig 4.4 Impacts Network for Biological Flora & Fauna

AIR EMISSION WASTE WATER SOLID WASTE

SOIL MATRIX

SOIL ACIDIFICATION

AFFECT NATIVE SOIL BIOTA

NITROGEN FIXING NITRIFYING OTHER pH SENSITIVE MICRO FLORA

DECOMPOSITION MINERILIZATION OF ORGANIC MATTER

REDUCTION IN SOIL FERTILITY & PRODUCTIVITY



EFFECTS OF WASTE WATER

Fig 4.5 Identification of Likely Impacts of waste water

DIRECT INDIRECT

LAND ECO SYSTEM WATER ECO SYSTEM LAND ECO SYSTEM WATER ECOSYSTEM

ECOLOGICAL IMBALANCES SOCIO ECONOMIC

IMBALANCES

CHANGE IN SOIL

TEXTURE

SHIFT IN GROUP OF

DESIRED ORGANISMS

INJURIOUS TO

EXISTING PLANT

COMMUNITY

CHANGE IN WATER

RESOURCES

SHIFT IN THE DYNAMIC

POPULATION OF ACQUATIC

FLORA AND FAUNA

DELETERIOUS TO WATER

LIVING BODIES

FERTILITY OF LAND

PATTERN OF CROPS

GROUND WATER

TABLES & ITS QUALITY

COMMUNITY

HEALTH

SHIFT IN DYNAMICS

FLORA FAUNA



PROJECT

Fig 4.6 Impacts Network for Socio Economic & Cultural Environment

ECONOMIC INPUT

COST

DEVELOPMENT OF

ANCILLARY

INDUSTRIES

ECONOMIC

OUTPUT COST

BETTER

PRODUCT

AVAILABILITY

AIR WATER

LAND NOISE

POLLUTION

EFFECT ON

HUMAN HEALTH

SAVING OF FOREIGN

EXCHANGE

NET INCOME OUTPUT

CHANGE IN ECONOMIC

BASE OF THE REGION

Employment

Opportunities

DEMAND for

Communication

FACILITIES

Demand for

Infrastructure

Facilities

EFFECT ON

Agriculture &

Fisheries

EFFECT ON Visual

Environment

EFFECT ON Building

Materials,

Monuments

EFFECT on Supply,

Sewerage, solid

waste Management

EFFECT on

Educations, Medical,

Transport Facilities

EFFECT on Human

health & Recreational

facilities

AESTHETIC

RISK



4.3 Prediction of Impact on Air Quality

4.3.1 Details of Mathematical Modeling

A large number of different mathematical models for dispersion calculations

are in practice in many parts of the world. Most of the models for prediction of

downwind concentrations are based on Gaussian dispersion. The principle

behind the Gaussian dispersion models is Gaussian probability distribution of

concentration in both vertical and horizontal cross wind directions about the

plume central line.

Predictions of ground level concentrations of the pollutants were carried out

based on site meteorological data collected during the study period. For

calculation of predicted ground level concentrations, AERMOD, a model of

Lakes Environmental based on USEPA, ISCST3 algorithms, was used; as it’s

based on more sophisticated algorithm incorporating deposition, better

algorithm for area sources, etc.

The ISC3 models include several new features. A revised area source

algorithm and revised dry deposition algorithm have been incorporated in the

models. The ISC3 models also include an algorithm for modeling impacts of

particulate emissions from open pit sources, such as surface coal mines. The

Short Term model includes a new wet deposition algorithm, and also

incorporates the COMPLEX1 screening model algorithms for use with complex

and intermediate terrain. When both simple and complex terrain algorithms

are included in a Short Term model run, the model will select the higher

impact from the two algorithms on an hour-by-hour, source-by-source, and

receptor by- receptor basis for receptors located on intermediate terrain, i.e.,

terrain located between the release height and the plume height.

The salient features of the ISCST3 model are presented below in Table 4.1.

The air quality predictions have been made using the model evaluation

protocol for fugitive dust impact modeling for surface coal mining operations

(EPA 1995, EPA 1994).



Table 4.1

S.No Item Details

1 Model name ISCST3 (Based on USEPA algorithm)

2 Source Types Point, Area, Volume, Open Pits

3 Dispersion Equation Steady State Gaussian Plume

Equation

4 Diffusion Parameters Pasquill Gifford Co-efficient

5 Plume Rise Briggs Equation

6 Time Average 1 hr to Annual/Period Has Short

Term and Long Term modeling

options

7 Deposition Both Dry and Wet Deposition

8 Application Input Data:

(i) Source Data Stack co-ordinates

(ii) Receptor Data Grid interval, number of receptors,

receptor elevations

(iii)Meteorological Data Hourly meteorological data i.e.

wind speed, direction, ambient

temperature, stability and mixing

heights

4.3.1.1 Model Formulation

The model uses the following steady state Gaussian plume equation. The basic

equation for calculating the concentration of pollutants for any point in x, y, z

co-ordinates is given below:

C(x,y,z,H) = Q/2π σy σz U exp[-1/2(y/σy)2] x [exp{-1/2(z-h/σz)

2}

+ exp{-1/2 (z+H/σz)2}]

Where

C= Concentration of pollutants in mg/cu m

Q= Strength of emissions in g/sec.

H= Effective Height (m), i.e., physical height + plume raise

y, z= diffusion coefficients in y and z directions in m.

U= average wind velocity in m/sec.

The following assumptions are made in Gaussian dispersion model.



This model assumes no diffusion in the down wind direction and thus

applicable to a plume and not a puff of pollutant. The dispersion parameter

values used for horizontal dispersion coefficient and vertical dispersion

coefficients are those given in the “Work book of atmospheric dispersion

estimates”. These dispersion coefficients assume a sampling time of about 10

min., the height values of interest to be in the lowest several hundred meters

of the atmosphere, a surface corresponding to the open country. The stacks

are tall enough to be free from building turbulence so that no aerodynamic

down wash occurs. The given stability exists from ground level to well above

the top of the plume.

The Gaussian dispersion model has been tested extensively for its validity and

found to be reasonably applicable for different atmospheric conditions. BIS has

also adopted this basic plume dispersion model. Hence the same model is

adopted for predictions of downwind concentrations of pollutants in this report.

4.3.1.2 Meteorological Data

Data recorded by the weather monitoring station at site on wind speed,

direction, solar insolation, temperature and cloud cover at one hourly interval

for three months i.e. One full season has been used for computations. Hourly

atmospheric stability determined based on the technique suggested by Turner.

Visual observations were made on for the solar insolation and cloud cover

during study period. The methodology adopted for establishing the hourly

stability class is given in Table 4.2.

Table 4.2 Atmospheric Stability Classification

Wind

Speed

(m/sec)

Insolation (Day time) Night time

Strong Moderate Slight

Thin over cast

or >4/8 low

cloud

<3/8

Cloud

<2 A A-B B - -

2-3 A-B B C E F

3-5 B B-C C D E

5-6 C C-D D D D

>6 C D D D D



Mixing Height:

As the site specific mixing height is not available USEPA approved general

mixing heights as applicable for Industrial Source Complex (ISC) model have

been considered for modeling to establish the worst case scenario. The mixing

heights considered for modeling is given Table 4.3.

Table 4.3 Mixing Heights Considered for Computations

Stability Class Mixing Height (m)

A 1300

B & C 900

D 750

E & F 400

4.3.2 Plant Emissions

The sources of air pollution from the plants of RL Fine Chem Private Limited

are outlined in the table. The major pollutants generated from the fuel

combustion are SO2, NOx and Particulate Matter. Based on fuel analysis and

combustion details the emission rates of above pollutants are calculated. The

emission rates of SO2, NOx and Particulate Matter from each stack are

presented in Table 4.4.



Table 4.4 Emission Details of Pollutants from Stack

S. No Stack Connected

to

Stack

Ht

(m)

Fuel

Dia of

stack at

top(m)

Temp. of

exhaust

gases (0C)

Exit

Velocity

(m/sec)

Emission Rate (g/sec)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

Existing

1 Boiler

1X 2.0TPH 21 Briquettes 0.5 120 6.15 0.15 0.04 0.25 0.13

2 DG Set 1X200 KVA 3.0 Diesel 0.1 109 15.8 0.03 0.01 0.31 0.65

3 Thermic fluid heater

-1lakhs K.cal/hr. 10 Diesel 0.35 120 5.64 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02

Proposed

1 Boiler

1X 2.0 TPH 30 Briquettes 1.0 120 6 .17

0.16 0.05 0.23 0.12

2 1X250 KVA 4.0 Diesel 0.2 150 14.18 0.04 0.02 0.33 0.68

3 Thermic fluid heater

-1lakhs K.cal/hr. 10 Diesel 0.35 120 5.64 0.02 0.01 0.03 0.02

Note: 1) DG sets are being used as standby power source only. (Average running hours per day is about 2 Hours).



4.3.2.1 Air Quality Predictions

Predictions of ground level concentrations of the pollutants were carried out

based on site meteorological data collected during the period from October –

Dec 2017. For calculation of ground level concentrations a grid of 20 km X 20

km with a receptor interval of 500 meters is considered.

The composition of particulate matter was obtained from USEPA AIRCHIEF AP-

42 and the same was considered in determining the source concentration of

PM10 for prediction purpose. The predicted maximum 24 hourly ground level

concentrations of PM10, PM2.5 SO2 and NOx and distance of occurrence during

different seasons of study period are presented in Table 4.5.

It may be observed that the annual predicted maximum 24 hourly GLC’s of

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are 1.27, 0.52, 1.67 and 1.60 mg/m3 respectively

and the maximum values are observed at a distance of 3.0 km from the center

of plant site in North West direction. However it may be noted that the

predicted values of the SO2 and NOx are based on the assumption that the DG

sets are used constantly, where as the DG set usage is only during load shut

down from APSPDCL.

The GLC’s are also predicted at air quality monitoring locations and the

predicted GLC’s are presented in Tables 4.6 and the cumulative

concentrations at various villages are tabulated in Table 4.7.It may be

observed from the Table that the predicted results show that the incremental

rise over existing base line status of ambient air quality is within the limits

prescribed by CPCB for residential and rural areas. Hence the control measures

and height of stack is sufficient to disperse the pollutants into the atmosphere

and keeping the baseline levels within the prescribed limits. The predicted

ground level concentrations are graphically displayed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

and NOx respectively in Figure 4.7 – 4.10.



Table 4.5

Maximum Predicted 24 hourly GLC’s

S.No Parameter Predicted GLC

(µg/m3)

Distance

(KM)

Direction

1 PM10 1.27 3.0 NW

2 PM2.5 0.52 3.0 NW

3 SO2 1.67 3.0 NW

4 NOX 1.60 3.0 NW

Table 4.6

Predicted GLC’s at Monitoring Locations

S.

No

Monitoring

Location

Directio

n

Distanc

e (Km)

Predicted GLC (µg/m3)

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

1 Project Site -- --

0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000

2 Thumukunta W 0.8 Km 0.269 0.091 0.520 0.438

3 Appalakunta NW 3.0 Km 1.268 0.516 1.671 1.598

4 Gopllaram E 2.1 Km

0.253 0.085 0.493 0.414

5 Hunasenahalli NE 3.7 Km

0.129 0.046 0.230 0.199

6 Yakaralahalli W 5.8 Km

0.482 0.171 0.457 0.491

7 Huchodanahalli SE 4.1Km

0.034 0.011 0.025 0.030

8 Gowdasandra S 5.8 Km

0.057 0.019 0.047 0.054



Table 4.7

Cumulative Concentrations at Various Villages

Location

Direct

ion

Dista

nce Base Line Predicted 24 Hr GLC Cumulative

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox PM10 PM2.5 SO2 Nox

Project Site -- -- 88.20 41.2 16.3 22.6 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 88.20 41.20 16.30 22.60

Thumukunta W 0.8

Km 86.30 34.2 14.6 21.6 0.27 0.09 0.52 0.44 86.57 34.29 15.12 22.04

Appala kunta NW 3.0

Km 67.30 30.4 12.2 20.3 1.27 0.52 1.67 1.60 68.57 30.92 13.87 21.90

Gollapuram E 2.1

Km 77.40 30.4 12.4 20.1 0.25 0.09 0.49 0.41 77.65 30.49 12.89 20.51

Hunasenahalli NE 3.7

Km 68.4 30.1 13.5 21.7 0.13 0.05 0.23 0.20 68.53 30.15 13.73 21.90

Yekaralahalli W 5.8

Km 61.3 28.4 11.3 20.4 0.48 0.17 0.46 0.49 61.78 28.57 11.76 20.89

Huchodanahalli SE 4.1Km 68.4 28.4 12.1 19.3 0.03 0.01 0.03 0.03 68.43 28.41 12.13 19.33

Gowdasandra S 5.8

Km 69.2 32.6 10.2 20.3 0.06 0.02 0.05 0.05 69.26 32.62 10.25 20.35



Figure 4.7 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of PM10



Figure 4.8 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of PM2.5



Figure 4.9 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of SO2



Figure 4.10 Isopleths Showing 24 Hourly GLC’s of NOX



4.4 Prediction of Impacts on the Noise Environment

The sound pressure level generated by noise sources decreases with

increasing distance corm the source due to waved divergence. An additional

decrease in sound pressure level with distance from the source is expected,

due to atmospheric effect or its interaction with objects in the transmission

path.

For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss free

medium, cane and estimate noise levels at various locations, due to different

sources using model based of first principle as per the following equation:

Lp2 = Lp1 Log (r2/r1) – Area ……… (1)

Where Lp1 and Lp2 are sound pressure levels at points located at distances r1

and r2 from the source and Ae1.2 is the excess attenuation due to

environmental conditions. Combined effect of all the sources can then be

determined at various locations by logarithmic addition.

In the first approximation one can assume that for all general population in the

villages, every noise source in the plant is a point source. The average

equivalent sound power level of such a point source can be estimated for

different distances and directions from hypothetical source by applying

equation:

Lp = Lw - 20 Log r Ae – 81 ………(2)

Where Lw is the sound power level3 of the source, Lp is the sound pressure

level at a distance of a r and Ae Is environmental attenuation factor. A

combined noise level Lp (Total) of all the sources at a particulate place is given

by:

Lp (Total) = 10 Log ( 10(Lp1/10) + 10 (Lp2/10)+ …..) ……(3)

Noise levels emanating from most of the proposed bulk drug industries in the

Pharma complex are given in Table 4.8



Table 4.8

Average typical Noise Levels from Existing Industrial Units

No Source Noise Level – dB(A)

1 DG Sets 80 – 85

2 Pumps 70 – 75

3 Air Compressor 75 – 80

The DG sets are used only during power failure for controlling emergency

operations. Predictions have been made taking into account all operations and

utilities thus reflecting the worst – case scenario. The predicted cumulative

noise levels due to the source and the existing level as calculated from the

logarithmic model without noise attenuation ranged between 40dB to 70 dB at

a distance ranging between 100 m and 15 m. There is no residential area in

the immediate surroundings and also the area is identified industrial

development area, the impact of noise on the population is the surrounding

areas are negligible. The model assumes that there are no

obstructions/structures. However it must be noted that green belt will

attenuate the noise levels further.

4.5 Prediction of Impacts on Water Environment

Impact on water Quality

No impact on water quality is anticipated as the unit proposed Zero Liquid

discharge treatment system and proposed to re-use water after the treatment.

The total water required for the plant is proposed to met from APIIC Water

supply. The effluents generated in the plant are treated in the Zero Liquid

Discharge plant and re-used for plant, utilities and green belt. So the impact

on water quality is negligible.

Ground water quality improvement

The overall type of groundwater occurring around the proposed site is

indicative of fresh water with low to moderate total dissolved solids (TDS), and

moderate presence of magnesium (Mg), sulphate (SO4), and chloride (Cl)

concentrations.



Impact on water Resources

In collaboration with the state departments, Central Ground Water Board

(CGWB) carried out ground water resource estimation and categorization

studies for the Hindupur Mandal of Anantapur District for the year 2008-09.

The CGWB has categorized the area as ‘over exploited’ with the stage of

ground water utilization of 106%, indicating little scope for ground water

development. These details are applicable to the study area also, as it is part

of this Mandal.

The plant at RL Fine Chem Pvt Ltd is not using any ground water source for its

plant utilization. The plant’s water requirements are met by the water supplies

provided by the Andhra Pradesh Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC),

which is in turn is drawing water from the Pennar River Balancing Reservoir

(PRBR) scheme. As there are no boreholes and ground water provision in the

area, APIIC is supplying water to all the industrial units situated in the

Thumukunta Industrial Area.

The drinking water requirement at the plant is about 200 lts/day. At the

moment the plant is buying water in cans for its drinking water needs. There

is proposal for installing Reverse Osmosis (R.O) Plant so as to get regular

supply of treated water.

4.6 Prediction of Impacts on Soil

The overall impact on soil is negligible as the treated effluent is reused in

the plant and balance is used for greenbelt after treatment. The solid waste

generated from boiler is sold to brick manufacturers in the vicinity. Organic

residues generated from process, solvent recovery system, stripper will be

sold to cement plants. The evaporation salts containing mainly salts

generated in the process are collected and sent to TSDF facilities. However

temporary storage facility consisting of an elevated platform, covered with a

shed and garland drain to collect any leachate and transfer facility to the

effluent treatment plant is provided. Green belt development surrounding



the plant site would improve the soil quality and surrounding ecology and

aesthetic appeal of the area. Trees will absorb specific air pollutants, reduce

noise pollution, reduce soil temperature, help in holding moisture in the soil,

attract more birds and overall will help in maintaining the homeostasis of

the environment. Further to existing green belt, an additional area of

greenbelt is proposed to be developed which will significantly improve the

environmental quality

4.7 Impacts on Socio-Economic Environment

The socio-economic impacts of the proposed project expansion by RLFC

could be assessed in terms of demand-supply aspects for goods and services

in the area, pressure on natural resources and infrastructure, growth of

industry, sustainability of livelihoods and employment.

Some indirect impacts can also be understood in terms of public health and

safety, preserving local culture and community aesthetics.

It is however important to appreciate that socio-economic impact of the

commercial and industrial development in the impact area is already

considerable and RLFL’s proposed expansion may not make a conspicuous

incremental difference. Further, given the size and nature of RLFC’s project,

its socio-economic impacts will be limited at best to the core zone and not

beyond. It is not likely to make any striking impact on the socio-economic

environment obtaining in the buffer and transition zones.

Based on a close understanding and assessment, the socio-economic

impacts of RLFC’s project expansion are predicted as follows:



Sl.

No.

Impact Area Predicted Impacts

Positive Negative

1 Natural

Resource

Sustainability

� No shifts in land use pattern would occur.

� Increased pressure on exploitation of

groundwater resources in the

area. � Possible

contamination of groundwater if

adequate safeguards are not taken.

2 Human

Settlement

� No land acquisition and

displacement of people or habitations would be

involved. Land required for project expansion

already exists within RLFC’s factory premises

in IDA-Thumkunta.

� Nil

3 Livelihoods � No loss of existing livelihoods in the area is

expected to occur. � Additional nonfarm

livelihood opportunities are expected directly and

as spinoffs.

� Marginal influx of people in project

construction and operation phases.

4 Employment

Generation

� Creation of employment

opportunities for about

40 local skilled and semi-skilled workers during

project construction phase.

� Creation of sustainable employment for

additional 30 skilled workers during project operation phase, in production as also

auxiliary activities. � Multiplier effect due to

induced growth during construction and

operational phases in

downstream and

� Nil



Sl.

No.


Positive Negative

upstream project activities for about 50

persons, majority of them women and youth.

5 Spinoffs � Development/upgradation of vocational and soft

skills of about 100 local youth over the next five years thus enhancing

their employability. � Emergence of local

entrepreneurs in complementary activities

such as small business, transportation, education,

housekeeping, repairs and maintenance etc.

� Possible emergence of increased and

unfair competition in local markets adversely impacting

businesses and livelihoods of some.

6 Incomes and

Revenues

� Improvement of money

incomes of locals by an average 10% p.a.

� Improved tax revenues of Panchayat by about Rs. 2

lakhs p.a.

� Nil

7 Demographics � The population levels of the neighbouring areas are not likely to change in

any significant manner.

� The lifestyles are expected to improve in

tune with the rise in incomes and

improvement in infrastructure facilities.

� The skill sets of the local residents are expected to improve in keeping with the emerging

employment opportunities.

� Health of people residing in the core impact zone is likely

to be impacted

adversely as a consequence of air

pollution.

8 Physical

Infrastructure

� Road and power network

in the area is expected to be strengthened as a

sequel to industrial

� Increased vehicle

traffic leading to probable higher

incidence of



Sl.

No.


Positive Negative

development around. � Contribution to

strengthening Swachh Bharat mission

accidents.

9 Social

Infrastructure

� Improvement to housing stock, educational

facilities and healthcare facilities in the neighbouring areas as a

sequel to rising industrialization.

� Increased pressure on residential

accommodation, water supply and sanitation in the

neighborhood.

10 Community

Aesthetics

� Building plans and quality of construction in the

area is expected to improve in the years to

go as a sequel to industrial development.

� No heritage precincts and

archaeological monuments in project

site vicinity would be adversely impacted.

� Nil

4.8 Prediction of Impact on local flora and fauna

The proposal is for expansion of the manufacturing capacity in the existing

Drug manufacturing unit. Hence construction, operation of the Project

involving actions, will not cause physical changes in the locality. No existing

buildings or vegetation will be disturbed and forest and timber resources are

never be used during any phase of the project.

The proposed activities affect environmental segments of the surrounding

region not very significant. The effect on biological environment can be divided

into two parts, viz. the effect on biodiversity and habitat. Effect on flora is due

to two main reasons, land clearing due to construction activities.

4.8.1 Impacts classification and grading:

The impacts of the proposed project may be divided into two criteria aspects

based when the impacts are likely to occur:



1. Impacts during construction or establishment and

2. Impacts during operation

The activities associated with the proposed activity will have very less impacts

on terrestrial flora and fauna of the core area and buffer zone area.

The overall impact of the project is:

Magnitude: less

Extent: The extent of the impact is on-site as the impacts will be limited to

the boundaries of the Site.

Duration: Nil

Intensity or magnitude: The intensity is very less during construction and

operation phases.

Reversible or Irreversible: Nil

Direct or indirect: Nil

Ecological factors

Species diversity No reduction

Habitat loss or fragmentation Nil

Affect on any additional risk or threat to the rare or

endangered or endemic or threatened (REET)

species

Nil

Any impairment of ecological functions such as (i)

disruption of food chains, (ii) decline in species

population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey

relationships

Nil

Is it possible to attain the global objectives of “no

net loss” of biodiversity

Yes

Is it possible to improve the biological diversity

through the proposed mitigation activity

Yes



From the above table, it is very clear that proposed activity shall not impact on

the biodiversity of the region. Hence it is recommended to construct the

proposed project in the proposed locality by following certain conservation

measures. However, habitat and species conservation at large scale may give

some benefit to the surrounding region.

Positive benefits of the existing plantation activities undertaken by

Project authority:

4.8.2 Benefits in terms of enhanced biodiversity:

Due the present plantation activities within the boundary of the RL FINE CHEM

PVT LTD, the species diversity will be enhanced. More ornamental, palm trees,

uncommon verities of the climbers and shrubs which are suitable to the region

can be taken into criteria.

Aesthetics: The beauty of the region will be enhanced through various

flowering plants which intern attracts bird species of the region.

Carbon sink: Planting new forests, rehabilitating degraded forests and

enriching existing forests contribute to mitigating climate change as these

actions increase the rate and quantity of carbon sequestration in biomass.

Introduction of trees on non-forest or degraded forest lands, industrial

plantations, Village plantations, restoration of natural forest, watershed

protection, orchards and perennial cultures, agro-forestry activities enhance

the ecological and economic values.

4.8.3 Impact –mitigation matrix

Based on our observation, literature review and consultation with local people,

NGO and forest department, following impact vs mitigation matrix is

formulated. It is advised that company shall follow the suggestions provided in

the following table.



Table 4.9 : Table showing impacts of the proposed activity.

Impact component

Project Phases

Study Zones Impact quality Mitigation

Constr

ucti

on

Opera

tion

Post

Opera

tion

(Min

ing)

On s

ite

Core

zone

Buff

er

zone

Magnit

ude

Dir

ecti

on

Dura

tion

Dir

ect

or

indir

ect

Measure

s N

eeded

Responsib

le

Part

ies

Refe

rence D

ocum

ent

Legal Status of the site

Protected Areas

(National parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries)

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Reserve Forests - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Ramsar site - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Wetlands of National Importance

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Wetlands of International Importance

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Mangroves and coastal vegetation

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Lentic water bodies - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Lotic Water bodies - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Coastal Ecosystem - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Flora and Fauna

Endangered Fauna

(Schedule-I) - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Endemic Species - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Threatened / Near Threatened

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Vulnerable species - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Ecological Sensitivity

Elephant corridors - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Important Bird

Migratory Path - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Breeding/ Nesting habitats

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Sea turtle nesting grounds

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Halophytes - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Loss of fodder resources

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Loss of carbon sink - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Crop lands and plantations

- - - - - - - - - - - - -



4.8.4 Mitigation measures

The core project area and the adjoining areas shares similar habitat and thus

clearing of ground will not eliminate habitat of any species permanently.

Moreover, no existing buildings or vegetation will be disturbed during any

phase of operation. Hence no need to take any mitigation measures.

As per the impact mitigation matrix, there are no threats for increasing the

rarity of any species under this criterion. The project site does not overlap with

any of the recognized Ramsar sites. The construction phase does not

envisaged excavation or alteration in water bodies hence shall not entail

changes in aquatic biodiversity. The construction does not involve diversion or

change in the major rivers, canals, backwaters and creeks.

Considering these facts, few habitat conservation aspects and improvement of

existing green belt within the RL FINE CHEM PVT LTD is proposed which can be

easily done with available budget. These habitat improvement efforts are not

only cover the project area but also the adjoining areas of core and buffer

zones as well.

Habitat specific alternations

• Identifying the wasteland habitat near or adjoining to the site.

• Maintenance of the native plant species for conservation.

• Not to discharge any solid or liquid wastes directly or indirectly into the

surrounding habitat.

• Regular consultation with local forest officials and NGOs to improve the

degraded habitat and participate in conservation practices.

• Conducting more environmental awareness programmes in nearby

villagers and local staff members.



4.8.5 Effect on migratory corridors, nesting and breeding sites:Due to the

proposed activity, there will be no direct impact in the existing vegetation in the

core zone. The impact intensity may be moderate at initial stage but it might be

high when it is in full stretched operation condition. The terrestrial habitat is going

to be modified as per the green belt plan.

The proposed activity is not going to affect the local plants, birds, reptiles and

amphibians. The producers are grass species, herbs, shrubs and trees. The

consumers are reptiles, aves and lesser mammals. The indirect effects like

deposition of air pollutants may affect the local vegetation and agri activities

for which conservation measures were suggested.

4.8.6 Effect on migratory corridors, nesting and breeding sites:

The proposed activity is far away from such types. There are no migratory

corridors, nesting and Breeding sites within the core zone. No need to take any

mitigation measures in this connection. One must be very concern towards

ecology of the area while altering the habitats.

4.8.7 Effect on REET Species

From the list of floral and faunal species it is very clear that there are no Rare

or Endangered or Endemic or Threatened (REET) species present in core or

buffer zone. Some species are fall under Schedule I of the Wildlife (Protection)

Act. Hence there is a need to take mitigation measures in this connection.

4.9 Prediction of Impact on Vehicular Traffic

The plant is located at a distance of 1 km from Hindupur to Banglore highway

road and is connected by 40 feet road. As this is 2 lane road with median, the

Traffic volume it can take is 5400 PCU/Hour. There will be marginal increase in

traffic density to the extent of 15 truck trips in a month, and 60 PCU’s per day.

Thus additional traffic on this road from the project would be 2.5 PCU/Hour

which is very marginal and this road can take this load.

4.10 Environmental impacts and their Significance Levels

Environmental Impacts of the proposed activity and their significance levels

are presented in the table below



Table 4.10

Environmental Impacts and their significance levels

Environmental Issues/Impacts

Significance level On a scale of 1-5

( 1- low 2- Marginal 3- Medium 4- High & 5-

very high

Management Action

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Dust generation due to construction

activities

Significance level is 2 with marginal

significance

� Plantation will be improved

� Horticulturists to identify the species.

� Supervising consultants/ contractor

to ensure the water sprinkling

Exhaust gases from construction

machinery and transportation of materials

S ig n i f i c an ce Leve l i s 2 w i t h marg i na l

s i g n i f i c an ce

� Contractors to be educated and

superv i s i ng consu l t an t to ensure the same.

Sedimentation of

storm water during rainy season

Significance level of 2 � Storm water drains will

be planned along with construction plan

� Proper traps will be planned to avoid

sediments reaching storm water drains

Alteration of

Drainage

Significance level is 1

As there are no natural drains passing through the plant and there is

no alteration of drainage pattern.

� Rain water harvesting

will be augmented to re-charge ground water

Water Consumption Significance level is 2 Water is completely

sourced from APIIC and no ground water is used

� Rain water harvesting measures will be

incorporated in the EMP



Waste water from

toilets

Significance level is 2 � No labor camps required

at the site as local labour will be employed

� Toilets with septic tanks will be provided for work force during construction

Loss of productive soil

Significance level is 3 � Top soil would be stock piled separately to re-use

for plantation purposes

Soil Erosion

Significance level is 2

� Cut and fill operation to be done during non-

monsoon season. � Silt fence to ensure silt

does not enter storm water drains.

� Side slopes will be kept

flatter wherever possible, and in case of

steeper slopes it is mulched.

Contamination of

Soils due to vehicle washings and

garbage disposal

Significance level is 2 � Vehicle washing and

machinery washing to be avoided in site.

� Parking of vehicles and

maintenance of vehicles to be avoided in site.

� Disposal of solid wastes by construction workers

to be made in garbage bins only.

Natural Resource

consumption

Significance level is

3

� Identify sand

availability from

government-authorized locations

� Use of robotic sand to maximum extent

possible. � Identify and use

bricks from coal ash users.



Noise Pollution from

heavy machinery, and

transportation.

• Significance level is

3

� Noise causing activities

to be conducted during daytime.

� Maintenance of equipment and vehicles to mitigate noise generation.

� PPE shall be provided to workers

Construction debris Significance level is 2

� Construction debris to be used for aggregate and

or sub grade purpose in the case of RCC

� recyclable metals to be collected and sold to

recyclers � Avoidance of excess

inventory of materials.

OCCUPATION STAGE

Water Environment

Contamination of ground and surface

water sources and soil due to disposal

of untreated waste water

High TDS Effluents

– 19.2 KLD Low TDS Effluents –

11.7 KLD

• Significance level is 5 as it can impact out

side environment if pollution control

measures are not taken

� Proposed complete ZLD treatment system for

process and non process effluents and

to reuse treated waste water completely (28.0

KLD) � All effluent storage

facilities shall be overhead

� Effluent transfer lines from block level to ETP should be overhead



Depletion of water

resources due to requirement of

about 67.9 KLD of water

• Significance level is 4

due to use of APIIC water

� Proposed to re-use

treated effluents to a tune of 28.0 KLD of

treated water thus by reducing fresh water demand to 39.9 KLD

� Water conservation

measures to be adopted to reduce resource

consumption � Water consumption for

various uses shall be

measured and records shall be maintained

Storm water

Management


• Storm water will be

disposed into storm water

out let approved by APIIC

• Storm water drains will be

maintained periodically

before monsoon.

• Accidental discharges

spillages will not be allowed

to join storm water drains.

• Roads, pavements and

other surfaces are swept

regularly.

• Storm water quality shall

be monitored regularly and

records shall be

Air environment



Impact on air

quality due to operation of 2 X 2

TPH Briquette Fired Boilers & Back up DG sets

• Significance

level is 4

� Proposed Cyclone

Separator to control emissions

� 30 Meter stack height � Ash handling system for

boiler ash with proper storage facilities

� Water sprinkler system in ash storage area

� 3.2 M stack to stand by DG sets as per the

CPCB norms

Impact on air quality due to

process emissions- SO2

� Significance level is 4 as Quantum of

emissions are less compared to boiler

� Two stage scrubbers for SO2 emissions

� Safety measures for release of H2 emissions

Impact on air quality due to

fugitive emissions solvents and

chemicals

� Significance level is 4

� All reactor vents shall be connected to

scrubbers � Solvent storage tanks

to be provided with vent condensers

� Reactor vents where solvent additions are

there shall be provided with vent condensers and chillers

� Chemical transfer shall

be in a closed system with negative pressure

Emissions from DG sets

• Significance level is 3 • DG sets are only

stand by arrangements

• Enclose the DG sets with acoustic enclosures

• Provide enough stack height as per the CPCB

norms • Maintain DG sets as per

the manufacturers recommendation



Dust Generation

from material transport vehicles

• Significance level is 3 � Plantation.

� Construction of back top internal roads

� Water sprinklers on roads

Solid and Hazardous Wastes

Contamination of soils

and water

environment due to

handling and disposal

of solid and

hazardous wastes

• Significance level is 5 • About 35.37 Tons of in

organic wastes generated

and same to be sent to

TSDF Parawada

• About 5.3 Tons of organic

residues to be send to

cement plant for utilizing

as fuel/raw material

• Domestic garbage shall be

composted at site

• Containers and container

liners to be de-toxified and

then sell to dealers

• Un used spent solvents,

waste oil and other wastes

to be sent to authorized

recyclers

• Closed shed with plat form

and leachate collection

facilities for storing of

hazardous wastes



Noise Levels • Significance level is 3

as they are confined

to plant premises

• Noise levels due to traffic

will increase in the area

and the mitigation

measures like maintaining

greenery

• Noise levels from DG sets

to be mitigated by the

provision of acoustic

Impact on road net

work due to increased

traffic & Road safety

• Significance level is 3 • The plant management

must ensure proper

parking of vehicles

carrying raw materials in

designated areas only

• Cleaning operations of

trucks shall not be

allowed in plant premises

or nearby water bodies

• All trucks carrying

chemicals shall follow the

safety instructions under

MSHIS Rules

• Material loading and un

loading shall be avoided in

peak hours of traffic



Impact on socio

economic

environment

• Significance level is 3 � No loss of existing

livelihoods in the area is

expected to occur.

� Additional nonfarm

livelihood opportunities are

expected directly and as

spinoffs.

� Creation of employment

opportunities for about 100

local skilled and semi-

skilled workers during

project construction phase.

� Creation of sustainable

employment for 100 skilled

workers during project

operation phase, in

production as also auxiliary

Impact on Flora and

Fauna


� The unit already developed green belt in

an area of 1.24 Acres and proposed to develop

additional green belt in an area of 0.18 Acres.

This will enhance the local floral resources.

� Increased tree cover can

attract avian species



Energy Conservation


� The energy conservation

measures for operation of

various equipments and

pumps shall be ensured

� Energy efficient lighting

shall be used

� Use of solar street

lighting is suggested

� Hot condensates from

process which are not

contaminated shall be

recycled back to boiler

Chemical Safety • Significance level is 5 • MSDS of all chemicals

will be made available

to all the workers

handling chemicals.

• Precautions will be

taken while

transporting, handling

and storage of

chemicals as per the

MSDS.

• Storage and handling

procedures of

chemicals shall be

displayed.

• Chemicals will be

stored in segregated

and approved areas.

• Personnel protective



Fire Safety • Significance level is 5 • Hydrant system to cover

the total plant area

• Medium velocity spray

water (MVSW) system

for storage tanks

• Portable foam, CO2 and

dry type fire

extinguisher at strategic

locations for emergency

situations

• Foam system for

flammable solvents

• Emergency escapes in

the plant area and floor

wise emergency are

conspicuously marked.



Worker Safety • Significance level is 5 • Personal protective

equipment shall be

provided to all employees

working in production

areas

• Regular health check up

shall be done as per the

norms and records shall be

maintained

• Display of Safety warnings

in production area

• Periodic breaks shall be

given to people working in

production areas

• Periodic audit of electrical

installations shall be

carried out

• Emergency vehicle shall

be available at site 24x7

CHAPTER-5



CHAPTER – 5

ANALYSIS OF SITE ALTERNATIVES AND TECHNOLOGY

5.1 PROJECT PROPOSED

M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited., engaged in manufacturing of Bulk drug

intermediates was established in the year 2002. Research and Development

forms the backbone of the organization with state of the art instrumentation

facilities. They have 4 manufacturing plants, out of which one is approved by

USFDA, Japan Govt, AFMC, COFEPERIS and CEP.

RL Fine Chem private Limited proposed for expansion of production capacity

from the current 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM using existing infrastructure at Plot.

No.165 to 182 APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D),

Andhra Pradesh state.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITES:

This is a brown field project. The company is having 4.32 acres of land at Plot.

No. 165 to 182 APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D),

Andhra Pradesh state. The unit is in operation since 2002. It is proposed to

enhance the production capacity from current 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM as

sufficient land is available for this expansion activity, no alternatives are

evaluated.

CHAPTER-6


6-1


CHAPTER -6

POST ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Environmental monitoring

6.1 Introduction

The environmental monitoring programme provides such information on which

management decision may be taken during construction and operation phases.

It provides basis for evaluating the efficiency of mitigation and pollution

control measures and suggest further actions that need to be taken to achieve

the desired effect.

The monitoring includes:

� Visual observations;

� Selection of environmental parameters at specific locations;

� Sampling and regular testing of these parameters.

6.1.1 Objectives

The objectives of the environmental monitoring programme are:

� Evaluation of the efficiency of mitigation and pollution control measures;

� Updating of the actions and impacts of baseline data;

� Adoption of additional mitigation measures if the present measures are

insufficient;

� Generating the data, which may be incorporated in environmental

management plan in future projects.

6.1.2 Methodology

Monitoring methodology covers the following key aspects:

� Components to be monitored;

� Parameters for monitoring of the above components;

� Monitoring frequency;

� Monitoring standards;

� Responsibilities for monitoring;

� Direct responsibility;


6-2


� Overall responsibility

� Monitoring costs

The proposed project of M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited involves

manufacturing of Bulk Drugs & Drug intermediates. Environmental monitoring

of the parameters involved and the threshold limits specified are discussed

below.

6.1.3 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring

Ambient air quality parameters recommended are Particulate Matter (Size

Less than 10.0 µm) or PM10, Particulate Matter (Size Less than

2.5µm) or PM2.5, Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) and sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & VOC

(Volatile Organic Compounds). These are to be monitored at designated

location Data should be generated at all identified locations in accordance to

the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (Table 6.1) location, duration and

the pollution parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional

arrangements are detailed out in the Environmental Monitoring Plan

Table 6.1

National Ambient Air Quality Standards

S.

No Pollutant

Time

Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

Other Area

(µg.m3)

Ecological

Sensitive Area

(Notified by

Central

Government)

(µg.m3)

Methods of

Measurement

1 Sulphur

Dioxide

(SO2)

Annual *

24 hours**

50

80

20

80

Improved west and

Gaeke Ultraviolet

fluorescence

2 Nitrogen

Dioxide

(NO2)

Annual *

24 hours**

40

80

30

80

Modified Jacob

&Hochheiser (Nn-

Arsenite) Chemi

luminescence

3 Particulate

Matter (Size

Less than

10 µm) or

Annual *

24 hours**

60

100

60

100

Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta Attenuation


6-3


PM10

4 Particulate

Matter (Size

Less than

2.5 µm) or

PM2.5

Annual *

24 hours**

40

60

40

60

Gravimetric TOEM Beta

Attenuation

5 Ozone (O3) 8 hours**

1 hour**

100

180

100

180

UV Photometric

Chemiluminescence

Chemical method

6 Lead (Pb) Annual *

24 hours**

0.50

1.0

0.50

1.0

AAS/ ICP method after

sampling on EPM 2000

or equivalent filter paper

ED-XRF using Teflon

filter.

7 Carbon

Monoxide

(CO)

8 hours**

1 hour**

02

04

02

04

Non Dispersive Infra red

(NDIR)

Spectroscopy

8 Ammonia

(NH3)

Annual *

24 hours**

100

400

100

400

Chemi luminescence

Indophenol blue method

9 Benzene

(C6H6)

Annual *

05 05 Gas Chromatography

based continuous

analyzer Absorption and

Desorption followed by

GC analysis

10 Benzo (o)

Pyrene

(BaP)

Particulate

Phase Only

Annual *

`

01 01 Solvent extraction

followed by HPLC/GC

analysis

11 Arsenic(As) Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method after



12 Nickel (Ni) Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method after



Source Anon 1996-97, National Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Series NAQMS/a/1997-97, Central Pollution Control Board, Delhi.

*Average Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken for

a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

**24 hourly/8 hourly values should meet 98 percent of the time in a year


6-4


6.1.4 Water Quality Monitoring

The Physical and chemical parameters recommended for analysis

for water quality relevant are pH, total solids, total dissolved

solids, total suspended solids, oil and grease, COD, chloride, lead,

zinc and cadmium. The location, duration, and the pollution

parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional

arrangements are detailed in the environmental monitoring Plan.

The monitoring of the water quality is to be carried out at all

identified locations in accordance to the Indian Standard Drinking

Water Specification – IS 10500:2012 (State in Table 6.2)

Table 6.2

Indian Standard Drinking Water Specifications IS: 10500:2012

Sl.No

Substance or

Characteristics

Requiremen

t (Desirable

Limit)

Undesirable Effect Outside

the Desirable

Limit

Permissible Limit in the

Absenc

e of Alterna

te

Methods of Test

(Ref. To IS)

Remarks

ESSENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS

1 Colour, Hazen units, Max

5 Above 5, consumer acceptance decreases

15 3025 (Part 4) 1983

Extended to 25 only if toxic substance are not suspected, in absence of alternate sources

2 Odour Agreeable

- Agreeable

3025 (Parts 5) 1984

a) Test cold and when heated

b) Test at several dilutions

3 Taste Agreeable

- - 3025 (Parts 7&8) 1984

Test to be conducted only after safety has been established


6-5


4 Turbidity NTU, Max

1 Above 5, Consumer acceptance decreases

5 3025 (Parts 10) 1984

-

5 pH Value 6.5 to 8.5

Beyond this range, the water wil l affect the mucous membrane and / or water supply system

No relaxation

3025 (Parts 11) 1984

-

6 Total hardness (as CaCO3) mg/1, Max

200 Encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use

600 3025 (Parts 21) 1983

-

7 Iron (as Fe) mg/1, Max

0.3 Beyond this limit taste/apperance are affected, has adverse effect on domestic uses and water supply6 structures, and promotes iron bacteria

No relaxation

32 of 3025: 1964

-

8 Chlorides (as CI) mg/1, Max

250 Beyond this l imit, taste, corrosion and palatability are affected

1000 3025 (Part 32) 1988

-


6-6


9 Residual free chlorine, mg/1, Min

0.2 - 1 3025 (Part 26) 1986

To be applicable only when water is chlorinated. Tested at consumer end. When protection against viral infection is required, it should be Min 0.5 mg/1

DESIRABLE CHARACTERISTICS

1 Dissolved solids mg/1, Max

500 Beyond this palatability decreases and may cause gastro intestinal irritation

2000 3025 (Part 16) 1984

-

2 Calcium (as Ca) mg/1, Max

75 Encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use

200 3025 (Part 40) 1991

-

3 Magnesium (as Mg), mg/1, Max

30 Encrustation to water supply structure and adverse effects on domestic use

100 16,33,34 of IS 3025:1964

-

4 Copper (as Cu), mg/1, Max

0.05 Astringent taste, discoloration and corrosion of pipes,

1.5 36 of 3025:1964

-


6-7


f itting and utensils wil l be caused beyond this

5 Manganese (as Mn), mg/1, Max

0.1 Beyond this l imit taste/appearance are affected, has adverse effects on domestic uses and water supply structures

0.3 35 of 3025:1964

-

6 Sulphate (as 200 SO4), mg/1, Max

200 Beyond this causes gastro intestinal irritation when magnesium or sodium are present

400 3025 (Part 24) 1996

May be extended up to 400 provided (asMg) does not exceed 30

7 Nitrate (as NO2 ), mg/1, Max

45 Beyond this, may cause methaemoglobinemia

No relaxation

3025 (Part 34) 1998

-

8 Fluoride (as F), mg/1, Max

1 Fluoride may be kept as low as possible. High fluoride may cause fluorosis

1.5 3025 (Part 23) 1964

-

9 Phenolic compounds (As C6H5OH) mg/1, Max

0.001 Beyond this, it may cause objectionable taste and odour

0.002 3025 (Part 54) 1964

-


6-8


10 Mercury (as Hg), mg/1, Max

0.001 Beyond this, the water become toxic

No relaxation

(See Note) Mercury ion analyser

To be tested when pollution is suspected

11 Cadmium (as Cd), mg/1, Max


No relaxation

(See Note)


12 Selenium (as Se), mg/1, Max


No relaxation

3025 (Part 28) 1964


13 Arsenic (as As), mg/1, Max


0.05 3025 (Part 37) 1988


14 Cyanide (as CN), mg/1, Max

0.05 Beyond this l imit, the water become toxic

No relaxation

3025 (Part 27) 1986


15 Lead (as Pb), mg/1, Max

0.01 Beyond this l imit, the water become toxic

No relaxation

(See Note)


16 Zinc (as Zn), mg/1, Max

5 Beyond this l imit, it can cause astringent taste and an opalescence in water

15 39 of 3025:1964


17 Anionic detergents (as MBAS), mg/1, Max

0.2 Beyond this l imit, it can cause light froth in water

1 Methylene-blue extraction method


18 Chromium (as Cr6+), mg/1, Max

0.05 May be carcinogenic above this l imit

No relaxation

38 of 3025; 1964


19 Poly nuclear 0.0001 May be No - -


6-9


aromatic hydrocarbons (as PAH) mg/1, max

carcinogenic above this l imit

relaxation

20 Mineral oil mg/1, max

0.5 Beyond this l imit un-desirable taste and odour after chlorination take place

No relaxation

Gas Chromatographic method

-

21 Pesticides mg/1, max

Absent Toxic No relaxation

- -

22 Radioactive materials: 58 of 3025:1964

-

23 Alpha emitters Bq/1, Max

0.1 - No relaxation

- -

24 Beta emitters pci/1, Naxmg/1, max

1.0 - No relaxation

- -

25 Aluminium (as A1), mg/1, Max

200 Beyond this l imit taste become unpleasant

600 13 of 3025:1964

-

26 Aluminium (as A1), mg/1, Max

0.03 Cumulative effect is reported to cause dementia

0.2 31 of 3025:1964

-

27 Boron, mg/1, Max

0.5 - 1.0 29 of 3025:1964

-

Source: Indian Standard Drinking Water specification-10500:2012


6-10


6.1.5 Noise Level Monitoring

The measurements for monitoring noise levels would be carried out at all

designated locations in accordance to the Ambient Noise Standards formulated

by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in 1989 (refer table 6.3) Sound

pressure levels would be monitored on twenty-four hours basis. Noise should

be recorded at a “A” weighted frequency using a “slow time response mode’ of

the measuring instrument. The location, duration and the noise pollution

parameters to be monitored and the responsible institutional arrangements are

detailed in the environmental Monitoring Plan (Table 6.3)

Table 6.3

Noise Level standards (CPCB)

Type Noise Level for

Day Time Leq

dB(A)

Noise level for

Night Time

dB(A)

Industrial area 75 70

Commercial area 65 55

Residential area 55 45

Silence zone 50 40

Day time – 6.00am-10.00pm (16 hours)

Night time – 10.00pm- 6.00am (8 hours)

6.2 Environmental Monitoring plan

The monitoring plan along with the environmental parameters and the time

frame is presented in the Table 6.4


6-11


Table 6.4

Environmental Monitoring Plan

S. No Particulars Monitoring

Frequency Standards

Duration Of

Sampling

Important

monitoring

parameters

Institutional

responsibility

in RL Fine

chem (P) Ltd

In house /Out

source

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

1 3 locations Once in a month

Air

(Prevention

and control

of Pollution)

Rules, CPCB,

1994

24hrs PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, VOC, HCl

at 3 locations

and all specified

parameters of

National

Ambient air

quality

standards once

in a year at one

location

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

2 3 locations in

nearby

villages

Once in 3

months

24 Hours PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX, VOC, HCl

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

3 Work Place

Monitoring

Once in 3

months

8 hr RSPM, total

VOC, Specific

solvents, HCl

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

Stack Emissions Monitoring


6-12


4 Stacks

Connected to

Boilers and

DG set

Once in a

month

Air

(Prevention

and control

of Pollution)

Rules, CPCB,

1994

Grab samples Particulate

matter , SO2, &

Nox as per the

recommended

methods of

CPCB

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

5 Stacks

attached to

scrubbers

Once in 3

months

Air

(Prevention

and control

of Pollution)

Rules, CPCB,

1994

Grab sample HCl, Acid mist

and other

specific

emissions likely

to be generated

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

Water Quality Monitoring

6 Ground

water 3

locations and

surface

water 3

locations

Pre and post

monsoon

Surface

water

standards

as per IS

2296:1982

Ground

water as per

the IS 10500

standards

Grab As per state PCB

specified norms

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

7 Treated

effluent (ETP

water)

Daily/ As per

state PCB

specified

norms

As per the

PCB specified

standards

Grab pH, TDS,SS,

BOD, COD and

Oil & Grease

Harness,

chlorides/As per

state PCB

General

Manager

In house

laboratory


6-13


specified norms

Noise Quality Monitoring

8 Noise Levels

at 3 Locations

with in plant

site and 2

locations

outside the

plant site

Once in a 3

months

Noise

standards

notified by

MOEF

Equivalent

noise levels

Equivalent Noise

levels in dB(A)

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL

Soil

9 Soil – 3

locations (

one in plant

location

where

hazardous

waste is

stored and

other 2 in

nearby

agricultural

lands)

Once in a

year

Threshold for

each

contaminant

set by IRIS

database of

USEPA until

national

standards

are

promulgated

At productive

agricultural

lands in the

project impact

area to be

identified by

the proponent

pH, EC, specific

contaminants

likely to be

occur based on

analysis of

Hazardous

wastes

generated from

process areas

General

Manager

Through a third

party laboratory

accredited to

MOEF/NABL


6-14


6.2.1 Responsibility of Monitoring and Reporting System

The overall responsibility of monitoring the above parameters shall lie with the

Top management of M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited. The EHS department

shall be responsible for day to day monitoring of effluent, raw water and

treated water quality. The Ambient air quality, Stack emissions, soil, noise and

water quality shall be monitored by either third party or by the Environment

management department of the site.

Records shall be maintained for the analysis of raw effluents and treated

effluents, ambient air quality data, stack emissions monitoring results, and

noise levels. These records are not only required for perusal of the pollution

control equipment as the objective of the project proponent is not only

compliance with statutory regulations, but also a serious commitment towards

clean environment.

The EHS department shall maintain the records as per the provisions specified

in CFO/Hazardous waste Authorization and submit information to pollution

control Board at specified frequency. The records of hazardous waste manifest

will be maintained.

Reporting system provides the necessary feedback for project management to

ensure quality of the works and that the management plan is in

implementation. The rationale for a reporting system is based on

accountability to ensure that the measures proposed as part of the

Environmental Management Plan get implemented at the site.

6.3 Environmental Monitoring Budget

The estimated environmental budget for the various environmental

management measures in the EMP is detailed in table 6.5. There are several

other environmental issues that have been addressed as part of

good engineering practices, the costs for which have been

accounted for in the Engineering Costs. Moreover, since

environmental enhancements have not been finalized at this stage,

the table projects the typical costs unit wise.


6-15


Table 6.5

Estimated Environmental Monitoring Budget

Compon

ent Item Frequency

Unit Cost

(INR)

Total

Cost/Year

(INR)

Air Stack monitoring

(8 stacks)

Monthly 2500 2,40,000

AIR Ambient Air Quality at

locations specified in the

monitoring plan In side

premises ( 3 Locations)

Once in a

month

4000 1,44,000

Ambient air quality at locations in nearby villages ( 3 locations)

Quarterly 4000 48,000

Air VOC levels Once in a week

( Using in

house portable

VOC meter)

- 15000*

WATER

QUALITY

At locations specified in

the monitoring plan

3 no. of

samples

monthly

2,500 90,000

Wastewater (Treated and

Untreated effluent) ( In

house)

(4 Samples)

Weekly 400 76,800

Water Quantity

As per the CPCB guidelines

Camera & Flow meter are established and connected to CPCB web site

- -

NOISE At heavy equipment

functioning

Once in a

month

500 6,000

At locations specified in

the monitoring plan


SOIL At locations specified in

the monitoring plan:3

locations, one near

hazardous waste storage


Total 6,61,800

*Includes calibration costs

CHAPTER-7


7-1


FCHAPTER - 7

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER

MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 Introduction

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited, is an existing Drug Intermediates

manufacturing unit located at Plot. No.165 to 182 APIIC, IDA Thumukunta

(V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh state.

7.2 Site Location and Surroundings

M/s. RL Fine Chem Private Limited is located in industrial area and

surrounded by other Industries of IDA Thumukunta. Varahi Pharma is on

the North side, Sadguru industries is on the south, Wipro and APIIC Land

is on the East and Aditya Green industries and PVM Construction is

located on the western side of the industry.

The company is having following blocks/Areas in the plant

� Production blocks

� Ware House

� QC/QA laboratory

� Utilities Block

� Boiler room

� Generator Room

� Bulk Storage area

� Effluent Treatment Plant

� Cooling towers

� Purified Water system

� Admin block

7.3 Objectives and Scope

The production of synthetic organic chemicals involves usage of many

chemicals which are both hazardous and non-hazardous in nature. Risk

analysis has been carried out to identify the hazardous materials and

quantify the hazards to arrive at safe disaster management plan and


7-2


emergency preparedness plan for storage and handling of the potentiality

hazardous materials. Also the purpose of carrying out risk assessment

study for M/S RL Fine Chem Private Limited is to obtain clearance from

the Ministry of Environment and forests (MOEF) which calls for a study on

nature of hazards due to proposed location of process and storage units

and also to study whether any accident, if occurs leads to any off-site

disaster. In this endeavour, the study objectives are outlined here under.

i) Hazard identification and Visualization of Maximum Credible

Accident Scenarios.

To identify major hazards relating to fire, explosion and toxicity due

to chemicals, processes and storages of the proposed units.

ii) Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment

Hazard analysis is the process of determining the release

probabilities and quantities, emission or release rates, the

routes/pathways by which the released substances could reach the

receptors, the fate of the substances in environmental media

through which they are transported or moved and the

characteristics of the receptors at risk.

iii) Disaster Management To provide guidelines for Disaster

Management Plan(DMP) for on-site emergencies and Emergency

Preparedness Plan(EPP) for off-site emergency, based on above i) &

ii) studies of proposed plant.

7.4 Production Details

The manufacturing capacities proposed after expansion are presented in

Table 7.1

Table 7.1 Production capacity after expansion

S.No Name of the

Products Quantity in TPM

Product Description

Therapeutic category

1 Nortrytyline HCl 1.12 API Anti depressant

2 Desipramine HCl 0.13 API Anti depressant

3 Cyproheptadine 0.09 API antihistamine


7-3


HCl

4 Pitofenone HCl 0.09 API Antispasmodic

5 Pyrimethamine 0.07 API Antimalarial

6

Cyclobenzaprine

HCl 0.12

API Anti depressant

7

Clomipramine

HCl 0.08

API antiobsessional

drug

8

Chloropromazine

HCl 0.16

API antipsychotic

9 Doxlamine Succinate 0.14

API Antiemetics

10

Trimipramine

Maleate 0.06

API antidepressant

11 Flupentixol HCl 0.03 API Antipsychotic

12 Melitracen HCl 0.05 API Antidepressant

13

Carbinoxamine

Maleate 0.09

API Respiratory Agent

14 Opipramol HCL 0.05 API Antidepressant

15 Sulfadoxine 0.25 API Antimalarial

16 Doxiepin HCl 0.05 API antidepressant.

17 Dothiepin HCl 0.12 API Antipsychotic

18 Flunarazine HCl 0.07

API Antihistamines

19 Duloxetine HCl 0.10

API Antidepressant.

20 Dapoxetine HCl 0.05

API selective

serotonin

reuptake inhibitors

21 Desvenlafaxine HCl 0.06

API antidepressant

22

Trihexyphenaldyl

HCl 0.10

API Antiparkinsonian

23 Tramadol HCl 0.27 API Analgesics

24

Sulfamethoxy

Pyrazine HCl 0.06

API Antimalarial

25 Buclazine HCl 0.08 API Antihistamines

26 Meclazine HCl 0.07 API Antiemetic

27

ORPHENADRINE

BASE 8.00

Drug Intermediate


7-4


28 CARBAMEZAPINE 2.00 Drug Intermediate

29

Hydroxy dimethyl dibenzyl

Intermediate 0.60

Drug Intermediate

30 Piperidine propiophenone 1.00

Drug Intermediate

31 Cinnarizine crude 2.00 Drug Intermediate

32 Doxiepinone 0.60 Drug Intermediate

33 Ditheipinone 1.00 Drug Intermediate

34

Methoxy Dichloro

Pyrimidine 2.00

Drug Intermediate

35 P- t- Butyl benzyl chloride 1.00

Drug Intermediate

36

Chloro Acetyl

benzo phenone 1.50

Drug Intermediate

37

Chloro ethyl

piperidino Hydrochloride 1.00

Drug Intermediate

38

Dibenzo

suberone 8.00

Drug Intermediate

39

Hydroxy

dimethyl amino thiophene 0.50

Drug Intermediate

40

ChloroImino di

benzyl 3.00

Drug Intermediate

41

Benzophenone

methyl ester 1.00

Drug Intermediate

42

2-Amino Nitro

Benzo Phenone 0.80

Drug Intermediate

43

Dimethylamino

cyclo hexanone 2.50

Drug Intermediate

44 Bromo anisole 2.50 Drug Intermediate

45

Chloro Pheno

thiazine 2.00

Drug Intermediate

46

Iso propyl propionate (

Ester) 1.00

Drug Intermediate

47

Di Methyl amino

propyl chloride 3.00

Drug Intermediate


7-5


7.4.1 Process Description

The details of process are given in Chapter 2

7.5 Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment

7.5.1 Introduction

Hazard analysis is the process of determining the release probabilities and

quantities, emission or release rates, the routes/pathways by which the

released substances could reach the receptors, the fate of the substances

in environmental media through which they are transported or moved and

characteristics of the receptors at risk. The basis of risk estimation is to

determine the dose-effect relationship between an indicator chemical and

receptor. Estimation of risk follows only when the hazard analysis shows a

frequency or occurrence, which is significant.

Risk evaluation is the process of identifying, whether the estimated level

of risk is tolerable. Tolerable risk is not equated with acceptability; it

refers to a willingness to live with a risk so as to secure certain risk

benefits, and in the confidence that the risk is being properly controlled.

Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the

various hazards (unsafe conditions) that exist in the plant. On the other

hand, risk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks,

the plant equipment and personnel are exposed to, due to accidents

resulting from the hazards present in the plant.

7.5.2 Common definitions

The common terms used in risk Assessment and Disaster Management

are elaborated below:

“Risk” is defined as a likelihood of an undesired event (accident, injury

or death) occurring within a specified period or under specified

circumstances. This may be either a probability depending on the

circumstances.


7-6


“Hazard” is defined as a physical situation, which may cause human

injury, damage to property or the environment or some combination of

these criteria.

“Hazardous substance” means any substance or preparation, which by

reason of its chemical or physic chemical properties or handling is liable to

cause harm to human beings, other living creatures, plants, micro-

organisms, property or the environment.

“Hazardous process” is defined as any process or activity in relation to

an industry which may cause impairment to the health of the persons

engaged or connected therewith or which may result in pollution of their

general environment.

“Disaster” is defined as a catastrophic situation that causes damage,

economic disruptions, loss of human life and deterioration of health and

health services on a scale sufficient to warrant an extraordinary response

from outside the affected area are community. Disasters occasioned by

man are factory fire explosions and release of toxic gases or chemical

substances etc.

“Accident” is an unplanned event, which has a probability of causing

personal injury or property damage or both.

“Emergency” is defined as a situation where the resources out pass the

demand. This highlights the typical nature of emergency; it will be after

experiences that enough is not enough in emergency situations.

Situations of these kinds are avoidable but it is not possible to avoid them

always.

In the sections below, the identification of various hazards, probable risks

in a process industry manufacturing optical brighteners, maximum

credible accident analysis, consequence analysis are addressed which

gives a broad identification of risks involved in the plant.


7-7


7.5.3 Hazard Identification

Identification of hazards in the synthetic organic chemicals plant is of

primary significance in the analysis, quantification and cost effective

control of accidents involving flammable compounds. A classical definition

of hazard states that hazard is not in fact the characteristic of

system/plant/storage that presents potential for an accident. Hence, all

the components of a system/ plant/ process need to be thoroughly

examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an

unplanned event/sequence of events which can be termed as an accident.

Typical schemes of predictive hazard evaluation and quantitative risk

analysis suggest that hazard identification step plays a key role in

estimation of probability of an unexpected event and its consequences

from the basis of quantification of risk in terms of damage to property,

environment or personal. Therefore the type, quantity location and

conditions of release of a toxic or flammable substance have to be

identified in order to estimate its damaging effects, the area involved, and

the possible precautionary measures required to be taken.

Some of the hazard identification procedures are as follows:

1. Fire Explosion and Toxicity Index(FETI) Approach;

2. HAZOP studies

3. Maximum Credible Accident and Consequence Analysis(MCACA);

7.5.3.1 Identification of Major Hazards from the unit

The Hazard identification process adopted is to identify hazardous

chemicals as per the statutory requirements of Manufacture storage and

import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989

The identified chemicals for the risk assessment are presented in the

following Table 7.2


7-8


Table 7.2

List of Raw materials and Inventory

S.No Name of the Raw

Material

Quanti

ty (Kgs)

Physical Form

Nature of Storage CAS NO.

1 2-acetyl thiophene 6.93 Liquid Drums 88-15-3

2 2-Acetyl pyridine 8.4 Liquid Drums 1122-62-9

3 2-Chloro pheno thiazine 19.80 Solid Bags 85-52-9

4 2-dimethyl amino

methyl cyclohexanone 25.57 Solid Bags 2516-96-3

5 2-methyl

Benzophenone 982.35 Liquid Drums 131-58-8

6 3-Chloro propio

phenone 4.76 Liquid Drums 131-58-8

7 3-chlorolmino dibenzyl 9.2 Liquid Drums 108-24-7

8 Acetone 2635 Liquid Tank Form 67-64-1

9 Acetophenone 6.6 Liquid Drums 98-86-2

10 Activated carbon 3.7 Solid Bags 7440-44-0

11 Alfa Naphthol 4.2 Solid Bags 7446-70-0

12 Ammonia 50.32 Liquid Drums 7664-41-7

13 Bromo chloropropane 3.12 Liquid Drums 71-43-2

14 Carbon 32.42 Solid Bags 119-61-9

15 Chloro benzene 7.84 Liquid Drums 109-70-6

16 Chloro ethyl piperdine 5.88 Solid Bags 7440-02-0

17 Cinanamyl alcohol 4.02 Solid Bags 104-54-1

18 Conc.Hcl 81.75 Liquid Drums 79-04-9

19 Cyclo Hexanone 16.17 Liquid Drums 108-90-7

20 Cyclo hexyl chloride 6.49 Solid Bags 104-54-1

21 Di benzo Suberenone 146.64 Solid Bags 2222-33-5


7-9


22 Di methyl amino propyl

chloride 84.6 Liquid Drums 5407-04-5

23 Dibenzo suberenone 25.75 Solid Bags 2222-33-5

24 Dichloro pyazine 5.92 Solid Bags 4858-85-9

25 Diethylamino ethyl chloride 7.49 Solid

Bags

869-24-9

26 Difluro Benzhydrol 6.6 Solid

Bags

91-01-0

27 Dimethylamine 11.16

Liquified

Gas Cylinder 124-40-3

28 Dimethyl anthrone 6.6 Liquid Drums 77-78-1

29 Dimethylamino Ethyl


30 Dimethylamino

methylpropyl chloride 4.05 Solid Bags 16968-19-7

31 Dimethylamino propul


32 Dimethyl amino Ethanol 441.22 Liquid Drums 108-01-0

33 DMF 60 Liquid Drums 141-78-6

34 DMSO 33 Liquid Drums 67-68-5

35 Dothiepinone 15.82 Solid Bagsc 216-241-1

36 Ester 6.38 Liquid Drums 111-82-0

37 Ether 7.56 Liquid Drums 60-29-7

38 Flunarizine crude 12 Solid Bags 52468-60-7

39 Fluro naphthalene 7.97 Liquid Drums 323-09-1

40 Formaldehyde 8.25 Liquid Drums 50-00-0

41 Guanidine 3.3 Solid Bags 113-00-8

42 H2S gas 0.11 Gas Cylinder 7783-06-4

43 HCl 1050.5 Liquid Drums 7649-01-0

44 HCl gas 25.7 Gas Cylinder 7649-01-0


7-10


45 Hydrogen 9.99 Gas Cylinder 1333-74-0

46 Imino di benzyl 22.42 Solid Bags 494-19-9

47 Imino stilbene 289.48 Solid Bags 205-970-0

48 IPA 82.5 liquid Drums 67-633-0

49 KHCO3 4 Solid Bags 298-14-6

50 KOH 12.71 Solid Bags 1310-58-3

51 Magnesium 30.35 Solid Bags 7439-95-4

52 Maleic acid 7.62 Solid Bags 110-16-7

53 Mono Ethylene Glycol

MEG 3.41 Liquid Drums 107-21-1

54 Meta methyl benzyl

chloride 4.2 liquid Drums 620-19-9

55 Meta bromo methoxy

anisole 30.85 Liquid Drums 2398-37-0

56 Methane sufonic acid 2.66 Liquid Drums 75-75-2

57 Methanol 5611 liquid Tank Form 67-56-1

58 Methanolic HCL 26.65 liquid Drums

67-56-1

7649-01-0

59 Methoxy di chloro

pyrimidine 25.06 Solid Bags 5018-38-2

60 Methyl ester

intermediate 10.24 Liquid Drums 111-11-5

61 n-butanol 705 Liquid Drums 71-36-3

62 NaOH 297.4 solid Bags 1310-73-2

63 Nitro Benzaldehyde

(NBA) 85 Solid Bags 552-89-6

64 Ni Cat 3.58 Solid Bags 7440-02-0

65 N-Methyl chloro

piperidine 7.315 Liquid Drums 5570-77-4

66 Opipramol base 7.24 Solid

Bags

315-72-0

67 P- Chloro Benz hydryl

Piperizine 17.16 Solid

Bags

303-26-4

68 Para amino

Sulphonamide 30.96 Solid Bags

63-74-1


7-11


69 Para Chloro Benzyl

Chloride (PCBC) 8.25 Liquid Drums 104-83-6

70 Piperidine 7.25 Liquid Drums 110-89-4

71 Piperizino ethanol

intermediate 2.8 Liquid Drums 103-76-4

72 Piperidino ethanol 2.6 Liquid Drums 110-89-4

73 Potassium bicarbonate 4 solid Bags 298-14-6

74 Potassium Methoxide 2.8 solid Bags 865-33-8

75 P-tetra butyl benzyl chloride 5.46 Liquid Drums 19692-45-6

76 Pyridine benz hydrol 8.8

77 Sodamide 6.04 solid Bags 7782-92-5

78 Sodium methoxide 7.56 solid Bags 124-41-4

79 Succinic acid 11.06 solid Bags 110-15-6

80 THF 40.92 Liquid Drums 109-99-9

81 Toluene 9144.2 Liquid Tank Form 108-88-3

82 Tramadol Grignard base 43.72 Solid Bags 73806-49-2

83 Triflurothioxanthone 3.92 solid Bags 1693-28-3

84 Triphosgene 148 solid Bags 32315-10-9

85 Venalafaxine HCl 9.39 solid Bags 99300-78-4

Table 7.3

List of hazardous chemicals (Listed in part II of schedule I of

MSIH Rule, 2016)

S.No Raw material

Physic

al

form

Type of

hazard

Maxim

um

Storag

e

quantit

y (Kgs)

Threshold

Quantity

(Rule

5,7,9 and

13 &15

Threshold

Quantity

(Rule 10

to 12

Level

of

Hazard

1 Acetone Liquid Flammable 2635 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard


7-12


2 Ammonia Liquid Flammable 50.32 60 t 600t Level 1

Hazard

3 Chloro

benzene Liquid Flammable 7.84 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

4 Cyclo

hexanone Liquid Flammable 16.17 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

5 Di methyl

amine Liquid Flammable 11.16 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

6 Formaldehyde Liquid Flammable 8.25 5 t 50 t

Level 1

Hazard

7 Hydrochloric

Acid Liquid Corrosive 1050.5 25 t 250 t Level 1

Hazard

8 Hydrogen Gas Explosive 9.99 2 t 50 t Level 1

Hazard

9 Isopropyl

Alcohol Liquid

Flammable 82.5 Not

specified Not

specified Level 1 Hazard

10 Magnesium Solid Flammable 30.35 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

11 Methanol Liquid Flammable 5611

Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

12 n-Butanol Liquid Flammable 705

Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

13 Potassium

Hydroxide Solid Corrosive 12.71 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

14 Sodium

Hydroxide Solid Corrosive 297.4 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

15 Nickel Solid Toxic 0.14

Not specified

Not specified

Level 1 Hazard

16 Piperidine Liquid Flammable 7.25

Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

17 THF Liquid Flammable 40.92

Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

18 Toluene Liquid Flammable 9144.2 Not

specified

Not

specified

Level 1

Hazard

Note :

Level I Hazard: Chemical is listed in schedule of chemicals but threshold

limit did not crossed 1st threshold or 2nd threshold limit as per the

schedule I of MSIHC Rules 2016


7-13


7.5.3.1.1 Physical properties of Hazardous Chemicals

The Physical properties of the key hazardous chemicals identified &

stored are presented in the following Table 7.4

Table 7.4

Physical properties & Hazard characteristics of Key Raw materials

S.No Name of the

Material

Boiling

point oC

Flash

Point in oC

Explosive

Limits

volume %

in air

NFPA Rating

Health Fire

reactivity

Reactivit

y

1 Acetone 55.6 -17.8 2.5-12.8 2 3 0

2 Acetophenone 201.7 37.8-93.3 76 1 2 0

3 Bromo chloro 145 45 3.2-8.6 2 2 0

4 Chloro benzene 132 29.44 1.3-11 2 3 0

5 cyclohexanone 155.6 43.88 1.1-9.4 2 2 0

6 Di Methyl amine 100 37.8 2.8-14.4 3 1 0

7 Dimethyl

formamide

153 37.8-93.3 2.2-15.2 2 2 0

8 Ether 34.6 -45 1.9-36 2 4 0

9 Formaldehyde 98 50 7-73 3 2 0

10 Hydrogen 108.58 - - 3 0 1

11 Isopropanol 82.5 11.7-13 2-12.7 2 3 0

12 Methanol 64.5 12 6.7-36 2 3 0

13 n- Butanol 117.7 37.8 1.7-12.0 1 3 0

14 Piperidine 106 16.1 2.5-13 3 3 0

15 Toluene 110.6 4.44 1.2-6.75 2 3 0

16 THF 65 37.8 2-11.8 2 3 0

7.5.3.1.2 Bulk Storages

Based on the discussions with the project proponents, following bulk

storages are proposed in the plant after expansion. Following table gives

the bulk storages of chemicals after expansion activity.


7-14


Table 7.5

Bulk Storages after expansion

Sr

No

Name of

the

solvent

MOC

Above/

below

ground

No. of

tanks

Diame

ter

(m)

Length

(m)

Total

Capacit

y

(KL)

Existing

1 Methanol MS Below

ground

2 2 3.25 10*2

Methanol MS Below

ground

1 1.8 4.72 12

2 Toluene MS Below

ground

2 1.95 5.09 15*2

3 Sulphuric

acid

MS Above

ground

1 1.63 3.0 5

4 HCl PP Above

ground

2 1.63 2.65 6*2

Proposed

5 Acetone MS Below

ground

2 1.95 5.09 2 X15

7.6 Fire & Explosion Index (F&EI):

7.6.1 Methodology

Dow Chemical Company issued a guideline for hazard determination and

protection. By this method a chemical process unit is rated numerically for

hazards. The numerical value used is the Fire and Explosion Index (F&EI)

which is most widely used for hazard evaluation in chemical process

industries.

The guide applies to process unit only and not to auxiliary units such as

power generating stations, plant water systems, control rooms, fired


7-15


heaters, structural requirements, corrosive nature of material handled

and personal safety equipment. These are regarded as basic features that

do not vary according to the magnitude of the fire and explosion hazard

involved. The guide also does not cover the processing and handling of

explosives such as dynamite, TNT etc.

7.6.2 Computation of F&EI

The computation of fire and explosion index of each unit is based on the

material factor. This is a measure of the intrinsic rate of potential energy

release from fire explosion of most hazardous material or mixture of

materials present in significant quantity, whether it is raw material,

intermediate, product, solvent etc., by combustion or chemical reaction.

“In significant quantity” here means such quantity that the hazard

represented by the material actually exists. The Nationality Fire Protection

Agency of USA (NFPA) have specified standard values for material factor

which should be used for F&EI calculations and are available in DOW’s

hazard classification guide in case it is not readily available, it can be

calculated using the heat of combustion, flammability indices etc.

General process hazard are factors that play a primary role in determining

the magnitude of loss of incident. It takes into account the nature of the

reaction, ventilation of the unit, accessibility of the unit, drainage facilities

etc., special process hazards are factors that contribute primarily to the

probability of a loss incident. They consist of specific process conditions

that have shown themselves to be major causes of fire and explosion

incidents. It takes into account toxicity of the material, operating

pressure, operation near flammable range, quantity of material, joints

and packing, use of hot oil exchange system etc., The F&EI calculated as

a product of material factor, general process hazard factor, and special

process hazard factor.


7-16


7.6.3 Hazard Ranking

The hazard ranking based on F&EI value is as follows

Table 7.6

Degree of Hazard for F&EI

F&EI Index Range Degrees of Hazard

1-60 Light

61-96 Moderate

97-127 Intermediate

128-158 Heavy

159 & above Severe

7.6.3.1 Maximum Credible Accident Analysis and Its Mitigation

Measures

A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterized as the worst

credible accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in

the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A

MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the probability of

occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic

approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is

used for dispersion calculations.

The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios by

ALOHA (version 5.4.7) of EPA. The details of software used for MCA

analysis are described below.

� A computer based version ALOHA 5.4.7 is used to calculate toxic

and explosive effect of the accidental release of liquid chemicals

within the plant area.

� ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmosphere) is a computer

program designed especially for use by people responding to

chemical release as well as for emergency planning and training.

� ALOHA was jointly developed by the National Oceanic and

Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and the Environment Protection

Agency (EPA).

� The mathematical model is based on the Emergency Response

Planning Guidelines (ERPGs) which gives Toxic Levels of Concern


7-17


(LOCs) to predict the area where a toxic liquid concentration might

be high enough to harm people.

� ALOHA models key hazards-toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation

(Heat), and over pressure (expansion blast force)-related to

chemical releases that result in toxic gas dispersion, fire and/or

explosion


7-18


7.6.3.2 Heat Radiation & Vapour cloud Fire distances of Hazardous Storages

Out of the 5 bulk storages, 3 chemicals have Fire threat possibilities. The heat radiation distances in case of pool

fire for flammable storage tanks are presented in the below Table 7.7 below

Table 7.7

Heat Radiation Damage Distances for storage tanks – Tank farm

S.No

Name of

Raw

material

Storage Tank Details

Scenario Details( Pool fire –Leaking

tank)

FEI

Index Tank

Capacity

(KL)

No.s Diameter

(m)

Height

(m)

Release

Rate

(Kg/min)

Heat radiation damage

distances in m for

KW/m2

10 5 2

1 Acetone 95 15 1 1.95 5.09 23.3 <10 <10 12

2 Toluene 100 15 1 1.95 5.09 24.5 <10 11 14

3 Methanol 68 5 1 1.8 2.25 23.4 <10 <10 <10

4

Note:

2 kW/(sq m) -- people will feel pain after 45 seconds and receive second degree burns after 3 minutes;

• 5 kW/(sq m) -- people will feel pain after 13 seconds and receive second degree burns after 40 seconds; and

• 10 kW/ (sq m) -- people will feel pain after 5 seconds and receive second degree burns after 14 seconds.

The storage is a small capacity facility and accordingly the F& E index value is found to be moderate reflecting the

threshold limits as prescribed in MSHC rules. As can be seen, the heat radiation distances are confined to plant

area only.


7-19


7.6.3.3 Toxic chemicals storage and toxic impact distances:

Following 6 chemicals are classified as toxic chemicals used by the company. Toxic influence distances are

estimated using ALOHA model in case of Drum Leakages/Tank leakages and presented below

Table 7.8

Toxic threat zones on release of chemicals

S.No

Name of

the

chemical

Stora

ge

capac

ity

Scenario Details

Maxim

um

drum

capaci

ty

Releas

e rate

AEGL-

3

Red

(m)

AEGL

-3

Red

(ppm

)

AEGL

-2

Oran

ge

(m)

AEGL

-2

Oran

ge

(ppm

)

AEGL-1

Yellow

(m)

AEGL-1

Yellow

(ppm)

IDLH

Values

1 Acetone 15 KL TANKS 20.5

Kg/min <10 5700 11 3200 92 200 2500 PPM

2 Ammonia 50.32

Kgs

200Kg 3.33

Kg/sec 249 1100 727 160 1600 30 300 PPM

3 Toluene 15 KL TANKS 17.8

Kg/min <10 3700 20 560 115 67 700 PPM

4 Chloro

Benzene

7.84

Kgs

200 Kg 3.33

Kg/sec 223 400 389 150 1500 10 1000 PPM


7-20


Note :

AEGL-1 (Yellow zone): The airborne concentration of a substance

above which it is predicted that the general population, including

susceptible individuals, could experience notable discomfort, irritation, or

certain asymptomatic non sensory effects. However, the effects are not

disabling and are transient and reversible upon cessation of exposure.

AEGL-2 (Orange zone): The airborne concentration of a substance

above which it is predicted that the general population, including

susceptible individuals, could experience irreversible or other serious,

long-lasting adverse health effects or an impaired ability to escape.

AEGL-3 (Red zone): The airborne concentration of a substance above

which it is predicted that the general population, including susceptible

individuals, could experience life threatening health effects or death.

7.6.3.4 Analysis of quantitative risk assessment data:

Based on the above quantitative risk assessment, following conclusion

can be made.

� Flammability threat zones and heat radiation zones for flammable

chemicals are within the plant premises

� FEI index for flammable chemicals is moderate for acetone and

methanol and intermediate for Toluene.

� Storage quantities of flammable chemicals are well below the

threshold quantities

� Toxic threat zones for all chemicals are within the plant boundary

� However Toxic threat zone Orange category and Yellow zone

concentrations are well within IDLH values of the chemicals

7.6.3.5 Health Hazards from exposure to hazardous substances

and control measures.

Based on analysis 4 chemicals are identified as toxic chemicals in liquid

form. Toxic concentrations distances are determined based on the modeling

data and presented. Following table summarizes the health hazards,

antidotes if any and PPEs recommended for people & other suggested

measures to control the escape/leakage of chemicals.


7-21


Table 7.9

Safety precautions for handling of toxic chemicals

S.No Chemical Health Hazards PPE’s proposed

Antidotes if

any

suggested

Storage and handling

precautions suggested

1 Acetone Hazardous in case of skin contact

(irritant), of eye contact

(irritant), of ingestion, of

inhalation. Slightly hazardous in

case of skin contact (permeator).

Splash goggles.

Lab coat. Vapor

respirator. Be

sure to use an

approved/certified

respirator or

equivalent.

Gloves.

No specific

antidote

Storage: Store in a segregated and

approved area (flammables area).

Keep container in a cool, well-

ventilated area. Keep container

tightly closed and sealed until ready

for use. Keep away from direct

sunlight and heat and avoid all

possible sources of ignition (spark

or flame).

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep

away from heat. Keep away from

sources of ignition.

Ground all equipment containing

material. Do not ingest. Do not

breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray.

Wear suitable protective clothing.

In case of insufficient ventilation,

wear suitable respiratory

equipment.

If ingested, seek medical advice

immediately and show the

container or the label. Avoid contact

with skin and eyes.

Keep away from incompatibles


7-22


such as oxidizing agents, reducing

agents, acids, alkalis.

in closed condition

2 Ammonia Very hazardous in case of skin

contact (corrosive, irritant,

permeator), of eye contact

(irritant), of ingestion, . Non-

corrosive to the eyes. Non-

corrosive for lungs. Liquid or

spray mist may produce tissue

damage particularly on mucous

membranes of eyes, mouth and

respiratory tract. Skin contact

may produce burns. Inhalation of

the spray mist may produce

severe irritation of respiratory

tract, characterized by coughing,

choking, or shortness of breath.

Severe over-exposure can result

in death. Inflammation of the eye

is characterized by redness,

watering, and itching. Skin

inflammation is characterized by

itching, scaling, reddening, or,

occasionally, blistering

Splash goggles.

Full suit. Vapor

respirator. Boots.

Gloves. A self

contained

breathing

apparatus should

be used to avoid

inhalation of the

product.

Suggested

protective

clothing might not

be sufficient;

consult a

specialist BEFORE

handling this

product.

No specific

antidotes

suggested

Storage: Keep container tightly

closed. Keep container in a cool,

well-ventilated area. Do not store

above 25°C (77°F).

Precautions: Keep locked up.. Keep

container dry. Do not ingest. Do not


Never add water to this product. In

case of insufficient ventilation, wear

suitable respiratory equipment. If

ingested, seek medical advice



with skin and eyes. Keep away from

incompatibles such as metals,

acids.

3 Toluene Hazardous in case of skin contact

(irritant), of eye contact


Splash goggles.

Full suit. Vapor

respirator. Boots.

No specific

antidotes

suggested

Storage: Store in a segregated and

approved area. Keep container in a

cool, well-ventilated area. Keep


7-23


inhalation. Slightly hazardous in

case of skin contact (permeator).

Gloves. A self

contained

breathing

apparatus should

be used to avoid

inhalation of the

product.

Suggested

protective

clothing might not

be sufficient;

consult a

specialist BEFORE

handling this

product.

container tightly closed and sealed

until ready for use. Avoid all

possible sources of ignition (spark

or flame).

Precautions: Keep away from heat.

Keep away from sources of ignition.

Ground all equipment containing

material. Do not ingest. Do not


Wear suitable protective clothing.

In case of insufficient ventilation,

wear suitable respiratory

equipment. If ingested, seek

medical advice immediately and

show the container or the label.

Avoid contact with skin and eyes.

Keep away from incompatibles such

as oxidizing agents.

4 Chlorobenzene Very hazardous in case of skin

contact (irritant), of eye contact


inhalation. Hazardous in case of

skin contact (corrosive,

sensitizer, permeator).

Inflammation of the eye is

characterized by redness,

watering, and itching. Skin

inflammation is characterized by

itching, scaling, reddening, or,

Splash goggles.

Lab coat. Vapor

respirator. Be

sure to use an

approved/certified

respirator or

equivalent.

Gloves.

No specific

antidotes

suggested

Storage: Flammable materials

should be stored in a separate

safety storage cabinet or room.

Keep away from heat. Keep away

from sources of ignition. Keep

container tightly closed. Keep in a

cool, well-ventilated place. Ground

all equipment containing material. A

refrigerated room would be

preferable for materials with a flash

point lower than 37.8°C (100°F).


7-24


occasionally, blistering Precautions: Keep container dry.

Keep away from heat. Keep away

from sources of ignition. Ground all

equipment containing material. Do

not ingest. Do not breathe

gas/fumes/ vapour/spray. Never

add water to this product In case of

insufficient ventilation, wear

suitable respiratory equipment If

ingested, seek medical advice



with skin and eyes


7-25


7.7. Specific recommendations based on site observations

S.No Area Site Observations Specific

recommendations

1 Production Area

� All the reactor and

centrifuges are very neatly placed

� Earthing strips are provided � Belt guards are provided to

all motor driven equipment

� Safety valves are placed on all reactors

� Dip pipes are provided

wherever solvents are charged.

� Housekeeping at

filter press area

needs

improvement.

2 Centrifuges

� Vent lines are taken outside

of the room � Specific anti static belts only

are used

� Suitable PPE are being used by operators

� Centrifuge feeding

should not be done

keeping the lid of

the centrifuge open

while running it.

� SOP’s are to be

exhibited.

� Two earth strips are

to be provided and

jumper at the joints

for earthing of the

equipment.

� Anti static belts are

to be provided with

proper guards

� An alarm is to be

provided for

Emergency

situation

4

Liquid raw

materials

storage

� Underground tanks are

provided for solvents

� Vent lines are connected with flame arrestors

� A spray nozzle system with water and foam is provided in tank form

� All the tankers are

to be provided

sparks arresters in the exhaust lines

and to be earthed during transfer of solvents

5 Raw materials

Stores

� Room is maintained neatly

stranded weights, balance

Approved materials are earmarked with green rope

� Placards should be

placed near

materials with


7-26


names written on it.

� Fire fighting

equipments should

be in good number

with easy

accessibility.

� Flame proof fitting

should be provided.

Other Recommendations

DRIER ROOMS

1. Fire suit made available for emergency use.

2. Double earthing is to be provided to the unit

BOILER HOUSE

� Safety valve on steam boiler is to be checked every day for its

functioning

� Pressure guage to be monitored regularly

CHILLING PLANT

� Thickness tests for NH3 receivers Oil Separator, Condenser,

Evaporator etc., should be conducted once in a year and maintain

such record

� Auto tripping devices are to be provided for various components in

the unit when the stipulated parameters vary.


7-27


Expected hazards from the Industry

DEPT/AREA HAZA

RD

SEVERI

TY

EFFECT

ED

AREA

EFFECTED

POPULATI

ON

PRECAUTION TAKEN MITIGATION MEASURES

RM Packing

Room,

Stores.

FIRE

&

EXPLO

SION

moderat

e

In the

radius of

about 10

mtrs

About 2

people.

� 0pen drums storage

prohibited

� Secondary

containment provided.

� Ignition sources of all

types

controlled/eliminated

� Adequate ventilation

provided.

� Smoking in area

prohibited

� Standard operating procedures in

operation.

� Sufficient fire

extinguishers of various capacity and

type is provided

• Fire extinguishers and

foam monitoring system

available

• 20% of workers trained in

Fire fighting


first aid

• Activities are carried out

as per written procedures

• Each and every step is

strictly double checked by

means of doer and checker method

• Smoke detectors

proposed.

• Inertisation procedure is

followed wherever

required

• Earhting and bonding procedures are followed

for transfer of flammable

liquids

• Continuity is checked for

all equipment at regular

intervals

i i d id d


7-28


SPILL

AGE

No

severity

in case

of

spillage

--- ---- � No open drums stored

� Secondary


� Smoking in area

prohibited

� Standard operating

procedures in

operation.

• Periodic preventive

maintenance of the

equipment is carried out

as per the schedule

• Level indicators are in

place to prevent the

overflow and spillage

• Appropriate No. of Spill control kits are provided

in the department

• Trained personnel are

available in each shift to

do the spill control

operations.

• Spill control sop

TOXIC

RELEA

SE

--- about 1-

3mts

2

employees

� No open drums stored

� Secondary



procedures in

operation.

• Appropriate personal

protective equipments are

used as barriers against

inhalation of the toxic

gases

• Adequate scrubbing

system is available to

neutralize the gases

evolved during the

process

• Wind socks are installed

to show the wind direction

in all locations • Emergency preparedness

and response is in place


7-29


• Proper ventilation is

provided to prevent

accumulation of vapors

• Persons are trained to

handle hazardous

material and steps to be

taken during emergencies

• MSDS available for all materials

• Ambulance facility to shift

the victim to hospital in

time

• Agreement with nearby

hospital

SOLVENT

YARD

FIRE

&

EXPLO

SION

Severity

mapping

is made

available

Severity

mapping

is made

available

Severity

mapping is

made

available

� Flame arresters

provided for tank

vents.

� Ignition sources of all

types

controlled/eliminated.

� No open tanks /drums

stored

� Smoking in area

prohibited


procedures in

operation.

� Sufficient fire extinguishers of

various capacity and



available


Fire fighting


first aid





means of doer and

checker method

• Inertisation procedure is followed wherever

required


7-30


type is provided

• Earhting and bonding

procedures are followed


liquids

• Continuity is checked for

all equipment at regular

intervals

• Antistatic pads provided at entrance of hazardous

locations to discharge

static charge developed

on human

• Risk analysis is done to all

activities

• Regular safety audits are conducted to ensure the

safe operation and the

equipment

• Flameproof electrical appliances provided to

mitigate electrical ig

source

SPILL

AGE

moderat

e

Max.

threat

zone of

30 mts

About 2

employees

could be

affected

� No open drums stored

� Secondary



procedures in

operation.

• Periodic preventive

maintenance of the

equipment is carried out

• Level indicators are in

place to prevent the

overflow and spillage • Appropriate No. of Spill

control kits are provided


7-31


in the department

• Trained personnel are

available in each shift to

do the spill control

operations.

• Spill control sop

TOXIC

RELEA

SE

Same as

above

Same as

above

� No open drums stored � Secondary



procedures in operation.

• Appropriate personal protective equipments are



gases • Adequate scrubbing



evolved during the

process



in all locations

• Emergency preparedness

and response is in place

• Proper ventilation is

provided to prevent



handle hazardous


taken during emergencies • MSDS available for all

materials


7-32


• Antidotes are available for

hazardous chemicals

• Ambulance facility to shift


time


hospital

PRODUCTION

/PROCESS

AREAS.

FIRE

&

EXPLO

SION

moderat

e

A threat

zone of

50m as

per F&EI

No of

affected

people

about 5

� Flame arresters

provided for reactors

and storage tank

vents. � Electrical and

mechanical sources of

ignition

controlled/eliminated.

� Non-sparking tools.

� Smoking in area

prohibited


procedures in

operation.

� Sufficient fire

extinguishers of


type is provided



available

• 20% of workers trained in Fire fighting


first aid





means of doer and

checker method

• Inertisation procedure is

followed wherever

required

• Earthting and bonding

procedures are followed


liquids

• Continuity is checked for all equipment at regular

intervals


7-33


• Antistatic pads provided

at entrance of hazardous

locations to discharge

static charge developed

on human

• Risk analysis is done to all

activities

• Regular safety audits are conducted to ensure the

safe operation and the

equipment

• Flameproof electrical

appliances provided to

mitigate electrical ig

source

SPILL

AGE

--- No

severe

effect

No severe

effect


to prevent

accumulation of

chemical and solvent

vapours.


procedures in

operation.

----

TOXIC

RELEA

SE

moderat

e

About

10 mts

No of

people

affected 5

� Adequate ventilation to prevent

accumulation of


vapours.


procedures in

• Appropriate personal protective equipments are



gases

• Adequate scrubbing



7-34


operation.


evolved during the

process



in all locations

• Emergency preparedness

and response is in place • Proper ventilation (AHU)

is provided to prevent



handle hazardous


taken during emergencies • MSDS available for all

materials

• Antidotes are available for

hazardous chemicals • Ambulance facility to shift


time


hospital

LABS ( QC

AND R&D)

FIRE

&

EXPLO

SION

moderat

e

About 1-

2 mts

No of

affected

people-1

� Solvent and chemical

containers provided

with secondary

containment. � Smoking in area

prohibited



available

• 20% of workers trained in Fire fighting



7-35



procedures in

operation.

� Sufficient fire

extinguishers of


type is provided

first aid





means of doer and

checker method

SPILL

AGE

Same as

above

About 1-

2mts

No severe

effect


procedures in

operation.

� Training to all workmen and staff.

AS ABOVE

TOXIC

RELEA

SE

Same as

above

About 1-

2mts

Affected

people-1-2


procedures in

operation.

� Training to all

workmen and staff

AS ABOVE

ELECTRICAL

PANELS

FIRE

--- About

1to 2mts

Affected

people-1


procedures in

operation.

� Training to all

workmen and staff.

� Smoking in area

prohibited

� Sufficient fire

extinguishers of


type is provided

Standard operating procedures.

Training to all workmen and

staff.

PPE issuance.

Arc splash suit.

Work permit system


7-36


DG ROOM FIRE

moderat

e

About

10mts

Affected

people-1


procedures in

operation.

� Training to all

workmen and staff.

� Smoking in area

prohibited



type is provided



available


Fire fighting


first aid

• Activities are carried out as per written procedures



means of doer and

checker method

SPILL

AGE

---- About

5m

radius

Affected

people-2

� AS ABOVE AS ABOVE

UTILITY AND

MAINTENANC

E

FIRE

--- About

2m

Affected

people-2

� AS ABOVE AS ABOVE

EXPLO

SION

-- As

above

As above � AS ABOVE AS ABOVE

UNIT

OPERATIONS

CENTRIFUGAT

FIRE

&

EXPLO

moderat

e

About

5m

Affected

people-2


to prevent

accumulation of


vapors’.

AS ABOVE


7-37


ION

LEAF

FILTRATION

NUTSCH

FILTRATION

SION

� Smoking in area

prohibited


procedures in

operation.

� Sufficient fire

extinguishers of

various capacity and type is provided

SPILL

AGE

As

above

About

2m

radius

Affected

people-2


to prevent

accumulation of


vapours.

AS ABOVE

TOXIC

RELEA

SE

As

above

About

5m

radius

Affected

people-2


to prevent

accumulation of

chemical and solvent vapours

AS ABOVE

FINISHING

AREA

FIRE

--- About

5m

Affected

people-1


procedures in

operation.

� Training to all

workmen and staff.

� Smoking in area

prohibited



type is provided

AS ABOVE


7-38


7.7.1 Emergencies identified and Mitigation measures

Emergency Identified Mitigation Measures – Control and

Monitoring

Spillage/Overflow/Leakage

(Reaction Mass

/Chemicals/Effluent)

• Isolate the affected area to prevent

unauthorized access and evacuate if

required

• Use appropriate Personal Protective

Equipment

• Isolate the source of leak or spillage to

prevent further loses(if it is safe to do)

• Appropriate spill control measures are

adopted to contain or control the

spillage/overflow/leakage of reaction

mass

• Spill control kit are available at

identified locations as mentioned below

• Trained ERT is available to combat any

situation in any area of the plant

premises. Transfer residual contents and contaminated absorbents for safe

disposal

• Decontaminate surfaces drains with

suitable procedures

• Inform to government agencies if it

caused major environmental damage

• Level indicators are provided for

required equipment to avoid the

overflow of the reaction mass/solvents

etc

• The effluent is pumped to the effluent

treatment plants without any delay to

avoid the overflow of the effluent pits

• Adequate dyke walls are constructed to

avoid the overflow.

• Any major overflow/spillage will pass

through acid proof drainage line to collection tank of ETP for further

treatment

Fire / Explosion • Earthing and bonding for the equipment and storage tanks to prevent static

electricity generation

• Antistatic polybags and PPE are used

• Antistatic pad provided to discharge

static charge generated on employees

• Solvent charging to the reactor will be

done through closed pipe loops and


7-39


interlock will be provided with level

control

• Jumper provided at pipe line flange end

to avoid static accumulation

• Double earthing to all electrical motors

and body earthing provided to process

equipments

• Double heat exchanger with cooling and chilling circulation to avoid loss of vapor

provided

• All reactor vent lead to outside the

department with fire arrester

• SRV with rapture disc to reactor which

is again connected through pipe line to

separate vessel to safely discharge reaction mass if any runaway or

pressurization

• Adequate number of fire extinguishers

in respective areas. • Fire alarm system with smoke and heat

detectors

• Nitrogen blanketing facility to all the

equipment where solvents are handled

• Instruments for measuring explosive

mixtures

• Process safety experiments are

conducted to identify the hazard

• Risk analysis is carried out for unit

operations / unit process

• Emergency exits and escape routes are

defined and displayed

• Get the help from neighboring industries/fire brigade if required

• All equipment are flameproof in areas

which are expected to have flammable

vapors • Explosion vents, safety relief valve and

rapture disc installed for all critical

equipments

• Emergency preparedness and response

is in place

• Skilled and trained personals only

allowed to operate the process and

process equipment

Toxic leak / Release to

atmosphere

• Appropriate personal protective equipments are used as barriers

against inhalation of the toxic gases


7-40


7.8 Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP)

Safety and reliability of modern processing plant can be improved by

using procedures that recognize and eliminate potential problems in the

design stage. This is especially important because of the increasing need

to operate the different units, for economic reasons, more closely to

known risk situations. Hence, it requires refined methods like HAZOP

study technique for identifying hazardous situations and problems and

eliminating them at the design stage. Based on process reactions, a list of

process reactions were identified for taking additional care precautions

and presented in Table 7.10

• Adequate scrubbing system is available

to neutralize the gases evolved during

the process

• Wind socks are installed to show the

wind direction in all locations

• Emergency preparedness and response

is in place

• Proper ventilation is provided to prevent accumulation of vapors

• Persons are trained to handle

hazardous material and steps to be

taken during emergencies

• MSDS available for all materials

• Antidotes are available for hazardous

chemicals • Ambulance facility to shift the victim to

hospital in time

• Agreement with nearby hospitals


7-41


Table 7.10

Hazardous processes and precautions suggested

Unit process Chemicals involved Equipment &utilities

Temp/ Pressure

Emissions Safety measures

Orphenadrine

base

Stage 1: reaction 2-methyl benzophenone

Methanol

Ni ca/Hydrogen

Water

SSR,CFR,

Utilities ::

cooling water ,

chilling water

45-50oC

- Earthing, Limit switch

CF , Flame proof

fittings

STAGE 2: Isolation,

Cooling, Centrifuge

HCl

DMAE Toluene

Naoh

Water

GLR,SSR,CFG

Utilities ::

cooling water ,

chilling water

120oC

- Earthing, Limit switch

CF , Flame proof

fittings

Di benzo Subranone

Stage 1: Condensation

Phthalic anhydride,

Phenyl acetic acid,

sodium acetate,

SSR, condenser

,CF, DRIER,

Utilities ::

Hot oil , cooling

water , chilling

water

240oC CO2 Cyclone scrubbing ,

Earthing, Limit switch

CF , Flame proof

fittings

Stage 2: Hydrogenation

water, Raney nickel

catalyst, Hydrogen

Nitrogen

SSR

hydrogenator

Utilities:

Steam ,

Cooling water,

70-75*c -- Rupture disc ,

earthing ,NRV, fire

arrester

Safety valve.


7-42


Stage3:

Acid , water

PP FRP, CF

<35*C --- ----

CARBAMEZAPANE CRUDE

Stage-1: Reaction

Toluene, Iminostilbene, Triphosgene,

SSR, condenser

Utilities Cooling water,

Boiler

<15*C HCL Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof electrical equipment

Stage-2: Precipitation Gas purging

Ammonia Gas

SSR, CF, Dryer Utilities

Cooling water,

Chilling Plant

<15*C Earthing, Limit switch, Flame proof

electrical equipment,

Gas regulator

Hydroxy Dimethyl Dibenzyl Intermediate

2-Benzoyl Benozoic acid,

Methanol, Hydrogen,

Toluene, Cation resin,

Methyl magnesium

Chloride in THF, Acetone

SSR, CF, Drier, Utilities Cooling water,

Boiler

50oC - Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof

electrical equipment

Piperidine Propiophenone

Acetophenone,

Formaldehyde, Toluene,

Piperidine

GLR, CF, SSR


Boiler

30-120oC - Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Cinnerazine Crude

Stage 1 : reaction R

Benzophenone

Hydrogen

Methanol RaneyNi

Water

SSR,NF,TD,CF


Boiler

50-55oC

<15*C

- Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof



7-43


Stage 2 : PIPERIZINE

Cinmayl Alcohol

Toluene

NAOH,HCL,WATER

SSR,CFG,TD


Boiler

<15*C

120oC

- Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Doxiepinone

Phthalide,Phenol, DMF,

Methanol

SSR, CF, Drier,


TFH, Boiler



Dothiepinone

Phthalide, Thiophenol,

DMF, Methanol

SSR, CF,


TFH, Boiler


switch, Flame proof


Methoxy Dichloro

Pyrimidine

Stage 1: reaction

Methoxydimethyl ester,

Toluene,

Formamide in acetate

water

sodium methoxide

SSR,CF,Drier


Boiler, Chiller

<15*C

80-90oC

- Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Stage 2 : Isolation, cooling

Acetone

HCL

SSR,GLR,Drier,

CFG Utilities

Cooling water,

Boiler, Chiller

<15*C

110-120oC

- Earthing, Limit


P-T-Butyl Benzyl Chloride

Tetra Butyl Benzene,

Formaldehyde, HCL

GLR,



switch, Flame proof



7-44


Boiler

Chloroacetyl

chloridebenzo phenone

nitro benzo phenone

Toluene Sodium bicarbonate

Chloroacetyl chloride

GLR,CFG,SSR,TD


Boiler, Chiller

50-55oC

<15*C

CO2 Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Chloro Ethyl Piperidine HCL

Piperidino ethanol,

Thionyl Chloride,

Toluene, Methanol

GLR, CF, SSR,

Drier,


Boiler

90oC SO2 Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Hydroxy Dimethylamino

Thophene

2-acetyl thiophene,

Formaldehyde, Toluene,

DMA, Methanol,

Hydrogen, Ni Cat, Ethyl acetate

GLR, CF, SSR,

Drier,

Utilities

Cooling water, Boiler

45oC - SRV, N2, Rapture

disc, Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Imino Dibenzyl

Stage 1 :reaction Dinitro

di benzyl

Iron powder

Ammonium chloride

Methanol

CF, SSR, Drier,


Boiler

80oC - Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Stage 2 : vaccum

distillation Phosphoric acid

Xylene

Vaccum

distillation unit

O2 Earthing, Limit


Benzo Phenone Methyl ester

Phenolphthalein,

Hydroxylamine sulphate,

Toluene, NaoH,

SSR, CF, Drier,

Utilities

Cooling water,


switch, Flame proof



7-45


Methanol, Cation Resin Boiler

2-amino nitro

benzo phenone

Stage 1: reaction

2-chloro 5-nitro benzoic

acid Toluene

Thionyl chloride

GLR,

Utilities

Cooling water, Boiler, Caustic

scrubber

55-60oC SO2,HCL Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Stage 2 : isolation

cooling

Benzene

Aluminium chloride Water

GLR,CF


Boiler, Caustic scrubber

50-55oC HCL GAS Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Stage 3 : Centrifuge

Methanol NH3

WATER

SSR,CFG,Drier


Boiler

<15oC - Earthing, Limit


Bromo anisole and dimethylamino

cyclo hexanone

Stage 1 :Reaction

Cyclohaxanone

Formaldehyde

Dimethylamine

Toluene

Water

GLR,CFG


Boiler, Vaccum

pump

25-30oC

100oC

- Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Stage 2 : isolation

cooling centrifuge

M-bromo phenol

Dimethyl sulphate

Toluene

GLR,


Boiler, Vaccum

pump

<25oC

55-60oC

- Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof



7-46


Chloro

phenothiazine

Stage 1: reaction

M chloro anilnine

Iron

O-Chlorobenezic acid

NaOH

WATER

TOLUENE

SSR,NF,CF,Drier


Boiler, Vaccum

pump

80-85oC CO2 Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Stage 2 :isolation,

cooling,

centrifuge

Chloro Benzene, Sulphur

SSR,CF,Drier


Boiler, Vaccum pump

140oC

<15oC

H2 Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof


Ester

Stage 1 :Reaction

Iso propanol

Toluene

Propionic acid

Water

P-Toluene sulfonic acid

SSR,GLR,


Boiler,Chiller,Vac

cum pump


switch, Flame proof


Dimethylamino

propyl chloride

Stage 1:reaction

,isolation, washing

Bromo chloro propane

Dimethylamine 40%

solution

Toluene

NaOH

NaCL

Water

SSR,


Chiller, Vaccum

pump

<25oC - Earthing, Limit

switch, Flame proof



7-47


7.9 Occupational Safety and Health

The Bulk drugs industry involves handling of various chemicals.

The manufacturing process may generate fugitive emissions,

which will pose hazards in the production area to the

employees. The occupational safety and health plan shall follow

the guidelines based on Factories Act 1948 and shall be

finalized in consultation with the local factories inspectorate.

The occupational safety and health plan is prepared to identify

the hazards due to the operations and process, with the

mitigation measures. The mitigation measures are mainly

engineering controls, production area conditions, personal

protective equipment and training and education.

7.9.1 Health Surveillance Plan

The health surveillance plan consists of medical checkup on

recruitment to ascertain the health status of the employees.

The data to be obtained includes;

Baseline health data such as height, weight and Vital statistics,

A detailed history of previous diseases and occupational

exposures. The focus will be on previous lung problems and

precious exposure to lung toxins such as silica, asbestos,

irritant gases etc., A history of personal hobbies or activities

that might involve exposures to potential toxicants, particularly

those that might affect target organs of concern of metal

species, Past history of any allergies, including asthma.

Identification of personal habits (smoking, hygiene, alcohol

consumption, fingernail biting) that may be relevant to work.

Histories will be sufficiently detailed, complete physical

examination with special attention to respiratory, the

appropriate respiratory equipment (if any) that may be worn,

X-ray, Blood tests and urine tests.


7-48


Annual health check up for all employees who are working in production

areas and stores areas, including casual workers, is done through the

hospital. It is suggested to including general health check up, lung

function test, Liver function tests, urine and blood examinations &

Records are maintained. It is suggested to maintain Antidotes as

suggested for toxic gas hazards in the referral hospital always to meet

any emergencies

7.9.2 First Aid centre

RL Fine Chem private Limited has the occupational health center with the

following emergency handling facilities

� Stretcher

� Bed

� Self breathing equipment

� First aid boxes

� Ambulance is on call

� Two vehicles will be made available in day and night shifts

7.9.3 Tie up with Local Hospitals:

Government Hospital, ESI Hospital, Wipro health Centre and

Balaji Nursing Home are available in the nearby area.

occupational health centre for treatment and first aid activities

is provided. If any major injuries are observed at that time we

will admit in the authorised and approved insurance facility

hospitals.

7.10 Disaster Management Plan

This Disaster Management Plan (DMP) has been designed based on the

range, scales and effects of "Major Generic Hazards" described in the Risk

Assessment Report just mentioned and on their typical behaviours

predicted therein. The DMP addresses the range of thermal and

mechanical impacts of these major hazards so that potential harm to

people onsite and off-site, plant and environment can be reduced to a


7-49


practicable minimum. The scenarios of loss of containment are credible

worst cases to which this DMP is linked.

The project is in its formative stage and detail engineering is yet to be

done, so the elements of the DMP are based on concepts.

The emergency plan envisaged will be designed to intercept full range of

hazards specific to Pharmaceutical industry. In particular, the DMP will be

designed and conducted to mitigate those losses of containment

situations, which have potentials to escalate into major perils.

Emergency medical aids to those who might be affected by chemical spills

and toxic exposure will be inherent in the basic capabilities. The most

important capability of this DMP will be the required speed of response to

intercept a developing emergency in good time so that disasters such as

explosion, major fire etc. are never allowed to happen.

7.10.1 Disaster Control Philosophy

The emergency control philosophy of the plant is in line with its normal

operational controls. The emergency control room will be the plant's

Central Control Room, which will employ Distributed Control System

(DCS). All emergency operations, which may involve shutdown of the

plant, will be controlled from the Central Control Room by the same

operator(s) using dedicated "Shut-Down Consoles". The consoles will send

commands to initiate the shutdown procedure. Plant shutdown system will

be performed by DCS.

The principal strategy of DMP of the plant is "Prevention" of identified

major hazards. The "Identification" of the hazards will employ one or

more of the techniques [e.g. Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP),

accident consequence analysis etc.]. Since these hazards can occur only

in the event of loss of containment one of the key objectives of

technology selection, project engineering, construction, commissioning

and operation is "Total and Consistent Quality Assurance". The Project

Authority will be committed to this strategy right from the conceptual


7-50


stage of the plant so that the objective of prevention can have ample

opportunities to mature and be realised in practice

The DMP or Emergency Preparedness Plan (EPP) will consist of:

A. On-site Emergency Plan

B. Off-site Emergency Plan

Disaster Management Plan preparation under the headlines of On-site

Emergency Plan and Off-site Emergency Plan is in consonance with the

guidelines laid by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MOEF), Govt

of India."Occupier" of the facility is responsible for the development of the

On-site Emergency Plan as per the guidelines given by the Government.

The Off-site Emergency Plan should be developed by the Government

(District Authorities).

7.10.2 ONSITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Objectives of Emergency Management Plan (On-Site)

A quick and effective response during emergency can have tremendous

significance on whether the situation is controlled with little loss or it

turns into a major emergency therefore, the objectives of this onsite

emergency plan (ONSEP)

During Emergency: is to provide basic guidance to the personnel for

effectively combating such situations to minimize loss of life, damage to

property and loss of property.

� To provide a means of direction to successfully prevent and mitigate

any emergency which may occur.

� To localize the emergency and if possible eliminate.

� To control and contain the incident as early as possible and to

prevent it from spreading out.

� To safe guard the employees by evacuating them to safe assemble

point.

� To rescue the victims and organize medical treatment.


7-51


� To minimize the loss and damage to the plant, material and to limit

environment pollution.

� To re-establish normal conditions.

During Normal Time:

� To keep the required emergency equipment in stock at right places

and ensure their working condition;

� To provide proper guidelines to all personnel for emergency

operations and escape

� Preserve relevant records and evidence for the emergency case and

subsequent enquiry

� Investigation and remedial measures to avoid reoccurrence of the

hazard

7.10.3 Elements of onsite Emergency Plan

� Important elements considered in this plan are:

� Identification of emergencies

� Emergency organization

� Emergency facilities

� Emergency procedure

� Communications during emergency

� Rescue, Transport and Rehabilitation

� Roles and responsibilities of key personnel and essential employees

� Mutual aid

7.10.4 Emergencies Identified

Following are the potential emergencies anticipated from RL Fine Chem

private Limited

� Fire accidents at Bulk solvent storage

� Fire accidents at Boiler area, DG area

� Fire accidents in drier area

� Toxic gas release from storage of chemicals

� Major Spillage of solvents & other chemicals

� Fire/Explosion/Toxic gas release from cylinders


7-52


7.10.5 Emergency Organization

The responsibilities of key personnel for emergencies are clearly defined

as follows

An emergency control room as the focal point has been earmarked. The

control room flashes information to various agencies as shown in the

chart. This is located in an area of minimum risk and close to road.

Security and Time office room is the emergency control point.

7.10.6 Emergency Facilities

a) Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

It is a location where all key personnel like Site Controller, Emergency

Coordinators can take stock of situation or can assemble and monitor

aspects related to emergency and take decisions related to emergency.

The following information and facilities would be maintained at the ECC

Plant control room: Latest copy of Onsite Emergency Plan and Off Site

Emergency Plan (as provided by District Emergency Authority)

� Intercom Telephone

� P&T Telephone

� Telephone Directories (internal and P&T)

� Factory Layout, Site Plan

� Electrical cable rooting plan, locations of hazardous inventories,

sources of safety equipment, hydrant layout, location of pump

house, road plan, assembly by points, vulnerable zones, escape

routes;

� Emergency shutdown procedures for generators and fuel supply

system;

� Nominal roll of employees;

� List and addresses of key personnel;

� List and addresses of first aid providers;

� List and addresses of employees trained in fire fighting;

� List and addresses of qualified trained persons;

� Material safety data sheets of raw materials;


7-53


� Duties of key personnel;

� Important addresses and telephone numbers including those of fuel

supplying company, government agencies, neighbouring industries

and other sources of help, outside experts;

The following emergency equipment shall be made available at alternate

ECC (Security point):

� Fire proximity suit/Gloves/Helmets;

� Hand tools suitable for pipelines (non sparking type);

� Teflon tape;

� Flame proof torches/batteries;

� Manila rope;

� Spark arrestor;

� First aid box;

� Public address megaphone, hand bell, emergency torch.

b) Assembly Points

Assembly points are those locations where the persons who are not

connected with emergency operations can await either for further

instructions or for rescue transport and rehabilitation. Assembly point is

located opposite to Security and Time Office room which is located far

away from production area.

c) Emergency control systems present

The following emergency control systems are in place in M/s. RL Fine

Chem private Limited.

1. Lightening protection for all buildings and high raised chimneys.

2. Double Earthing & Bonding for electrostatic hazards for all reactors

3. Mobile earthing for drums while charging material

4. Closed arrangement for solvent transferring.

5. Pressure Relief system & Rupture Discs

6. Earth Rite system for road tanker loading and unloading.

7. FLP fittings at Flammable materials handling areas.

8. Fire protection systems :

• Portable Fire Extinguishers


7-54


9. Wind Sack on ware house building

10. Occupational Health Centre.

11. Safe handling procedures.

12. Spill Control kits.

d) Location of First Aid Boxes

The first aid boxes are located at the following places production blocks,

administrative office, time office, and will be under the charge of EHS in-

charge.

e) Fire protection system

An elaborate fire protection system is in place in M/s. RL Fine Chem

private Limited. Fire Hydrant system is in place to cover the entire plant

including manufacturing blocks, Bulk storage tanks and utility areas. Fire

station (Hindupur) is 15 KM from the site.

h) Emergency Escapes

Emergency escapes in the plant area and floor wise emergency are

conspicuously marked.

7.10.7 ORGANISATION

General Manager is the over all in-charge of the plant operations and is

assisted by all Plant Manager & department heads. Production activities

are looked after by both the Production Head/Managers, EHS activities

Safety I/C, Engineering aspects by head (Maintenance) Plant Electrical

maintenance by Electrical Engineer, material inventory by stores head,

Personnel & Administration wings, other department heads are directly

reporting to General Manager.

MAN POWER

All Chemists/Executives/Assistants/Managers are well qualified and

experienced in finished dosage manufacturing Industry. Experience is

varying from 5 to 15 years in the similar field.


7-55


SHIFT TIMINGS

SHIFTS HOURS NO OF WORKERS PRESENT

A Shift 07.00 Hrs – 15.00 Hrs 22

B Shift 14.00 Hrs – 22.00 Hrs 20

C Shift 22.00 Hrs– 07.00 Hrs 15

General Shift 9.00 Hrs – 6.00 Hrs 12

EMERGENCY ORGANISATION

An emergency organisation is drawn up to execute emergency operations.

General Manager is designated as the Site Controller. He reports to

Managing Director along with other functionaries like Q.C., Process

Development. Production Manager is designated as site controller. Area

Incharge is designated as the Incident Controller. In the absence of

Production Manager, Area Incharge assumes role of Site Controller.

Personnel Executive is Emergency Coordinator for Rescue, Rehabilitation.

Shift Incharge, Chargemen, Boiler Operators, Chilling Plant Operator,

Electrical Incharge, Chemists are designated as Essential Employees and

would assist Incident Controller, Emergency Co-ordinators in mitigating

the effects of emergency and also in rescue, rehabilitation, first aid etc.

Detailed duties are laid out along with General Organisation Chart and

Emergency Chart.

All Managers are usually present during day shift are designated as Key

Personnel and Coordinate different functions during non-emergency and

emergency situation


7-56


EMERGENMCY ORGANIZATION CHART

COORDINATOR

Law & Order & Govt.

agencies

COORDINATOR

Hospitals & Fire

COORDINATOR –

Head count &

SITE CONTROLLER

Leading emergency

RESCUE OPERATION

COORDINATOR

Communication

COORDINATOR –

Rescue coordination

RESCUE MEMBERS


7-57


7.11 Mock drill

Mock Drills would be organized once in six months to evaluate the

preparedness and functioning of OSEP. It is also planned to undertake few

informed and non formed mock drills (or rehearsals) for meeting

emergencies. Such rehearsals would be carefully analyzed and

shortcomings would be identified and necessary corrections would be

taken up. Site controller is responsible for planning and execution and

evaluation of mock drills. Also information would be given to statutory

authorities. It is proposed to at-least conduct two mock drills in a year

and over a period of time all the sections in all the shifts would be

covered. When truck drivers carrying product are in the plant, they also

would be trained regarding transportation emergencies and how to react

to minimize the damage or effect on people.

7.12 Review of Onsite Emergency Plan

1. Onsite Emergency Plan would be reviewed whenever there is a change

in product, or product route of manufacture, or addition of new equipment

or change in Site Controller.

2. Site Controller is responsible for such update and making available

latest copy or Onsite Emergency Plan to all concerned in the organization

as will as to the Statutory Authorities.

7.13 Incident recording and revision of Disaster Management Plan

Every incident/accident in RL Fine Chem private Limited shall be recorded

by safety & environmental officer. Root cause analysis and corrective

actions shall be taken by responsible I/C of area and shall be reviewed by

top management in safety committee meeting once in two months time

The Disaster Management Plan would be periodically revised based on

accident/incidents and experienced gained from the mock drills.


7-58


7.14 Off site emergency plan

This is a brown field pharmaceutical unit. There are 17 chemicals which

come under Manufacture, Storage and Import of hazardous Chemicals

(MSIHC) Rules, 2016. No chemicals crossed the 1st or 2nd threshold limits

prescribed in MSIHC Rules. Modelling data on potential hazards indicates

that the impacts will be limited to plant premises. 4 Toxic chemicals are

stored in liquid condition. Information on quantities of chemicals stored,

emergency centre and mitigation will be submitted to Authorities under

MSIHC Rules and chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning preparedness

and response) Rules. The unit will also participate in mutual aid program

with other units in the area to get help from other units and also to help

other units in case of emergency situations. Accessibility to all bulk

storages will be maintained without any obstructions and all chemical

storages will be provided with dyke walls to contain any accidental spills

or leaks. Unit will coordinate with IDA Thumukunta Authorities and

District Administration to give information to public in case of any

emergency situation.

CHAPTER-8

M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited EIA Report

8-1


CHAPTER-8

PROJECT BENEFITS

This chapter describes about benefits of the project on improvements in the

physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, employment potential and other

tangible benefits.

8.1 Employment Opportunity

The proposed project is likely to provide employment to additional 100 people.

The preference will be given to local population for employment in the semi-

skilled and unskilled category; this will increase the employment opportunity in

the surrounding area. The Secondary jobs and indirect employment are also

bound to be generated to provide day-to-day needs and services to the work

force and industrial activity. This will also increase the demand for essential

daily utilities in the local market. The employed people will be benefited

financially. This financial gain will fulfill their monetary requirements, which in

turn will increase their standard of living.

8.2 Likely Indirect Employment Opportunities

The industry requires higher quantities of raw materials and procures from

various sources. This will enhance the employment opportunities at the

source. Apart from this additional employment will be generated in the

transport sector for increased material transportation

The industry generates nearly 15 tons of Ash per Month which can be used for

manufacture of bricks. The management is ready to encourage local people to

provide technology and resources to take this as downstream unit. This will

increase employment opportunities.

8.3 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) & Socio-Economic Development

The unit is aware of the obligations towards the society and to fulfill the social

obligations, unit will employ semi-skilled and skilled labor from the nearby

M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited EIA Report

8-2


villages for the proposed project as far as possible. Unit will also try to

generate maximum indirect employment in the nearby villages by appointing

local contractors during construction phase as well as during operation phase.

After proposed project, unit will make provision of fund every year towards

CSR activities in nearby villages. The various CSR activities identified and

planned at present are described below;

� Education and skill development

� Health camps

� Infrastructure development in nearby government schools

� Other social welfare activities

8.4 Direct Revenue Earning To the National And State Exchequer

The proposed project will also contribute revenue to the Central & State

exchequer in the form GST & Corporate taxes etc. Indirect contribution to the

Central & State exchequer will be there due to Income by way of registration

of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes

from associated units. Thus, the proposed project will help the Government by

paying different taxes from time to time, which is a part of revenue and thus,

will help in developing the area. Development with sustainable approach of the

industries will help to maintain good environment.

8.5 Other Tangible Benefits

The proposed project will have many employment & trade opportunities with

the initiation of the project. Thus, these considerable employment & trade

opportunities will eventually result in appreciable economic benefits to the

local people & businesses/contractors. The raw materials & finished goods are

moved by truck which provides indirect employment to people engaged in this

sector. Greening drive in the area will give a pleasant look and improve

biodiversity.

CHAPTER-9


9-1 Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited.

CHAPTER - 9

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

There is no specific aspect recommended in the TOR on this project.

CHAPTER-10



CHAPTER-10

ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.0 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

This chapter outlines the Environmental Management Plan for the project,

budget provisions, institutional arrangements for implementation and

monitoring of the EMP

10.1 Introduction

Environmental Protection is an issue that no organization can neglect and hope

to survive. The by- products of civilization are being dumped upon the

environment to a degree that the environment finds difficult to assimilate. The

key to success of the integrated approach to pollution prevention and control is

the management and operation of the organization. Effective committed

management delivers a successful industry. As total commitment to the

environment, not just for compliance with legal or regulatory compliance will

be the essence of environment management of an industry. Many companies

have recognized the benefits of implementing an effective environmental

management system.

Environmental management Plan can be effectively implemented to mitigate

the pollution levels by observing the following;

� Pollution will be prevented or reduced at the source,

� Pollution that cannot be prevented will be recycled in an environmentally

safe manner,

� Pollution that cannot be prevented or recycled will be treated in

environmentally safe manner, and

� Disposal and other releases into the environment will be used “only as a

last resort” and will be conducted in an environmentally safe manner.

The management plan is drawn in consultation with the project proponents

with reference to various potential monitored, identified and predicted in the

previous chapters. And the necessary measures to be taken for the mitigation

and control of the same presented, various pollution control measures adopted



which are present and the proposed additional measures identified for

adoption are discussed in this chapter.

Review of the process is the essential component of Environmental

management Plan. M/S. RL Fine Chem Private Limited involved in continuous

R&D to optimise the consumption of raw materials and to increase the yield &

purity of the product thus by reducing waste generation.

10.2 THE PROJECT LOCATION

RL Fine Chem Private Limited is located at Plot. No. 165 to 182 APIIC, IDA

Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M) Anantapur (D), Andhra Pradesh state. In order

to meet the market demand it is proposed to expand its capacity from the

current 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM using existing infrastructure.

10.2.1 Site Sensitivity

� There are No Reserve Forests within 10 KM radius from the site.

� Nearest village is Thumukunta is at about 0.73 KM in the west direction


� Rain fed water tank is at about 0.8 KM distance in the North Direction of



� Nearly 36 large and 100 medium scale industries are working in the

Surrounding area.

� There are 87 villages/towns in the study area, covering – two states of





� There is Government High school in Thumukunta village at a distance of

1.72 Km from the site. The PHC center is located in Santhebidanur village

at distance of 2.8 km from the site.

� There is primary school in the village of Thumukunta



� Hindupur town is at a distance of 9.6 Km from the site with a population


and hospitals

10.3 MAJOR FINDINGS OF THE EIA

An EIA was conducted as per the broader guidelines of TOR issued to the

project and the major findings of the EIA study & Impacts of the project on

environment due to the proposed activity are presented below

10.3.1 Impact on Physical Resources

Construction of proposed project requires natural resources like sand,

sub grade and aggregate, and materials produced from natural resources

like bricks, cement and steel. The material shall be drawn from local

sources, and the lead distances range from 1- 250 km. The impacts on

physical resources of sand will be irreversible while bricks will be brought

from kilns which use Coal ash. The material requirement of steel, cement

etc. will be purchased from manufacturers with in state. Hence, no major

impacts on physical resources as regards the availability and

procurement of construction material are anticipated due to the project.

10.3.2 Impacts on Air Quality

Impacts on air quality during construction stage are likely to be due to

operation of construction yards, material transport on trucks and fugitive

emissions from the construction site. During operational stage the

following air emission sources are identified

� Air emissions from Existing 2 TPH briquette fired boiler and proposed

2 TPH briquette fired boiler

� Air emissions from DG sets of 200 KVA and proposed 250 KVA

� Air emissions from process

� Fugitive emissions from storage and handling of chemicals

Emissions are quantified and given chapter 2 and Chapter 4. Modelling

results are presented in chapter 4 which indicates slight increase in PM 10,

PM 2.5, SO2 and NOx. The quantities of process emissions are estimated

and presented. Cyclone separator is proposed for controlling dust emissions



from boiler. Adequate stack height is proposed as per CPCB norms for both

boiler and DG sets for safe dispersion of emissions.

10.3.2.1 Measures for fugitive emission control

Two stage scrubbers are proposed for process emissions. All process

reactors shall be connected to scrubbing system. Vent condensers and

chillers are proposed for reactors where Solvents are charged. All bulk

storages shall be provided vent condensers. Chemicals handling and

charging shall be done in closed system. Good ventilation will be provided

to reduce work room concentrations.

10.3.2.2 Measures for achieving maximum solvent recovery:

� The entire manufacturing activities & distillation process will be carried

out in the totally closed system.

� Maintenance of the pipeline and valves & fittings will be carried out

regularly to avoid any leakages.

� Reactor will be connected with two numbers of condensers where cooling

water and chilled water will be used as media and also equipped with

vacuum system as per requirement.

� The condenser will be provided with the sufficient HTA and residence

time to achieve more than 90% recovery

10.3.2.3 Odour

Odour can be defined as the “perception of smell” or in scientific terms as “a

sensation resulting from the reception of stimulus by the olfactory sensory

system”. Whether pleasant or unpleasant, odour is induced by inhaling air-

borne volatile organics or inorganics. Odour affects human beings in a number

of ways. Strong, unpleasant or offensive smells can interfere with a person’s

enjoyment of life especially if they are frequent and/ or persistent. Though foul

odour may not cause direct damage to health, toxic stimulants of odour may

cause ill health or respiratory symptoms. Secondary effects, in some, may be

nausea, insomnia and discomfort. Very strong odour can result in nasal

irritation, trigger symptoms in individuals with breathing problems or asthma.

On the economic front, lossof property value near odour causing operations/



industries and odorous environment is partly a consequence of offensive

odour.

Table 10.1

Details of Offensive Odorous Compounds Emitted from Industry

Sl.

No.

Compound/

Odorant

Formula Molecular

Weight

Volatility

at 25°C

in ppm

Detection

Threshold

in ppm

(v/v)

Offensive

Odour

Description

1 Ammonia NH3 17 Gas 17 Pungent,

Irritating

2 Acetic acid CH3COOH 60 Gas 1.0 Vinegar

3 Acetone CH3COCH3 58 Liquid - Fruit

4 Formaldehyde HCHO 30 Liquid - Acrid

5 Dimethylamine (CH3)2NH 45 Gas 0.34 Putrid Fishy

Source: Journal of Indian Association for Environmental Management, Vol. 29, Feb, 2002

10.3.2.4 Odour control measures

Odorous substances that are emitted from industrial sources include both

inorganic and organic gases. Operations are carried out under best

management practices, wet scrubbers are provided and greenbelt is developed

for control of Odour.

10.3.3 Impact on water resources:

The project needs about 67.9 KLD of water out of which fresh water

requirement is 39.9 KLD. It is proposed to procure water from APIIC.

10.3.3.1 Water conservation measures at plant level

Project site is in semiarid region and receives low rainfall. Water is scarce and

is required to adopt all possible methods to conserve the resource. All the

possible methods of Reduce, Recycle and Reuse of water shall have to be

implemented along with the minimization of waste generation in the process.

In order to reduce consumption of fresh water the following options will have

to be adopted at every stage.

1. Arrangements shall be made for recycling of process washes to the

maximum extent possible



2. High pressure jets shall be used for reactor washings and floor washing

to reduce overall consumption

3. Leakages from taps and joints will have to be avoided.

4. Care should be taken to avoid accidental breakages and spillages.

5. Water meters shall be installed to measure and monitor the

consumption of water

10.3.3.2 Impact on Surface water resources

The degradation of water quality can occur during construction phase from

increased sediment load into watercourses near the construction site.

Storm water runoff would increase due to the increase in impervious

surface. As percolation pits are not suggested and encouraged for

chemical industries, rain water collection, storage and re-use is proposed.

The design of the storm water drain will consider the additional runoff. In

order to avoid storm water contamination, following, measures are

proposed.

1. As envisaged the Industry need to follow strictly the zero liquid discharge

method of chemical process in manufacturing the products.

2. All collection, treatment and storage tanks shall be constructed overhead

to avoid any seepage of stored effluents into ground

3. Collection pits shall be made at the end of storm water drains for checking

of quality of storm water during the rainy season before let out the water

outside. If any contamination is found, the entire water shall be treated

before discharging

4. Surface run-off quality shall be checked and records shall be maintained

by the industry

5. All the internal drains shall be closed drains and pipes shall be over the

ground and shall not be buried

6. Traps shall be constructed in the process and storage areas to collect any

spillage of chemicals so that storm water contamination can be avoided

All storm water drains are routed to adequate size storm water sump.

Overflow from storm water sump is connected to natural drain outside the

plant boundary wall.



10.3.3.3 Impact on Ground Water Resources

As the unit proposed to acquire entire fresh water through APIIC, there

will not be any impact on ground water in the area.

Pollution control measure:

It is proposed to treat and re-use the effluent water for utilities. It is

suggested to treat the effluents in Zero Liquid discharge plant.

10.3.3.4 Water Conservation Measures

10.3.3.5 Rain water Harvesting Plans

Keeping in view of the existing levels of contamination of ground and surface

water in the region, it is suggested only Roof top Rain Water Harvesting

methods to collect rainwater from all the buildings. The harvested water

should be stored in the tanks placed above the surface. Purchase of water

during rainy season should be avoided to the extent harvested.

10.3.3.6 Ground Water Recharge Methods

The project site and Industrial Area has very shallow ground water level. There

is no scope of undertaking artificial ground water recharge structures in the

Core Zone.

In the peripheral areas of heavy ground water draft having deep ground water

levels, Recharge Techniques such as Gully Plugs, Nala Bunds, Check dams and

Gravity Recharge Wells may be planned in consultation with the Local Officials

and farmers in private lands under Corporate Social Responsibility.

10.3.4 Waste water handling

Being a pharmaceutical unit, the waste water from process will have high COD and

high TDS contents. If discharged on land or into steam, the impact on environment

would be severe in nature. The total quantity of waste water from process,

washings and scrubbers is estimated at 19.2 KLD. Effluent from utilities and

domestic is estimated at 11.7 KLD. As process effluents cannot be treated with

conventional treatment systems, it is proposed to evaporate by using Stripper-

MEE- ATFD to convert COD load and TDS load as distillates and salts which can be



re-used or land filled safely. It is proposed to establish biological treatment plant

and RO system to treat and re-use the waste water for utilities and evaporate RO

rejects in MEE system. Thus the ETP is designed on the principle of Zero Liquid

Discharge further it is proposed to construct the ETP overhead to avoid any

seepage of water to ground and provide water traps in ETP and MEE areas to avoid

any overflows.

10.3.5 Impact on Soil:

Being a chemical unit, lot of hazardous and non hazardous waste are generated

from the process and other utilities. If the wastes are not properly handled, stored

and disposed, severe impact will be there on environment and in particular on land

and soil.

10.3.6 Impact on Land use

There is no land acquisition for this project. The unit is in possession of

4.32 Acres of land and plant is located in IDA Thumukunta, Hindupur (M),

Ananthapur District. Hence there is no impact on land use from the

expansion project.

10.3.7 Impacts on Noise Quality

Impacts on noise quality during construction stage will be significant.

Hence the construction is proposed only during daytime. The impacts during

occupation stage will be noise from DG sets. Construction workers will be

provided with protection equipment to guard against the noise impacts.

Acoustic enclosures are proposed to meet noise standards near DG sets.

10.3.8 Impact on Flora

The project site and its surroundings do not form a habitat to any

endangered flora. The project will enhance the aesthetics of the site due to

the provision of additional green belt. Currently the unit is having a

greenery of 1.24 Acres. As a part of expansion activity it is proposed to add

few Species in 0.18 Acres and maintain the existing green belt. The total area

of green belt after expansion would be 1.42 Acres i.e 33 % of the total

area.



10.3.9 Impact on Fauna

As there are no endangered species of wild life in and around the project

site, it is likely to have minimal impact. The avifauna will find abode on

the trees proposed to be planted. This would enhance the aesthetics of the

area.

10.3.10 Impact on Road Network

The road infrastructure available at present can meet the demand. The

development in combination with this project activity will have marginal

impact. The site is well connected to outer ring road which is at about 3.0

KM from the site. Hence the pressure on existing road network would be

marginal.

10.3.11 Impact on Power Distribution:

The additional requirement of power would increase the pressure on

the electrical infrastructure and requires additional power generation in

the overall context. However the current generation plan of Andhrapradesh

Government. The power requirements from the expansion project are

marginal and can be met from existing infrastructure itself.

10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT MEASURES PROPOSED

A description of the various management measures during the various

stages of the project is provided in the table below

Table10.2

Environmental Management Plan and Action Plan

Environmental

Issues/Impacts

Enhancement/ Mitigation

Measures Management Action

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Dust generation

due to construction

activities

• Roads in the

construction area will be sprinkled with water to

reduce the raising of dust.

• Plantation taken up at initial stage.

• Plantation to be ensured

• Horticulturists to identify the species.

• Supervising consultants/ contractor to ensure the

water sprinkling



Exhaust gases

from construction machinery and

transportation of materials

• Vehicle and equipment

maintenance. • PUC for all transport

Vehicles. • Avoidance of idling of

equipment.

• Contractors to be educated

and supe rv i s ing consu l t ant to ensure

the same.

Sedimentation of storm water

during rainy season

• Avoiding stockpiles of materials near natural

drains. • Provision of filter

fence • Provision of storm

water drains wherever possible before the

beginning of construction.

• Architects, in consultation with Supervision consultants

should the measures needed

Alteration of

Drainage

• Storm water drains to

follow the natural course as far as possible.

• Storm water drains to have a min. water

velocity of 1m/s and a max. 3 m/s.

• Min. width of 0.6 meters

and depth based on the gradient

• Storm water inspection pits shall be provided to

check water quality

• Architects in consultation

with sanitary engineering consultants.

• Supervision consultant to ensure the same.

Water Consumption

• Water conservation measures during

construction.

• Sub contractors to be educated on water

conservation measures.

Pollution from

construction workers

• Provision of toilets

connected to septic tank followed by soak pit.

• Proper availability of

drinking water.

• Proper Sanitation practices.

• Sub contractors of the

camps to be educated. • Project authorities should

provide the facility. • Supervision consultant to

ensure the same.



Loss of productive

soil

• Top soil would be stock

piled separately to re-use for plantation purposes

• Supervision consultant to

ensure the same in consultation with

horticulturist and architect.

Soil Erosion

• Cut and fill operation to

be done during non-monsoon season.

• Silt fence to ensure silt

does not enter storm water drains.

• Side slopes will be kept flatter wherever

possible, and in case of steeper slopes it is

mulched.

• Supervision consultant to

ensure the same in consultation with project

authorities.

Contamination of Soil

• Vehicle washing and machinery washing to

be avoided in site. • Parking of vehicles and

maintenance of vehicles to be avoided in site.

• Disposal of solid wastes by construction workers

to be made in garbage bins only.

• Subcontractors and Project authorities should ensure.

• Designate the parking areas

• Provision of Garbage bin by project authorities and

arrangements to be for disposal of the same.

Natural Resource consumption

• Identify sand availability from

government-authorised locations.

• Identify and use bricks from coal ash users.

• Use of Robo sand instead of natural sand

wherever possible.

• The design team in consultation with project

authorities and supervision consultants must identify

the suppliers.



Noise Pollution

from heavy machinery,

and transportation.

• Noise causing activities

to be conducted during daytime.

• Maintenance of equipment and vehicles to mitigate noise generation.

• Inclusion of appropriate

clauses in construction contracts; monitoring of

compliance during construction and proper administration of contracts.

• Locating the construction equipments in consultation

with project authorities and supervision

consultants.

Construction debris

•Construction debris to be used for aggregate and

or sub grade purpose in the case of RCC

•recyclable metals to be

collected and sold to recyclers

•avoidance of excess inventory of materials.

• Provision of waste disposal site for waste from

construction and storage yard.

• Supervision consultant in

consultation with the sub-contractors

• Inclusion of appropriate clauses in construction

contracts; monitoring of compliance during

construction and proper administration of contracts

OCCUPATION STAGE

Dust Generation from material

transport vehicles

• Plantation. • Maintenance of roads

by way of sweeping.

• Horticulturist should ensure avenue plantation

• The Plant management should ensure maintenance of avenue plantation.

Emissions from

Boiler and DG sets

• Establishment &

Continuous operation of Cyclone separator for

Boiler • Maintenance of Cyclone

separator • Stack heights as per

the CPCB Norms • Acoustic enclosures to

DG sets

•To be maintained by the M/S

RL Fine Chem Private Limited



Waste Water

Management

• All effluents at block

level shall be collected in tank in tank

arrangement • ETP units shall be over

ground as far as possible

• Drain taps shall be provided in ETP and

MEE areas to collect any overflows and

accidental spillages

• ZLD system shall be operated continuously

and any problem in ZLD system, production shall

not be continued • Adequate spares for

Stripper, MEE and ATFD, ETP and EC and

RO system shall be maintained

• Adequate chemicals and other nutrients shall be

maintained for ETP and RO system

• Proper up keep of ZLD

system shall be responsibility of

operational management of RL Fine Chem Private Limited

• Records of influent and treated effluent quality

and quantity should be maintained by the plant

management as per the

monitoring plan specified



Storm water

Management

• Storm water will be

disposed into storm

water out let approved

by APPCB

• Storm water drains will

be maintained

periodically before

monsoon.

• Accidental discharges

spillages will not be

allowed to join storm

water drains.

• Roads, pavements and

other surfaces are swept

regularly.

• Storm water quality

shall be monitored

regularly and records

shall be maintained

•Storm water drain system

and disposal point to be

provided by M/S RL Fine

Chem Private Limited in

consultation with TSPCB

• Roof top water shall be

collected and used during

rainy season & recharge

pits shall be constructed

Water

Conservation

Measures .

• Water conservation

measures to be adopted

to reduce resource

consumption

• Water consumption for

various uses shall be

measured and records

shall be maintained

• RL Fine Chem Private

Limited shall conduct

regular training classes on

water conservation

measures

• Water will be procured

from APIIC



Solid & Hazardous

Wastes

• Solid waste/garbage to

be collected in green and

blue dustbins.

• The biodegradable wastes

to be removed everyday

while the recyclable

wastes to be removed

once a week.

• Hazardous wastes shall

be stored in designated

area only with proper

sign board

• Overhead storage shall

be practised to avoid any

seepage to ground

• All hazardous wastes

shall be disposed

regularly through

authorized agencies

• A spate area with waste

water collection system

for cleaning of container

and container liners shall

be established in the

company

• Waste manifests shall be

followed

• Proper fire protection

measures shall be

adopted near Hazardous

storage area

•Plant authorities and EHS

team shall be responsible

for proper handling,

accounting storing &

Disposal of hazardous

wastes and maintenance of

records



Noise Levels • Noise levels due to

traffic will increase in

the area and the

mitigation measures like

maintaining greenery

• Noise levels from DG

sets to be mitigated by

the provision of acoustic

enclosures.

• Plant authorities shall

ensure development and

maintenance of greenery

Traffic Control • Provision of parking

facilities for trucks

carrying hazardous

chemicals and materials

• Traffic and road safety

signals to be provided.

• The plant management

must ensure proper

parking of vehicles

carrying hazardous

chemicals in designated

areas only

• The project authorities

must provide the traffic

and road safety signals in

the plant



Loading and Un

loading of chemicals

• Proper earthing facilities

for vehicles to avoid any

static electricity build up

• Spark arresters for all

transport vehicles entering

the premises

• Display of Work

instructions for loading

and unloading of materials

• Proper fire protection

measures for loading and

un loading of hazardous

material

• Stores and Plant

management of RL Fine

Chem Private Limited shall

be overall responsible for

chemical handling

• Emergency teams shall be

responsible for handling

any emergencies

• EHS team shall ensure

maintenance of earth pits

and earthing resistance

Storage of

Hazardous

Chemicals

• All storage vessels shall

be tested annually for

thickness and subjected

to pressure tests as

applicable

• No flammable material or

fire materials shall be

allowed nearer to storage

areas

• Warning symbols shall be

displayed

• Entry of un authorized

persons shall be

restricted to storage

areas

• Plant authorities and

stores department is

responsible for safe

storage of materials

• EHS team shall be

responsible for periodical

testing of tanks and other

safety measures



Flora • The impacts on flora are

due to air pollution from

boiler, DG sets and

Process shall be mitigated

by developing greenery

• The flora of the site shall

increase with the

greening program.

•The Project authorities M/S

RL fine Chem Private

Limited management to

ensure greening the open

space.

Energy

Conservation

• The energy conservation

measures for operation of

various equipments and

pumps shall be ensured

• Energy efficient lighting

shall be ensured

• Use of solar street

lighting is suggested

• The Architect shall ensure

the codes are implemented

in the design drawings and

working drawings.

• Use of LED lights, Electronic

Ballast, and ON/OFF

sensors, etc.

• All Pumps, Motors and

mechanical equipment shall

be maintained regularly

Fire Safety • Provision of fire safety

measures as per the fire

safety regulations.

• The plant management

must provide necessary

emergency equipments

outlined in chapter 7

• Regular mock drills shall be

done by EHS team



Chemical safety • Personal protective

equipment shall be

provided to all

employees working in

the reactor areas and

chemical handling areas

• Regular health check up

shall be done as per the

norms and records shall

be maintained

• Display of Material

safety data sheets in

storage and handling

areas shall be ensured

• Close handling of

chemicals shall be

ensured

• Pressure and

temperature controls for

reactors shall be

ensured

• Rupture disks and other

safety provisions shall

be ensured for all

reactors as applicable

• RL Fine Chem Private

Limited shall provide

training to all employees

regularly on chemical

safety

• EHS teams shall be made

responsible on accident

and incident reporting

system

• All safety equipments

shall be examined at

regular intervals

• Management actions shall

be initiated based on

health check up records

• The work force shall

ensure wearing of safety

gadgets always in the

factory premises



10.5 IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS

The responsibility of implementing the mitigation measures lies with M/s

RL Fine Chem Private Limited during design and construction stages

while the responsibility lies with the plant management during

operational stage. All construction & Erection activities taken up by the

project authorities will be supervised by the plant authorities Implementation

schedule will be worked for phase wise implementation of the mitigation

measures after completion of detailed designs.

10.6 INSTITUTIONAL STRENGTHENING

The management of M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited, will evaluate the

organizational structure with respect to inadequacies in implementing the

environment management plans. EHS team and Emergency teams shall

be constituted by the plant management and regular training shall be

given to all employees

10.7 TRAINING

The supervising staff have to be trained to effectively carry out.

• Co-ordinate, with supervision consultants and contractors on

compliance monitoring of mitigation measures during construction

phase.

• Monitoring of environmental components in the operation stage;

• Co-ordinate with concerned departments on environmental issues;

• Liaise with State and Government of India on reporting system post –

project implementation stage

• Chemical safety and Fire safety provisions

10.8 REPORTING SYSTEM & MONITORING SYSTEM

Reporting system provides the necessary feedback for project management to

ensure quality of the works and that the program is on schedule. The rationale

for a reporting system is based on accountability to ensure the measures

proposed as part of the Environment Management Plan get implemented in the

project.

The reporting system will operate linearly with the contractor who is at the

lowest rung of the implementation system reporting to the Supervision



Consultant, who in turn shall report to the top management of M/S Nosch Labs

Private Limited. Every month, implementation of EMP shall be reviewed by top

management during implementation stage and thereafter during operational

stage

10.9 Green belt Plan

Greenbelt is already maintained by the industry and additional green belt is

proposed in an area of 0.18 Acres as per the norms. However, a list of trees

and other ornamental species suggested.

Site specific greenbelt plan:

Green belt plan for the projects such as bulk drug and other pharma industries

involve the following types of plantations and need for more conservation of

existing plantations already maintained by Unit authorities. The present study

suggests that site specific new plantation works as well as protection and

maintenance of existing plantations.

Near the Entrance gate:

There are tall tree species on both the sides and no need for further

improvement. Some more hedge plants can be planted that enhances the

aesthetics of the industrial entrance. Few climbers such as Bauhinia Scarlet will

also give good look near the road side.

Near the office corridor:

Good number of ornamental plants exists here. To enhance more beauty of

these areas and to attract butterfly species, some of the following species can

be planted.

Near back side of the plant ( A model plan for each 1000 sq m or 0.1 ha area)

S.No

Botanical Name Common Name

Habit Preferred site of planting

Each Area sq mt

No Total area sq mt

1 Caryota urens Fish tail palm

Tree Boundary wall

1 10 10

2 Roystonea regia Royal palm

Tree Boundary wall

1 10 10

3 Polyalthia longifolia Indian mast tree

Tree Boundary wall

2 10 20

4 Nerium indicum Ganneru Tree Boundary wall

3 15 45

5 Terminalia catappa Badam Tree Boundary 3 15 45



wall

6 Acalypha hispida Shrub Next row to Hedges

1 10 10

7 Tecoma stans Patcha turai

Tree Boundary wall

2 10 20

8 Thevetia neriifolia Pacha ganneru

Tree Boundary wall

3 15 45

9 Plumaria pudica Tree Garden Centre

1 16 16

10 Plumeria alba Deva ganneru

Tree Garden centre

3 5 15

11 Melaleuca citrina Crimson bottle brush

Shrub Garden centre

3 5 15

12 Tabernaemontana divaricata

Nandivardhanam

Shrub Garden Centre

4 10 40

13 Caesalpinia pulcherrima

Ratnagandhi

Shrub Next row to Hedges

1 20 20

14 Allamanda schottii compacta

Hedge Towards paths

0.25 400 100

15 Begonia semperflorens

Hedge Towards paths

0.5 40 20

16 Caladium hortulanum Fancy Leaved Caladium

Hedge Towards paths

0.25 40 10

17 Euphorbia geraldii Kiss Me Quick

Herb Near Corridor

0.5 20 10

18 Catharanthus rosea Vinca Ordinary

Herb Near Paths 0.1 200 20

19 Crinum asiaticum Blood Lily Herb Near Corridor

0.5 20 10

20 Crossandra undulaefolia lutea

Crossandra Yellow

Herb Near Corridor

0.5 20 10

21 Eranthemum purpureum

Kodia Purple Leaves

Hedge Towards paths

0.25 40 10

22 Gerbera jamesonii Transvaal Daisy

Herb Near Corridor

0.5 20 10

23 Lantana camara erecta

Lantana Red


0.5 20 10

24 Kalanchoe tubiflora Chandelier Plant

Herb Near Corridor

0.1 500 50

25 Buddleja davidii Butterfly bush


1 40 40

26 Asystasia gangetica Creeping foxglove

Hedge Near Paths 0.1 200 20

27 Bauhinia Scarlet Climbing shrub

Entrance to Garden

3 5 15

28 Ixora coccinea jungle flame


1 20 20

29 Pennisetum clandestinum

Lawn Grass

Grass Rest of all LS LS 334

Total 1000



Possibilities of undertaking the social forest programs in degraded lands, open

lands, protected forests etc under CSR program

Under the CSR program, it is suggested to raise more fruit yielding trees that can grow

in the present soil and climatic condition. Here more Coconut, Mango and Anacadimum

species can be planted.

Table 10.3 Proposed Budget for green belt

S.

No

Component First

Year

second

year

third

year

Fourth

Year

Fifth

Year

Total

1 Plant seeds/

saplings

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.0

2 Worker charges 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 2.0

3 Maintenance cost 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 2.0

4 Miscellaneous 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 1.0

Grand Total 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0

10.10 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER)

The project proponents have been contributing to the socio-economic

development in the area as part of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

Besides providing employment to the locals, they have also supported

programmes focusing on healthcare and education support to the local

communities.

As per the new guidelines of MoEF & CC Suggestive plans together with

indicative budgets for Corporate Environment Responsibility are presented

below for M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited, in tune with their respective

expansion plans for enriching the socio-economic environment in the project

impact area:

Table 10.4 Year wise Budget for CER Activities

S.No Activity Year Wise Budgets ( Rs. Lakhs)

1 2 3 4 5 Total

1 Drinking water

supply

3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 15.0



2 Health camps and

medicare support

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.0

3 Sanitation

Programs-

Drainage System

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.0

4 Rain water

harvesting

2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 10.0

5 Avenue Plantation 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 5.0

Total 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 40.0

RL Fine Chem Private Limited may leverage the relative Government schemes

of assistance for vocational Skill Development, Entrepreneurship Development,

green belt development and Swachh Bharat Mission for reinforcing required

resources and effective implementation of its socio-economic/ environment

management plan.

10.11 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT BUDGET

The environmental budget for the various environmental management

measures proposed in the EMP is detailed in table 10.6 there are several other

environmental issues that have been addressed as part of good engineering

practices, the costs for which has been accounted for in the Engineering Costs

& presented in the table

Table 10.6

Environmental Budgets for Project

S.No Description Capital Cost in

Rs. Lakhs

Recurring Cost in Rs.

Lakhs/Annum

1 Air Pollution Control 20.0 4.0

2 Water Pollution Control 100.0 5.0

3 Solid Waste 5.0 5.0

4 Noise Pollution Control 3.0 2.0

5 Environmental Monitoring &

15.0 5.0



Management

6 Occupational health 3.0 1.0

7 Green belt & open area development*

2.0 2.0

8 Storm Water

management 2.0 1.0

9 CSR Activities * - 4.0

10 Eco Development activities

- 1.0

Total 150.0 30.0

*Every year for next 5years period

CHAPTER-11



CHAPTER - 11

PROJECT SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited., engaged in manufacturing of Drug

Intermediates was established in the year 2002. Research and Development

forms the backbone of the organization with state of the art instrumentation

facilities.

RL Fine Chem private Limited proposed for expansion of production capacity

from the current 7.2 TPM to 48.6 TPM using existing infrastructure at Plot.

No. 165-182, APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M), Ananthapur

District in Andhrapradesh State.

Salient features of the project

Location Plot No: 165 to 182 APIIC, IDA

Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M),

Anantapur (D) Andhra Pradesh

Longitude and latitude N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’21.3’’ E

N130 43’32.9’’ 770 30’19.2’’ E

N130 43’36.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E

N130 43’36.5’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E

N130 43’39.4’’ 770 30’19.0’’ E

N130 43’39.6’’ 770 30’21.6’’ E

Year of establishment 2002

Product category 5(f), Drugs & Drug Intermediates

Project category as per EIA

notification

Category A (As the interstate boundary is

within 5 Km radius)

Proposed Activity Capacity expansion from 7.2

TPM to 48.6 TPM



Total investment on the plant Current - Rs.2.0 Crores & Proposed –Rs.3.0


Total Investment on

Environmental Infrastructure

Current- Rs. 1.0 Crores & Proposed–Rs.1.5


Total area of the plant 4.32 Acres

Total area of green belt Current 1.24 Acres additional green belt

proposed 0.18 acres and total is 1.42

acres

Water requirement Total Water requirement-67.9 KLD

Fresh water requirement-39.9 KLD

Recycled water-28.0 KLD

Source of water APIIC water supply

Nearest habitation and distance

from the site

Thumukunta (V) at a distance of 0.73 Km

from the site

Nearest surface water bodies Rain fed water body at distance of 0.8 Km

form the site

Pennar river is at a distance of 2.20 Km

Nearest reserve forest There are no reserve forests in 10 Km

radius from the site

Environmentally sensitive areas

within 10 km radius

None

Any national parks, wild life

sanctuaries within 10 km radius

None

Nearest air port and distance Bangalore International Airport is 61.0 Kms

from the plant site

Nearest railway station and

distance

Devarapalli at distance of 0.7 Kms from the

site

Distance from interstate

Boundary

Karnataka state Border is at 1.2 KM from

the site



Overall Environmental Impacts

The proposed activity primarily creates impact on air environment due to

emissions from Process and other sources like boilers and DG Sets. The water

requirements of the project need to be met from APIIC; it can create a

depletion of water resources. Both these aspects are adequately addressed in

environmental management plan. As a part of this project green belt of 0.18

Acres is proposed in the EMP plan. Various other measures of handling of

wastes, occupational health & Safety, Fire safety measures are incorporated

in the EMP

Conclusions

Industrialization is most essential for our country and society as it creates

employment and revenue. There is gap between demand and supply of

pharmaceuticals in the country which is most essential input for infrastructure

development. Next 10 years will see rapid growth in this sector and proposed

M/S RL Fine Chem Private Limited will help to meet the demand within the

country and other countries.

Out of the total proposed investment of Rs. 3.0 crores, Rs.1.5 Crores is

proposed to implement the EMP plan which is about 30 % of overall

investment. There will be an additional direct employment for 100 people

from the proposed activities and an equal number of in direct employment

thus by helps un-employed youth to get livelihood from the project.

Apart from this an amount of Rs. 40.0 Lakhs proposed to be allotted for

corporate Environmental responsibility activities over next 5 years period in

the surrounding villages.

As adequate safeguards are proposed to tackle any adverse environmental

impacts from the project supported by budget commitments in the project,

this project is viable financially and sustainable from environment point of

view.

CHAPTER-12

Nosch Labs Private Limited EIA Report

12-1


CHAPTER 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Name of the project : M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited

Environmental coordinator : Mr. P. Venkata Raju

EIA Consultant

Organization

: Pridhvi Envirotech Private Limited

Contact Information : # 184/C, 4th Floor, Lawn house,

Vengalrao Nagar, Hyderabad-500038

Phone : 040-40179770, 9849023662

E-mail : [email protected]

Website : www.pridhvienviro.com

Status of Accreditation with QCI/NABET

: S.No120 List of Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (Alphabetically) / Rev.57, 5th

September 2017, published by QCI/NABET

Laboratory Enagaged in EIA

Project

: Lawn Enviro Associates

Status of Laboratory : MoEF Accreditation S.O.1295(E),

dated 6th June 2012

Company Profile

Pridhvi Envirotech (P) Limited was established by professionals in the field of

environment with nearly 25 years of experience with clear vision to serve

customers in the field of environment

Accredited by National Accreditation Board for Education and Training

(NABET) under Quality Council of India as consultant for preparation of

Environmental Impact Assessments for new and existing industries, Pridhvi

Envirotech (P) Limited provides the following services

• Provide complete and one stop consultancy to get Environmental

clearances from MOEF and Pollution Control Board for proposed and

changed products

• Provide complete assistance to industry by conducting legal gap analysis

and advise actions to be taken

• Conduct EIA and EMP reports


12-2


• Provide assistance to industries to prepare and get CFE/CFO from

Pollution control Board

• Periodical monitoring of effluents/emissions/Hazardous Wastes from

MOEF approved laboratory

• Provide assistance to industries to help them in case of legal hearings

and submission of technical replies in case of any legal notices

• Provide liaison services to industries with PCB on any matter

• Provide consultancy services in the area of implementation of ISO

14001 systems and OHSAS 18001

• Provide consultancy services in design and execution of effluent

treatment plants

• Provide consultancy services in hazardous waste handling and disposal

services

• Waste mapping and audits and provide solutions for waste reduction

• Provide training to personnel on environment and safety management

systems, legal requirements and other host of environmental ,

occupational Health and Safety issues


12-3


EIA Team members involved in the preparation of the EIA

Approved FAEs

S.No Name of the FAE Area of Expertise

1 P.V.Raju Environmental

coordinator/AQ/SHW

2 Dr.G.Pallavi WP

3 V.Srinivas LU

4 Dr. N.Harinath Reddy GEO/HG

5 I.Durgaprasad SE

6 M. Raju AP

7 Ch. Chiranjeevi NV

8 I.SivaramaKrishna EB

9 K.Raji Reddy RH

Declaration by the head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, P. Venkata Raju, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared

the EIA of “M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited”, I also confirm that I shall be

fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Name : P. Venkata Raju

Designation : Managing Director


12-4


List of Annexures

S.No Description

Annexure I Copy of Current CFO

Annexure II Copy of Minutes of EAC meeting

Annexure III copy of notification of IDA Thumukunta as industrial Area dated

4.3.1995

Annexure IV Copies of existing MOU’s and in principle acceptance of wastes after

expansion

Annexure V Raw data of Ambient air quality for 12 weeks

Annexure VI The details of villages and their demographic features

Annexure VII List of flora and fauna in the study area

ANNEXURES

Single Desk Approval Ref Id : SDPCB055160224

Digitally Signed By B S S Prasad (Member

Secretary\)

Date : 02-Aug-2016 17:56:49 IST

of 87

Minutes of the 36th Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) Meeting held during 24-26 April 2018 at Indira Paryavaran Bhawan, Jor Bagh Road, Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change, New Delhi - 3 24th April 2018 (Day 1) 36.1 Opening Remarks by the Chairman 36.2 Confirmation of minutes of the 35th meeting of the EAC (Industry-2) held on 27-28 March, 2018 at Indira Paryavaran Bhawan, New Delhi.

The EAC, having taken note that no comments were offered on the minutes of its 35th

meeting held on 27-28 March, 2018 at New Delhi, confirmed the same.

36.3. Environmental Clearance Agenda No. 36.3.1 Setting up sulphonation plant 72 TPD (18,000 TPA) of 96% Linear Alkyl Benzene Sulphonic Acid (LABSA) by M/s Power Soap Limited at PIPDIC Industrial Estate, Sedarapet (Pondicherry) - Environmental Clearance [IA/PY/IND2/39193/2016, J-11011/32/2016-IA II (I)] 36.3.1.1 The project proponent and accredited consultant M/s Vimta Labs Limited, made a detailed presentation on the salient features of the project and informed that: (i) The proposal is for the environmental clearance to the project ‘Proposed Sulphonation plant with a capacity of 72 TPD of LABSA at PIPDIC Industrial Estate, Sedarapet, Puducherry by M/s Power Soaps Pvt Ltd. (ii) The project proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) in its 6th EAC Meeting held during 30th March - 2nd April, 2016 and recommended Terms of References (ToR) for the Project. The ToR has been issued by Ministry vide letter No. J-11011/32/2016-IA II (I) dated 11th May 2016. (iii) As per the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification dated 14th September 2006, the proposed project falls under Schedule No: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry. The proposed project is located within 5 km of notified eco-sensitive areas (Oussudu Bird Sanctuary); hence it attracts general condition and falls under ‘Category A’. Therefore, it has been appraised at Central Level by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC). (iv) The total land required for the proposed project is about 0.907 ha (2.24 acres). It is proposed to develop greenbelt in an area of 33.5% ie., 0.304 ha, out of total area of the project. The estimated project cost is Rs.750 lakhs. The total capital cost earmarked for pollution control measures is Rs.47.0 lakhs and the recurring cost (operation and maintenance) will about Rs.6.0 Lakhs per annum. Total employment will be 35 persons as direct & 60 persons indirectly. It is proposed to allocate Rs.18.75 lakhs @ 2.5% towards Corporate Social Responsibility. (v) The Oussudu lake and bird sanctuary is located at a distance of 4.0 km in South direction. Lake Turuvai flowing at a distance of 2.2 km in North direction. (vi) Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) was carried out at eight (8) locations during 1st April to 30th June 2016 and the baseline data indicates the ranges of concentrations as PM10 -

of 87

36.4.2.3 The Committee, after deliberations, referred to the Ministry’s OM dated 10th December, 2014 providing exemption from public hearing to the projects/activities located within the industrial estates/parks which were notified prior to 14th September, 2006 i.e. the EIA Notification, 2006 coming into force, and recommended the above proposal accordingly. The Committee further opined that all such proposals need to be considered on similar lines without referring the matter to the EAC. Agenda No.36.4.3 Manufacture of drugs and drug intermediates by M/s RL Fine Chem Private Limited at Plot No.165 to 182 APIIC, IDA Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M), Anantapur (D) (Andhra Pradesh) - Amendment in ToR [IA/AP/IND2/71919/2017, J-11011/180/2016- I A II(I)] 36.4.3.1 The proposal is for amendment in the Terms of Reference granted by the Ministry vide letter dated 31st January, 2018 in favour of M/s RL Fine Chem private limited for the project for expansion of production capacity, located at Plot No. 165 to 182, APIIC, Thumukunta (V), Hindupur (M), Ananthapur (D), (Andhra Pradesh). 36.4.3.2 The project proponent has requested for amendment in the ToR with the details as under: S.No

Para of ToR

Details as per the ToR To be revised/ read as Justification/ reasons

1 2 In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard ToR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard ToR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance without public consultation

Our unit is categorized as Category A as interstate boundary is within 10 km radius. Our unit is located in APIIC, IDA thumukunta which is notified by Government of Andhra Pradesh in 1995, i.e. prior to 2006 EIA Notification. MoEF & CC issued a circular vide O.M No. J-11013/36/2014-IA-I dated 10th December 2014 exempting Industries from public consultation if the units are within the notified industrial estate which is notified prior to 14.9.2006. We are herewith submitting a copy of G.O of Government of Andhra Pradesh declaring Thumukunta as Notified Industrial area. Hence Public hearing is exempted for our unit. Also in the previous ToR granted vide J-11011/180/2016-

of 87

IA II(I) dated 23.9.2016 Public hearing is exempted as per para7(i) III stage 3 (i)(b) of EIA Notififcation, 2006 as the site is located in Notified Industrial Area. In view of this kindly exempt the public hearing for submission of EIA.

36.4.3.3 The Committee, after deliberations, referred to the Ministry’s OM dated 10th December, 2014 providing exemption from public hearing to the projects/activities located within the industrial estates/parks which were notified prior to 14th September, 2006 i.e. the EIA Notification, 2006 coming into force, and recommended the above proposal accordingly. The Committee further opined that all such proposals need to be considered on similar lines without referring the matter to the EAC. Agenda No.36.4.4 Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of existing products and manufacturing of new pesticides, intermediate chemicals by M/s UPL Limited Unit -1 at Ankleshwar (Gujarat) - Amendment in ToR [IA/GJ/IND2/71819/2017, IA-J-11011/582/2017-IA-II(I)] 36.4.4.1 The proposal is for amendment in the Terms of Reference/Environmental Clearance granted by the Ministry vide letter No IA-J-11011/582/2017-IA-II(I) dated 10th February 2018 for the project ‘Expansion of Manufacturing Capacity of existing products and manufacturing of new pesticides, intermediate chemicals’ proposed by M/s UPL Limited Unit # 01, located at Ankleshwar. 36.4.4.2 The project proponent has requested for amendment in the ToR with the details are as under: S. No

Para of ToR/EC

Details as per the ToR/EC

To be revised/ read as

Justification/ reasons

1 A General Description at Page No 2 of Standard ToR.

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation as follows:

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed without public consultation as follows:

UPL Unit 1 is located at within notified industrial estate at GIDC Ankleshwar Plot No 117 & 118 at Gujarat. The government of Gujarat has notified industrial estate in year 1978 vide Gazette notification no GHU-78-20-GID-1977-660-CH dated 07.02.1978.

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

4.10.2016 86.2 34.2 12.5 20.3 46.7 3.4 2.1

5.10.2016 88.2 28.4 14.3 22.6 55.6 2.4 1.8

11.10.2016 74.7 35.3 13.6 19.6 50.3 4.2 2.2

12.10.2016 74.2 30.5 15.3 18.5 45.3 3.2 3.2

18.10.2016 68.6 29.4 12.4 20.4 47.7 3 2.2

19.10.2016 73.4 33.4 11.7 18.2 50.8 2.5 2.9

25.10.2016 82.3 40.5 15.3 15.9 50.3 2.6 1.8

26.10.2016 82.7 39.2 14.5 20.3 53.4 3.1 2.2

2.11.2016 82.3 40.2 12.5 18.7 40.3 2.7 1.5

3.11.2016 83.2 35.2 16.3 20.3 43.6 2.2 2.4

9.11.2016 72.4 33.2 13.5 22.6 46.8 3.5 1.5

10.11.2016 82.3 30.5 12.4 20.3 50.3 2.3 1.2

16.11.2016 77.3 29.4 16.3 17.7 47.3 2.6 2.4

17.11.2016 73.2 31.4 13.4 19.2 45.6 3.2 1.8

23.11.2016 69.3 29.3 13.2 20.4 50.3 3.9 2.5

24.11.2016 70.3 28.9 14.6 18.2 46.2 3.1 1.5

2.12.2016 72.3 30.4 12.4 20.5 50.2 2.8 2.1

3.12.2016 70.3 40.4 11.9 19.7 45.2 2.6 2.3

9.12.2016 75.2 29.3 13.6 17.5 43.4 3.2 1.9

10.12.2016 82.3 32.4 15.3 18.6 43.2 4.1 1.6

16.12.2016 80.2 41.2 14.5 20.2 50.2 2.8 1.8

17.12.2016 72.3 40.2 10.5 18.5 46.3 4.3 1.7

23.12.2016 70.3 39.2 11.2 20.1 50.2 3.3 1.5

24.12.2016 72.2 34.3 13.4 17.5 48.4 2.8 1.8

Max 88.2 41.2 16.3 22.6 55.6 4.3 3.2

min 68.6 28.4 10.5 15.9 40.3 2.2 1.2

mean 76.5 34.2 13.5 19.4 47.8 3.1 2.0

0.98 87.3 40.9 16.3 22.6 54.6 4.3 3.1

RL FINE CHEM Private Limited

Ambient Air Quality data

Project Site

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

4.10.2016 79.3 27.3 11.2 19.2 43.4 2.3 2.4

5.10.2016 82.1 25.3 10.6 18.4 42.3 3.1 1.2

11.10.2016 73.2 30.4 10.8 21.6 38.5 2.6 1.9

12.10.2016 76.1 29.3 11.2 20.3 41.4 2.3 1.4

18.10.2016 84.3 32.3 12.6 19.6 40.8 3.2 2.6

19.10.2016 74.5 34.2 10.3 17.3 36.3 4 1.9

25.10.2016 76.3 31.3 11.4 18.6 39.4 2.8 3.1

26.10.2016 83.2 29.4 12.4 17.6 47.3 3.6 2.8

2.11.2016 80.5 26.4 14.5 18.2 40.6 2.8 2.5

3.11.2016 73.4 27.3 13.5 19.1 42.3 3.1 2.3

9.11.2016 80.4 30.4 14.2 20.3 44.6 2.2 2.1

10.11.2016 85.3 29.3 11.5 19.5 39.6 1.9 1.9

16.11.2016 78.4 30.4 12.6 17.3 42.3 2.1 1.5

17.11.2016 77.3 31.2 12.5 20.7 38.5 2 1.7

23.11.2016 86.3 28.3 10.3 18.3 39.3 2.2 1.6

24.11.2016 84.3 27.5 11.8 17.4 42.3 2.9 2.2

2.12.2016 85.2 30.4 13.5 19.2 40.3 1.7 1.2

3.12.2016 79.3 26.3 12.3 16.4 41.3 2.1 1.4

9.12.2016 82.3 24.2 14.6 17.3 38.5 2.2 1.6

10.12.2016 85.3 22.4 12.4 16.4 40.6 3.2 1.3

16.12.2016 86.3 25.2 13.2 17.4 35.7 1.9 1.8

17.12.2016 76.3 30.4 11.5 18.5 37.4 2.2 1.6

23.12.2016 80.3 25.3 12.4 19.2 41.2 1.6 1.8

24.12.2016 75.2 26.3 11.2 18.6 37.5 2.1 2.1

Max 86.3 34.2 14.6 21.6 47.3 4.0 3.1

min 73.2 22.4 10.3 16.4 35.7 1.6 1.2

mean 80.2 28.4 12.2 18.6 40.5 2.5 1.9

0.98 86.3 33.3 14.6 21.2 46.1 3.8 3.0



THUMMALAKUNTA

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

4.10.2016 67.3 21.3 10.4 18.6 32.3 2.1 1.6

5.10.2016 60.3 24.2 9.6 17.4 36.7 1.8 2.5

11.10.2016 58.5 19.8 10.4 20.3 34.2 2.1 2.3

12.10.2016 64.2 21.3 11.6 16.2 30.4 1.9 2.8

18.10.2016 63.4 26.3 10.3 16.1 37.3 2.2 2.3

19.10.2016 58.3 26.3 9.2 17.4 41.7 2.3 1.9

25.10.2016 63.4 21.6 8.6 16.9 40.6 2.3 1.5

26.10.2016 64.3 30.4 10.2 17.3 36.3 2.2 2

2.11.2016 64.4 23.2 9.7 15.6 43.2 1.8 1.2

3.11.2016 66.4 24.6 11.3 14.7 40.2 2.2 2.2

9.11.2016 62.3 22.4 10.3 15.2 32.3 2.1 1.7

10.11.2016 66.3 20.5 12.1 17.3 40.8 2.1 1.6

16.11.2016 54.2 19.3 11.3 15.3 41.2 2.3 1.3

17.11.2016 53.2 22.5 10.9 16.3 37.5 1.8 1.6

23.11.2016 60.4 20.6 11.3 15.3 40.2 2.4 1.8

24.11.2016 54.2 21.5 12.2 14.5 36.3 2.6 2.1

2.12.2016 60.3 25.3 10.3 17.3 40.3 2.2 1.8

3.12.2016 61.3 23.4 10.8 16.2 37.2 2.1 2.3

9.12.2016 62.3 20.4 11.2 18.3 40.2 2 1.6

10.12.2016 59.3 19.2 10.4 16.3 34.5 2.3 2.2

16.12.2016 53.2 27.3 10.2 15.6 40.2 3.1 2.2

17.12.2016 60.2 24.5 9.5 16.7 35.6 2.5 2.1

23.12.2016 58.3 22.4 10.3 18.5 30.4 2.3 1.6

24.12.2016 55.3 23.1 10.3 15.8 28.3 2.3 1.4

Max 67.3 30.4 12.2 20.3 43.2 3.1 2.8

min 53.2 19.2 8.6 14.5 28.3 1.8 1.2

mean 60.5 23.0 10.5 16.6 37.0 2.2 1.9

0.98 66.9 29.0 12.2 19.5 42.5 2.9 2.7



APPALAKUNTA

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

4.10.2016 63.4 25.3 10.3 16.4 26.5 1.8 1.6

5.10.2016 58.5 23.4 11.3 17.2 30.4 2 1.2

11.10.2016 60.3 28.5 12.1 15.3 32.3 2.1 1.8

12.10.2016 54.2 30.4 11 17.8 31.2 1.8 1.6

18.10.2016 63.3 26.7 12.4 20.1 35.6 1.6 1.3

19.10.2016 70.3 27.4 10.3 19.5 40.2 2.2 1.4

25.10.2016 71.7 20.6 8.6 17.4 37.5 1.9 2.2

26.10.2016 68.4 22.3 8.7 17.5 40.2 1.6 1.5

2.11.2016 70.3 26.4 9.8 18.4 36.7 2 1.9

3.11.2016 73.4 30.2 10.4 17.4 34.5 2.1 1.6

9.11.2016 77.4 24.2 11.2 18.5 38.5 1.6 2.1

10.11.2016 75.2 25.7 8.6 20.1 40.3 1.2 1.8

16.11.2016 73.4 30.4 9.8 19.5 38.4 2.1 1.4

17.11.2016 71.3 26.3 9.3 17.6 35.7 2.2 1.7

23.11.2016 68.3 25.6 10.2 18.2 40.5 2.8 1.8

24.11.2016 70.4 24.3 9.3 16.4 35.2 2.2 2.1

2.12.2016 67.3 23.7 9.7 17.6 33.4 2.4 2.2

3.12.2016 66.3 24.5 8.9 15.9 29.3 2.6 1.3

9.12.2016 72.3 30.4 9.6 16.7 28.4 2.3 1.6

10.12.2016 71.2 26.7 10.2 18.4 30.5 2.3 1.8

16.12.2016 67.3 23.8 10.1 16.8 27.3 2.1 2.1

17.12.2016 65.3 25.7 10.6 17.2 25.7 2.6 1.4

23.12.2016 63.2 27.4 11.1 17.6 31.4 1.8 1.3

24.12.2016 68.3 28.3 10.3 16.2 36.7 1.9 1.2

Max 77.4 30.4 12.4 20.1 40.5 2.8 2.2

min 54.2 20.6 8.6 15.3 25.7 1.2 1.2

mean 68.0 26.2 10.2 17.7 34.0 2.1 1.7

0.98 76.4 30.4 12.3 20.1 40.4 2.7 2.2



GOLLAPURAM

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

6.10.2016 64.3 25.6 9.8 16.4 25.6 1.8 2.2

7.10.2016 62.3 27.4 9.1 15.8 28.6 2 1.8

13.10.2016 68.4 20.4 10.3 18.5 25.9 2.1 1.5

14.10.2016 58.4 21.4 11.3 19.4 30.4 1.5 1.9

21.10.2016 62.3 25.6 10.5 21.7 27.4 2.2 1.4

22.10.2016 62.3 25.3 10.8 17.4 30.4 1.4 1.6

28.10.2016 59.7 26.7 11.2 18.3 32.3 1.2 2.5

29.10.2016 62.3 24.5 10.9 20.3 28.5 1.6 2.5

4.11.2016 64.5 22.3 12.4 15.7 31.5 1.4 2.1

5.11.2016 66.3 19.4 13.5 17.5 30.6 1.5 2

11.11.2016 59.3 18.6 11.3 18.3 32.5 2.1 1.8

12.11.2016 57.3 20.4 12.4 16.4 30.2 1.4 1.5

18.11.2016 54.1 21.5 10.9 16.5 30.6 1.2 1.5

19.11.2016 60.2 24.6 13.2 17.5 27.8 1.5 1.4

25.11.2016 62.3 27.4 10.2 16.5 27.4 1.2 1.6

26.11.2016 65.2 28.5 10.2 17.3 28.4 1.7 2.1

6.12.2016 60.3 30.1 9.8 19.5 30.5 1.2 2.5

7.12.2016 63.4 25.2 12.1 16.8 30.4 1.2 1.5

13.12.2016 64.5 23.4 13.2 17.4 30.2 1.4 1.9

14.12.2016 60.6 25.2 11.2 16.3 33.5 1.8 2.1

20.12.2016 63.5 20.5 10.5 18.2 29.8 1.3 1.8

21.12.2016 59.4 26.4 9.7 15.8 26.3 1.4 2.2

26.12.2016 62.3 24.6 10.1 16.3 28.7 1.6 1.5

27.12.2016 60.4 25.8 9.8 15.9 30.4 1.4 1.4

Max 68.4 30.1 13.5 21.7 33.5 2.2 2.5

min 54.1 18.6 9.1 15.7 25.6 1.2 1.4

mean 61.8 24.2 11.0 17.5 29.5 1.5 1.8

0.98 67.4 29.4 13.4 21.1 33.0 2.2 2.5



Hunasena halli

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

6.10.2016 57.3 23.5 9.3 15.8 22.5 1.2 1.6

7.10.2016 60.2 20.4 8.6 14.9 20.4 1.3 1.4

13.10.2016 56.7 26.4 9.3 16.5 26.3 1.6 1.3

14.10.2016 60.9 27.3 8.3 15.8 28.9 1.2 1.9

21.10.2016 60.2 20.4 9.4 17.9 26.4 1.1 2

22.10.2016 61.3 18.5 10.1 18.4 30.2 1.8 1.5

28.10.2016 58.2 20.3 10.6 17.8 25.3 1.6 1.2

29.10.2016 59.7 21.4 9.8 16.3 22.3 2.1 1.5

4.11.2016 59.2 22.4 9.7 15.3 27.4 1.3 1.3

5.11.2016 58.6 24.5 10.5 19.2 24.7 2 1.7

11.11.2016 60.8 19.7 10.4 20.4 27.4 1.4 1.3

12.11.2016 58.5 20.4 11.2 18.7 26.3 1.3 1.3

18.11.2016 59.7 21.5 10.3 17.4 30.4 1.6 1.3

19.11.2016 56.2 20.8 11.3 15.3 24.6 1.2 1.8

25.11.2016 60.2 19.5 10.3 17.3 30.4 1.1 1.3

26.11.2016 55.3 26.3 9.7 16.7 26.4 2.2 1.5

6.12.2016 56.8 23.6 10.3 16.3 30.7 1.4 1.5

7.12.2016 60.1 23.6 9.4 16.3 25.7 1.2 1.8

13.12.2016 55.7 19.6 8.8 15.3 28.4 1.4 1.3

14.12.2016 60.9 23.5 9.3 14.8 30.1 1.2 1.6

20.12.2016 58.2 28.4 8.5 15.2 27.4 1.3 1.2

21.12.2016 56.8 23.7 10.1 15.3 26.4 1.6 1.5

26.12.2016 56.3 25.3 9.8 14.9 25.7 1.1 1.1

27.12.2016 59.2 26.7 9.8 15.3 23.5 1.2 1.6

Max 61.3 28.4 11.3 20.4 30.7 2.2 2.0

min 55.3 18.5 8.3 14.8 20.4 1.1 1.1

mean 58.6 22.8 9.8 16.5 26.6 1.4 1.5

0.98 61.1 27.9 11.3 19.8 30.6 2.2 2.0



Hunasena halli

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

6.10.2016 64.5 24.5 9.1 16.9 21.4 1.6 1.7

7.10.2016 60.4 22.4 9.6 17.2 24.7 1.7 1.6

13.10.2016 56.3 26.4 10.5 16.5 20.4 2.1 1.1

14.10.2016 57.3 28.4 7.8 15.6 27.4 1.6 1.5

21.10.2016 60.3 20.4 10.3 19.3 29.1 2 1.2

22.10.2016 59.3 22.5 12.1 16.3 24.6 1.7 1.5

28.10.2016 64.5 23.6 10.3 15.3 26.3 1.8 1.1

29.10.2016 60.3 19.7 11.4 17.3 25.6 1.4 1.5

4.11.2016 64.2 25.3 7.3 17.8 26.7 1.2 1.2

5.11.2016 67.3 23.5 8.8 16.3 28.4 1.8 1.8

11.11.2016 60.3 26.3 7.6 16.3 25.3 1.5 1.4

12.11.2016 58.4 23.2 8.4 14.9 29.6 1.7 1.2

18.11.2016 62.5 20.5 10.3 15.6 30.3 1.8 1.6

19.11.2016 54.5 18.8 9.8 17.9 32.6 2 1.7

25.11.2016 58.4 20.3 10.1 16.4 24.7 1.4 1.3

26.11.2016 60.4 21.4 9.2 15.8 30.4 1.8 1.9

6.12.2016 62.3 24.7 10.2 15.3 28.5 1.5 2.1

7.12.2016 64.5 22.4 11.1 16.3 30.2 1.6 1.8

13.12.2016 66.3 20.4 10.3 15.6 28.5 1.4 1.5

14.12.2016 68.4 21.4 9.5 17.4 26.8 1.4 1.8

20.12.2016 63.4 22.4 10.2 17.3 26.7 1.4 2.1

21.12.2016 65.3 24.5 11.1 17.1 25.7 1.5 1.8

26.12.2016 62.8 26.7 10.5 16.5 30.2 1.7 1.7

27.12.2016 58.4 26.3 9.4 16.8 26.2 1.9 1.6

Max 68.4 28.4 12.1 19.3 32.6 2.1 2.1

min 54.5 18.8 7.3 14.9 20.4 1.2 1.1

mean 61.7 23.2 9.8 16.6 27.1 1.6 1.6

0.98 67.9 27.6 11.8 18.7 31.6 2.1 2.1



UCHODANA HALLI

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

Nox

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

VOC

(ppm)

CO

(mg/m3)

6.10.2016 60.3 28.5 9.5 15.4 28.1 1.6 1.9

7.10.2016 63.4 32.6 10.2 16.5 30.2 1.4 1.7

13.10.2016 61.3 30.5 8 17.3 27.3 1.8 2.3

14.10.2016 58.3 27.4 9.5 18.3 25.6 1.5 2

21.10.2016 51.4 26.7 9.3 16.3 30.3 1.8 2.1

22.10.2016 60.5 32.2 9.7 15.3 30.4 1.1 1

28.10.2016 61.6 27.5 8.3 17.3 25.3 1.5 1.5

29.10.2016 66.4 26.3 8.8 17.8 26.6 1.4 1.2

4.11.2016 58.9 27.4 9.3 16.1 32.6 1.9 1.5

5.11.2016 65.3 30.5 7.5 18.4 30.4 2 1.3

11.11.2016 66.3 23.4 10.2 15.8 27.5 1.3 1.3

12.11.2016 62.3 20.5 9.6 17.4 27.4 1.1 1.7

18.11.2016 64.5 21.6 9.3 20.3 24.8 1.5 1.9

19.11.2016 68.3 26.4 9.4 16.3 30.2 1.8 1.4

25.11.2016 64.3 30.4 10.2 16.3 25.6 1.4 1.2

26.11.2016 63.5 31.4 9.7 14.7 28.5 1.5 1.6

6.12.2016 66.2 27.4 9.2 17.3 30.2 1.8 1.2

7.12.2016 69.2 24.5 9.5 19.2 26.6 1.4 1.5

13.12.2016 59.3 20.5 9.8 18.4 25.2 1.6 1.3

14.12.2016 56.2 22.4 8.9 17.6 24.2 1.9 1.3

20.12.2016 57.2 23.1 9.4 15.5 25.7 1.3 1.7

21.12.2016 50.6 27.4 10.2 15.2 24.6 1.2 1.3

26.12.2016 59.3 23.4 9.3 16.7 27.4 1.3 1.4

27.12.2016 60.3 25.1 9.6 14.8 25.8 1.2 1.3

Max 69.2 32.6 10.2 20.3 32.6 2.0 2.3

min 50.6 20.5 7.5 14.7 24.2 1.1 1.0

mean 61.5 26.5 9.4 16.8 27.5 1.5 1.5

0.98 68.8 32.4 10.2 19.8 31.6 2.0 2.2



GOWDASANDRA

Annexure VI

The geographical coverage for SEIA of the project extends over 10 km radius from the project site

PROPOSED EXPANSON OF M/S. RL FINE CHEM PVT LTD, Plot No.165 to 182 A.P.I.I.C Industrial Estate Thumkunta (VI), Hindupur(M.D), Ananthapur(D), A.P.

VITAL STATISTICS OF SURVEY VILLAGESAS PER CENSUS – 2011

Sl. No.

Category/ Area Name

Area Code

Mandal District Directions Total House Holdes

Total Population

Males Females SC ST Distance Average Literacy

(%)

Villages within 0-2 Km Distance from the Site

1 Thumukunta 595566 Hindupur Anantapur SW 549 2417 1184 1233 392 53 0.75 Km 65.4

2 Devarapalle 595562 Hindupur Anantapur NW 141 552 263 289 0 4 1.80 Km 58.9

3 Gollapuram 595567 Hindupur Anantapur E 621 2625 1355 1270 657 102 1.90 Km 58.9

Sub Total -I 1311 5594 2802 2792 1049 159 61.7

Villages in 2-5 Km Distance from the Site

5 Appala kunta 595560 Hindupur Anantapur NW Under Kirikera Revenue Population Data is Same 2.70 Km

6 Santhebidanur 595563 Hindupur Anantapur W 839 3588 1796 1792 237 2 2.80 Km 58.8

7 Thungepalle 595564 Hindupur Anantapur SW 104 468 223 245 221 0 3.0 Km 53.0

8 Yapamanu Gate 595560 Hindupur Anantapur NW Under Kirikera Revenue Population Data is Same 3.30 Km

10 Guddam Palle 595567 Hindupur Anantapur SE Under Gollapuram Revenue Population Data is Same 3.50 Km

11 Kanchana Palli 595561 Hindupur Anantapur NE Under Kotipi Revenue Population Data is Same 3.90 Km

12 Ramachandrapuram 595565 Hindupur Anantapur SW Under Chowlur Revenue Population Data is Same 3.90 Km

14 Chowlur 595565 Hindupur Anantapur SW 1429 6038 3023 3015 922 0 4.0 Km 58.4

16 Kotipi 595561 Hindupur Anantapur NE 971 4157 2047 2110 559 0 4.20 Km 52.9

17 Kirikera 595560 Hindupur Anantapur NW 2695 11184 5571 5613 1350 41 4.40 Km 67.4

Andhrapradesh State Villages Total 6038 25435 12660 12775 3289 43 0 61.4

4 Kudumalakunta 623234 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW 489 1999 1021 978 536 219 2.50 Km 53.0

9 Hunasenahalli 623271 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura NE 327 1266 660 606 167 118 3.40 Km 58.3

13 Myalya 623272 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 671 2810 1385 1425 581 453 4.0 Km 58.0

15 Huchodanahalli 623239 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 185 877 461 416 179 487 4.10 Km 62.7

18 Babenahalli 623233 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW 7 27 14 13 0 0 4.50 Km 85.2

19 Konapura 623240 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 142 558 299 259 64 0 5.0 Km 75.8

Karnataka State Villages Total 1821 7537 3840 3697 1527 1277 0 58.7

Sub Total-II 7859 32972 16500 16472 4816 1320 0 60.8

Villages in 5-10 Km Distance from the site

20 Venkatapuram 595565 Hindupur Anantapur SW Under Chowlur Revenue Population Data is Same 5.10 Km

21 Nakkalapalle 595559 Hindupur Anantapur NW 172 706 358 348 202 0 5.20 Km 61.8

22 Jamakulapalli 595561 Hindupur Anantapur NE Under Kotipi Revenue Population Data is Same 5.20 Km

28 Karadipalle 595565 Hindupur Anantapur SW Under Chowlur Revenue Population Data is Same 6.10 Km

32 Basavanpalli 595560 Hindupur Anantapur NE UnderKirikera Revenue Population Data is Same 6.30 Km

34 Mittamedha palli 595560 Hindupur Anantapur NW Under Kirikera Revenue Population Data is Same 6.40 Km

36 Gnuriganipalli 595574 Lepakshi Anantapur NE Under Manepalle Revenue Population Data is Same 6.60 Km

39 Bevina Halli 595558 Hindupur Anantapur NW 537 2188 1099 1089 831 7 6.80 Km 55.8

40 Basavanpalli 595573 Lepakshi Anantapur NW Under Pulamathi Revenue Population Data is Same 6.80 Km

41 Manepalle 595574 Lepakshi Anantapur NE 783 3223 1617 1606 543 354 6.80 Km 50.9

45 Pulamathi 595573 Lepakshi Anantapur NE 1003 4317 2222 2095 744 14 7.20 Km 53.5

47 Venkatapuram 595574 Lepakshi Anantapur NE Under Manepalle Revenue Population Data is Same 7.30 Km

50 Sadal palli 803012 Hindupur Anantapur NW

Under Hindupur Revenue Population Data is Same

7.60 Km

53 Peddasadlapalli 803012 Hindupur Anantapur NE 7.80 Km

54 Weavers Colony 595560 Hindupur Anantapur NW Under Kirikera Revenue Population Data is Same 7.80 Km

60 Nariganuhalli 595558 Hindupur Anantapur NW Under Bevina Halli Revenue Population Data is Same 8.10 Km

63 Sirivaram 595575 Lepakshi Anantapur NE 905 3921 1937 1984 602 0 8.30 Km 52.3

67 Gopindevarapalli 595575 Lepakshi Anantapur NE

Under Sirivaram Revenue Population Data is Same

8.40 Km

69 Kotta Palli 595575 Lepakshi Anantapur NE 8.70 Km

71 Tirurardunrapalli 595575 Lepakshi Anantapur NE 8.70 Km

73 Padichinapalli 595558 Hindupur Anantapur NW

Under Bevina Halli Revenue Population Data is Same

8.80 Km

77 Uddgalapalli 595558 Hindupur Anantapur NW 9.10 Km

78 Sativarayapalli 595558 Hindupur Anantapur NW 9.20 Km

82 Kodihalli 595572 Lepakshi Anantapur NE 1017 4161 2109 2052 519 7 9.40 Km 59.7

70 Naganapalli 595575 Lepakshi Anantapur NE Under Sirivaram Revenue Population Data is Same 9.50 Km

87 Hindupur 803012 Hindupur Anantapur N 34507 151677 76370 75307 14202 2018 10.0 Km 66.7

Andhrapradesh State Villages Total 38924 170193 85712 84481 17643 2400 0 65.4

23 Doddakurugodu 623235 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW 596 2625 1298 1327 521 682 5.30 Km 58.7

24 Jagireddihalli 623272 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE Under Myalya Revenue Population Data is Same 5.60 Km

25 Gowdasandra 623237 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 154 647 324 323 151 87 5.60 Km 48.5

26 Kadagathur 610926 Madhugiri Tumkur NW 769 3066 1542 1524 759 579 5.70 Km 52.6

27 Yerrahalli 623236 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 82 309 161 148 181 38 5.70 Km 51.1

29 Chitti Halli 623272 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE

Under Myalya Revenue Population Data is Same

6.10 Km

30 Vantmani halli 623272 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 6.10 Km

31 Halaganahalli 623232 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW 535 2241 1110 1131 696 279 6.20 Km 63.7

33 Vidurashwatha 623234 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW Under Kudumalakunta Revenue Population Data is Same 6.40 Km

35 Velapi 623273 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 235 1044 525 519 239 302 6.50 Km 55.5

37 Nasakuntahalli 623241 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 10 34 14 20 0 0 6.70 Km 67.6

38 Yakaralahalli 610927 Madhugiri Tumkur SW 294 1200 583 617 17 327 6.70 Km 54.5

42 Kadaranahalli 623248 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura S 227 883 445 438 99 212 6.80 Km 75.9

43 Malenahalli 623249 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW 7 32 17 15 0 0 7.10 Km 68.8

44 Bychapura 623242 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 255 1075 540 535 388 278 7.10 Km 56.1

46 Nagenahalli 610908 Madhugiri Tumkur NW 68 253 124 129 2 12 7.20 Km 51.4

48 Thingalur 610942 Madhugiri Tumkur SW 349 1363 661 702 492 138 7.50 Km 56.2

49 Bachenahalli 610928 Madhugiri Tumkur SW 79 334 169 165 18 11 7.60 Km 57.5

51 Devaganahalli 623243 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 213 965 491 474 319 22 7.60 Km 53.8

52 Ramachandrapura 623245 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 248 1109 555 554 391 162 7.70 Km 66.3

55 Maripadagu 623274 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 232 940 481 459 199 75 8.0 Km 60.1

56 Upparahalli 610929 Madhugiri Tumkur SW Under Kalidevarapura Revenue Population Data is Same 8.0 Km

57 Gollahalli 623200 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 5 21 10 11 0 6 8.0 Km 47.6

58 Chikkakurugodu 623246 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 666 2615 1321 1294 767 891 8.0 Km 58.2

59 H.Nagasandra 623247 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW 720 3189 1624 1565 980 319 8.10 Km 60.2

61 Parthihalli 610909 Madhugiri Tumkur NW 198 862 413 449 267 113 8.10 Km 60.0

62 Osahalli (yaragante) 610918 Madhugiri Tumkur NW 149 569 301 268 93 143 8.20 Km 53.2

64 Kalirdevarapura 610929 Madhugiri Tumkur SW 380 1523 790 733 465 452 8.30 Km 60.4

68 Yaragunte 610925 Madhugiri Tumkur W 11 37 17 20 0 0 8.40 Km 67.6

65 Gundagal 610924 Madhugiri Tumkur NW 681 2547 1242 1305 625 819 8.40 Km 58.5

66 Chandanadur 623231 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SW 403 1711 833 878 423 361 8.40 Km 57.5

72 Bommanahalli Madhugiri Tumkur SW Population data is not Available 8.80 Km

74 Katanakallu 623293 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 284 1296 671 625 322 341 8.90 Km 61.5

75 Badimaralur 623244 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 269 1255 608 647 225 316 9.0 Km 49.2

76 Mudalodu 623275 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 394 1762 891 871 539 499 9.10 Km 55.4

79 Jeelakunte 623276 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura NE 279 1095 532 563 291 80 9.30 Km 62.8

80 Thirumaladevarahalli 610907 Madhugiri Tumkur NW 138 604 283 321 172 19 9.30 Km 71.0

81 Huduti 623234 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE Under Kudumulakunta Revenue Population Data is Same 9.30 Km

83 Hanumenahalli 623291 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 84 350 173 177 27 2 9.40 Km 62.0

84 Hampasandra 623193 Gauribidanur Chikkaballapura SE 735 3005 1553 1452 684 845 9.50 Km 58.9

85 Sravandanahalli 610941 Madhugiri Tumkur SW 480 1923 956 967 833 145 9.70 Km 61.6

86 Theriyur 610911 Madhugiri Tumkur NW 559 2228 1115 1113 1041 411 9.90 Km 57.2

Karnataka State Villages Total 10788 44712 22373 22339 12226 8966 0 58.5

Sub Total-III 49712 214905 108085 106820 29869 11366 0 64.0

Andhrapradesh State in 10 Km Villages Total 46273 201222 101174 100048 21981 2602 0 64.8

Karnataka State in 10 Km Villages Total 12609 52249 26213 26036 13753 10243 0 58.5

Grand Total 58882 253471 127387 126084 35734 12845 0 63.5

1

ANNEXURE VII

List of Floral Species: (As per primary survey)

S.No. Botanical Name Common name Family Habit Status Core Buffer

1 Acacia auriculiformis Australia thumma Mimosaceae Tree Dominant P P

2 Acacia chundra Mimosaceae Tree Sparse P P

3 Acacia leucophloea Thella thumma Mimosaceae Tree Sparse P P

4 Acacia nilotica Nalla tumma Mimosaceae Tree Common P P

5 Aegle marmelos Maredu Rutaceae Tree Sparse A P

6 Ailanthus excelsa Peddamanu Simaroubaceae Tree Sparse A P

7 Albizia amara Konda sigara Leguminosae Tree Common P P

8 Albizia lebbek Dirisanam Mimosaceae Tree Sparse P P

9 Alstonia scholaris Edakulapala Apocynaceae Tree Dominant P P

10 Anacardium occidentale Jeedi mamidi Anacardiaceae Tree Common P P

11 Annona squamosa Sithaphalam Annonaceae Tree Common P P

12 Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae Tree Dominant P P

13 Balanites aegyptiaca Adavi velaga Zygophyllaceae Tree Dominant P P

14 Bauhinia purpurea Kanchana u Leguminosaae Tree Dominant P P

15 Bauhinia variagata Mandari Caesalpiniaceae Tree Sparse A P

16 Borassus flabellifer Taati / Taadi Palmae Tree Common P P

17 Butea frondosa Moduga Leguminosae Tree common A P

18 Caesalpinia pulcherrima Rathna gandhi Fabaceae Tree Common P P

19 Cassia fistula Rela Leguminosae Tree Sparse A P

20 Cassia siamea Seema tangedu Leguminosae Tree Common A P

21 Casuarina equisetifolia Sarugudu Casuarinaceae Tree Sparse A P

22 Ceiba pentandra Malvaceae Tree Sparse P P

23 Chukrasia tabularis Konda vepa Meliaceae Tree Rare A P

24 Cleistanthus collinus Kodisa Euphorbiaceae Tree Rare P P

25 Cocos nucifera Coconut Araceae Tree Dominant P P

26 Dalbergia lanceolaria Nagalla pachari Leguminosae Tree Rare A P

27 Dalbergia sissoo Sisso or seesum Caesalpiniaceae Tree Dominant P P

28 Decalepis hahiltonii Maredu kommulu Periplocaceae Tree Rare A P

29 Delonix regia Chittikesaram Leguminosae Tree Common A P

30 Dendrocalamus strictus Sanna vedru Graminae Tree Sparse P P

31 Eucalyptus globulus Neelagiri Myrtaceae Tree Common P P

32 Ficus benghalensis Marri Moraceae Tree Dominant P P

33 Ficus hispida Bommedu Moraceae Tree Common P P

34 Ficus microcape Moraceae Tree Dominant P P

35 Ficus racemosa Medi Moraceae Tree Dominant P P

36 Ficus religiosa Raavi Moraceae Tree Dominant P P

37 Lannea coromandelica Gumpena Anacardiaceae Tree Sparse A P

38 Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae Tree Dominant P P

39 Limonia acidissima Velaga Rutaceae Tree Rare A P

40 Mangifera indica Mamidi Anacardiaceae Tree Common P P

41 Morinda tinctoria Thogaru Rubiaceae Tree Common P P

42 Nerium odoratum Ganneru Apocynaceae Tree Dominant P P

43 Pandanus tectorius Mogali Pandanaceae Tree Sparse P P

44 Peltophorum pterocarpum Kondachinta Leguminosae Tree Dominant P P

45 Phoenix sylvestris Eetha Araceae Tree Dominant P P

46 Phyllanthus emblica Usiri Euphorbiaceae Tree Common P P

47 Pithecellobium dulce Seema chinta Mimosaceae Tree Dominant P P

2

48 Plumeria alba Tella devaganneru Apocynaceae Tree Sparse A P

49 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae Tree Dominant P P

50 Pongamia pinnata Ganuga Fabaceae Tree Dominant A P

51 Prosopis juliflora English tumma Mimosaceae Tree Common P P

52 Randia uliginosa Nalla manga Rubiaceae Tree Sparse A P

53 Samanea saman Nidrabhangi Mimosaceae Tree Sparse P P

54 Sapindus emarginatus Konkudu Sapindaceae Tree Rare A P

55 Spondias mangifera Adavi-mamidi Anacardiaceae Tree Rare P P

56 Syzygium cumini Neradu Myrtaceae Tree Sparse A P

57 Tamarindus indica Chinta Leguminosae Tree Common P P

58 Tecoma stans Patcha turai Bignoniaceae Tree Dominant P P

59 Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae Tree Dominant P P

60 Terminelia catappa Karaka Combretaceae Tree Sparse P P

61 Thespecia populnea Ganga Raavi Malvaceae Tree Dominant P P

62 Thevetia neriifolia Pacha ganneru Apocynaceae Tree Rare P P

63 Trema orientalis Boggu chettu Ulmaceae Tree Rare A P

64 Vitex negundo Vaavili Verbenaceae Tree Sparse P P

65 Wrightia tinctoria Akupala, Tellapala Apocynaceae Tree Sparse A P

66 Ziziphus jujube Regu Rhamnaceae Tree Sparse A P

67 Ziziphus mauritiana Regu Rhamnaceae Tree Common P P

68 Agave americana Gitta nara Asparagaceae Shrub Rare A P

69 Aloe vera Kithanara Tiliaceae Shrub Sparse A P

70 Calotropis gigantea Tella Jilledu Asclepiadaceae Shrub Dominant P P

71 Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Shrub Sparse P P

72 Cassia auriculata Leguminosae Shrub Dominant P P

73 Dodonaea viscosa Bandedu Sapindaceae Shrub Common P P

74 Erythroxylon monogynum Dedaraaku Erythroxylaceae Shrub Common P P

75 Euphorbia cactus Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Shrub Common A P

76 Grewia obtusa Jaana Tiliaceae Shrub Sparse A P

77 Grewia tilliaefolia Pedda Jaana Thada Tiliaceae Shrub Rare P P

78 Grewia hirsuta Jana Tiliaceae Shrub Common A P

79 Ipomoea carnea Rubber mokka Convolvulaceae Shrub Common P P

80 Ixora coccinea Ramabanam Rubiaceae Shrub Common A P

81 Jatropha glandulifera Yerranepalamu Euphorbiaceae Shrub Common A P

82 Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae Shrub Common P P

83 Opuntia elatior Nagamullu Cactaceae Shrub Common P P

84 Parkinsonia aculeata Simathumma Leguminosae Shrub Sparse A P

85 Pavetta indica Papidi Rubiaceae Shrub Common P P

86 Phoenix acaulis Chitteetha Palmae Shrub Sparse A P

87 Plumbago zeylanica Chitramulam Plumbaginaceae Shrub Common A P

88 Randia dumetorum Rubiaceae Shrub Common A P

89 Xanthium strumarium Marula-Mathangi Asteraceae Shrub Sparse A P

90 Abutilon indicum Thuthuru Benda Malvaceae Herb Dominant P P

91 Acalypha indica Euphorbiaceae Herb Common P P

92 Achyranthes aspera Uttareni Amaranthaceae Herb Dominant P P

93 Aerva lanata Konda Pindi Amaranthaceae Herb Common P P

94 Ageratum conyzoides Vasavi Asteraceae Herb Common A P

95 Alternanthera sessilis Ponaganti kura Amaranthaceae Herb Dominant P P

96 Amaranthus spinosus Mulla thotakoora Amaranthaceae Herb Common A P

97 Amaranthus viridis Chilakathotakoora Amaranthaceae Herb Sparse P P

98 Andrographis echioides Chalavala puri kada Acanthaceae Herb Common P P

99 Argemone mexicana Bhrama dandi Papaveraceae Herb Common P P

3

100 Asparagus racemosus Pilliteegalu Asperagaceae Herb Sparse A P

101 Barleria prionitis Acanthaceae Herb Sparse A P

102 Blumea mollis Kukkapogaku Asteraceae Herb Sparse A P

103 Boerhavia diffusa Atukamaamidi Nyctaginaceae Herb Common P P

104 Boerhavia erecta Nyctaginaceae Herb Common A P

105 Cassia occidentalis Adavi Chennangi Leguminosae Herb Dominant P P

106 Cassia tora Tagarisa Caesalpiniaceae Herb Dominant P P

107 Catharanthus roseus Billaganneru Apocynaceae Herb Common P P

108 Cleome gynandra African cabbage Cleomaceae Herb Sparse P A

109 Cleome viscosa Yerri Vaminta Cleomaceae Herb Sparse P P

110 Colocasia esculenta Atuka tiga Araceae Herb Sparse A P

111 Cressa cretica Convolvulaceae Herb Common P P

112 Crotalaria retusa Leguminosae Herb Sparse A P

113 Crotan bonplantianum Bhu thulasi Euphorbiacea Herb Common P P

114 Cynodon dactylon Garika Poaceae Herb Sparse P P

115 Cyperus castaneus Poaceae Herb Common P P

116 Datura stramonium Tella Ummetta Solanaceae Herb Common A P

117 Dioscorea oppositifolia Adda dumpa Dioscoreaceae Herb Sparse A P

118 Eclipta alba Gunta galijru Asteraceae Herb Common P P

119 Euphorbia antiquorum Bontha Jemudu Euphorbiaceae Herb Common A P

120 Euphorbia hirta Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae Herb Common A P

121 Euphorbia tirucalli Tirucalli Euphorbiaceae Herb Common A P

122 Hyptis suaveolens Maha beera Lamiaceae Herb Common P P

123 Leucas aspera Tummi Lamiaceae Herb Common P P

124 Leucas cephalotes Thummi Lamiaceae Herb Common A P

125 Mimosa pudica Atthi pathi Leguminosae Herb Dominant P P

126 Mollugo nudicaulis Peddaparapatakamu Molluginaceae Herb Common P A

127 Ocimum sanctum Tulasi Lamiaceae Herb Common P P

128 Oldenlandia umbellata Chiru veru Rubiaceae Herb Common A P

129 Oxalis corniculata Indian Sorrel Oxalidaceae Herb Common P P

130 Parthenium hysterophorus Congress Grass Asteraceae Herb Dominant P P

131 Pavonia zeylanica Karubenda Malvaceae Herb Common P P

132 Phyllanthus amanus Nela Usiri Euphorbiaceae Herb Common P P

133 Phyllanthus reticulatus Pulasari / Puliseru Euphorbiaceae Herb Common P P

134 Physalis minima Budda bhushada Solanaceae Herb Rare A P

135 Portulaca quadrifida Goddu pavali Portulacaceae Herb Rare A P

136 Ruellia tuberosa

chetapatakaayala

mokka Acanthaceae Herb Common P P

137 Sesamum alatum Rekka nuvvulu Pedaliaceae Herb Common A P

138 Sesuvium maritimum Aizoaceae Herb Common P P

139 Sida acuta Bala Malvaceae Herb Sparse P P

140 Sida cordata Bala Malvaceae Herb Common P P

141 Solanum surattense Nela Vakudu Solanaceae Herb Common A P

142 Solanum trilobatum Vuchinta Solanaceae Herb Common P P

143 Solanum xanthocarpum Vakabu Solanaceae Herb Common P P

144 Sphaeranthus indicus Bodasaramu Asteraceae Herb Common A P

145 Tephrosia purpurea Vempala Leguminosae Herb Dominant P P

146 Tridax procumbens Asteraceae Herb Dominant P P

147 Triumfetta rhomboidea Marla Benda Taccaceae Herb Common A P

148 Typha angustata Jammu Typhaceae Herb Common A P

149 Urena lobata Pedda benda Malvaceae Herb Common A P

150 Vanda tessellata Kodikalla chettu Orchidaceae Herb Sparse P P

151 Vernonia cinerea Sahadevi Asteraceae Herb Common P P

4

152 Waltheria indica Nalla Benda Sterculiaceae Herb Common P P

153 Ziziphus nummularia Nela regu Rhamnaceae Herb Dominant A P

154 Brachiaria eruciformis Poaceae Grass Sparse P P

155 Chloris barbata Poaceae Grass Common P P

156 Cymbopogon citratus Poaceae Grass Rare P P

157 Cyperus flavidus Cyperaceae Grass Common P P

158 Cyperus rotundus Cyperaceae Grass Common P P

159 Saccharum spontaneum Kaki Cheraku Poaceae Grass Sparse A P

160 Spinifex littoreus Poaceae Grass Common P P

161 Abrus precatorius Guriginja Leguminosae Climber Common P P

162 Acacia caesia Kirintha Mimosaceae Climber Common A P

163 Cardiospermum halicacabum Sapindaceae Climber Rare P P

164 Cissus quadrangularis Nalleru Vitaceae Climber Sparse A P

165 Clitoria ternatea Sanku-Pushpamu Leguminosae Climber Sparse P P

166 Coccinia grandis Cucurbitaceae Climber Common P P

167 Daemia extensa Asclepidaceae Climber Sparse P P

168 Desmodium triflorum Munta Mandu Leguminosae Climber Common A P

169 Dioscorea hispida Dioscoreaceae Climber Rare A P

170 Dioscorea pentaphylla Adavi gunusuthega Dioscoreaceae Climber Common A P

171 Evolvulous alsinoides Vishnukrantha Convolvulaceae Climber Common A P

172 Hemidesmus indicus Sugandhipala Asclepiadaceae Climber Common P P

173 Ipomoea macrantha Convolvulaceae Climber Common P P

174 Ipomoea nil Convolvulaceae Climber Common A P

175 Ipomoea obscura Macha aku Convolvulaceae Climber Rare A P

176 Jasminum arborescens Adavi malli Oleaceae Climber Sparse A P

177 Mucuna pruriens Enugu dulagunda Leguminosaae Climber Common P P

178 Tinospora cordifolia Tippa tiga Menispermaceae Climber Rare A P

List of Fauna:

Mammals:

Scientific Name Common Name Family WPA Status IUCN

Herpestes javanicus Common Indian Mongoose Herpestidae Part II of

Schedule II LC

Cynopterus sphinx Short-Nosed Fruit Bat Chiroptera Schedule V LC

Lepus nigricollis Black-naped Hare Leporidae Schedule IV LC

Bendicota bengalensis Indian mole rat Muridae LC

Bendicota indica Bandicoot rat Muridae LC

Mus booduga Little Indian Field mouse Muridae V LC

Mus musculus House Mouse Muridae V LC

Rattus rattus House rat Muridae LC

Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm squirrel Sciuridae LC

5

Aves:

All the listed birds are Least Concern under IUCN and Schedule - IV under Indian Wildlife

Protection Act (1972)

Scientific name Common Name Family

Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae

Acridotheres tristis Common Myna* Sturnidae

Acrocephalus agricola Paddy field Warblers* Acrocephalidae

Acrocephalus stentoreus Reed Warbler Acrocephalus

Amaurornis phoenicurus White Breasted Water Hen* Rallidae

Anthus rufulus Paddy pipet* Motacilladae

Apus affinis House Swift Apodidae

Ardea alba Large Egrets Ardeidae

Ardea intermedia Medium Egret* Ardeidae

Ardeola grayii Pond Heron* Ardeidae

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret* Ardeidae

Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint Scolopacidae

Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant* Cuculidae

Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird* Nectariniidae

Cisticola juncidis Streaked Fantail Warbler Cisticolidae

Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin* Muscicapidae

Coraciiformesas benghalensis Indian Roller* Coraciiformesidae

Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift* Apodidae

Delichon urbicum Northern House Martin Hirundinidae

Dendrocitta formosae Grey Treepie* Corvidae

Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo* Dicruridae

Dinopium benghalense Lesser Golden Backed Woodpecker* Picidae

Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae

Eremopterix grisea Ashy crowned Sparrow lark Alaudidae

Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel Cuculidae

Euodice malabarica White Throated Munia Estrildidae

Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Patridge Phasianidae

Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe Scolopacidae

Halcyon smyrnensis White Breasted Kingfisher* Halcyonidae

Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite* Accipitridae

Himantopus himantopus Black winged stilt Recurvirostridae

Hirundo daurica Red Rumped Swallows Hirundinidae

Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant Tailed Jacana* Jacanidae

Lanius cristatus Brown shrike Laniidae

leptocoma zeylonica Purple Rumped Sunbird* Nectariniidae

Lonchura atricapilla Black Headed Munia Estrildidae

Lonchura punctulata Spotted Munia Estrildidae

Megalaima haemacephala Copper Smith Barbet Megalaimidae

Merops orientalis Small Bee eater* Meropidae

Metopidius indicus Bronze winged Jacana Jacanidae

6

Milvus migrans Black kite* Accipitridae

Motacilla alba White wagtail* Motacillidae

Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail Motacillidae

Motacilla maderaspatensis Pied wagtail Motacillidae

Nettapus coromandelianus Cotton Teal* Anatidae

Nyctyornis athertoni Blue tailed Bee eaters Meropidae

Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden Oriole* Oriolidae

Orthotomus sutorius Tailor bird Cisticolidae

Passer domesticus House Sparrow* Passeridae

Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax

Phylloscopus maculipennis Ashy Warblers Phylloscopidae

Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver* Ploceidae

Porphyrio porphyrio Purple Moorhen Rallidae

Prinia hodgsonii Grey Breasted Prinia Cisticolidae

Psittacula eupatria Alexandrine Parakeet* Psittacidae

Psittacula krameri Rose ringed Parakeet Psittacidae

Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul* Pycnonotidae

Saxicola caprata Pied bush chat* Muscicapidae

Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin* Muscicapidae

Sterna hirundo Common Terns* Sternidae

Streptopelia orientalis Spoted dove Columbidae

Streptopelia turtur Turtle Doves* Columbidae

Sturnia pagodarum Brahminy Starlings sturnidae

Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe* Podicipedidae

Tephrodornis pondicerianus Common Wood Shrike Prionopidae

Turdoides caudata Common Babbler* Timaliidae

Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babblers Timaliidae

Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler Timaliidae

Upupa epops Hoopoe* Upupidae

Vanellus indicus Red wattled Lapwing* Charadriidae

*sighted during field visit

Reptiles: (Secondary source)

Scientific Name Common Name Family IWPA IUCN

Calotes versicolor Common Garden Lizard Agamidae LC

Sitana ponticeriana Fan-throated lizard Agamidae LC

Calotes rouxi Forest Calottes Agamidae LC

Dendrelaphis tristis

Common Indian Bronze

back Colubridae LC

Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake Colubridae LC

Ptyas mucosa Indian Rat Snake Colubridae Sch- II LC

Ahaetulla nasutus Common tree Snake Colubridae LC

Enhydris enhydris

Common Smooth Water

Snake Colubridae LC

Macropisthodon plumbicolor Green keel back Colubridae LC

7

Xenochrophis piscator Checkered Keel back Colubridae Sch- II LC

Hemidactylus brooki Brook’s Gecko Geckkonidae LC

Hemidactylus flaviviridis Northern house Gecko Geckkonidae LC

Mabuya carinata Common Skink Scincidae LC

Varanus bengalensis Indian Monitoring Lizard Varanidae Sch- II LC

Vipera ruselli Russell’s viper Viperidae Sch- II LC

Amphians:

S.No Scientific Name Common Name Family Status IWPA

1 Bufo melanostictus Common Indian Toad Bufonidae LC Sch-IV

2 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Skittering Frog Ranidae LC Sch-IV

3 Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian Pond Frog Ranidae LC Sch-IV

4 Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Indian Bull Frog Ranidae LC Sch-IV

5 Polypedates maculates Common Tree Frog Rhocophoridae LC Sch-IV

Invertebrates

Scientific Name Common Name Family

Discolampa ethion Banded blue Pierrot Lycaenidae

Tarucus extricatus Rounded Pierrot Lycaenidae

Danaus genutia Stripped tiger Nymphalidae

Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow Pieridae

Cepora nerissa Common gull Pieridae

Borbo cinnara Rice Swift Hesperiidae

Taractrocera maevius Common Grass Dart Hesperiidae

Euchrysops cnejus Gram Blue Lycaenidae

Pseudozizeeria maha Pale Grass Blue Lycaenidae

Acraea terpsicore Tawny Coster Nymphalidae

Euploea core Common Indian Crow Nymphalidae

Pieris rapae Cabbage white Pieridae

Phalanta phalantha Common Leopard Nymphalidae

Mycalesis perseus Common Bush Brown Nymphalidae

Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger Nymphalidae

Atrophaneura aristolochiae Common rose Papilionidae

Atrophaneura hector Crimson Rose Papilionidae

Castalius rosimon Common Pierrot Lycaenidae

Junonia almana Peacock Pansy Nymphalidae

Tirumala limniace Blue Tiger Nymphalidae

Junonia lemonias Lemon Pansy Nymphalidae

Ariadne ariadne Angled Castor Nymphalidae

Graphium agamemnon Tailed Jay Papilionidae

Delias eucharis Common jezebel Pieridae

Ischnura senegalensis Damsel fly Coenagronidae

Ictinogomphus rapax Damsel fly Gomphidae

8

Anax guttatus Dragon fly Aeshnidae

Anax immaculifrons Dragon fly Aeshnidae

Diplacodes trivialis Dragon fly Libellulidae

Urothemis signata signata Dragon fly Libellulidae

environmental impact assessment report of rl fine...

Documents